– 5–

GOVERNMENT OF GOA

The Goa (Regulation of Land

Development and Building Construction)
Act, 2008
(Goa Act 6 of 2008)

and
The Goa Land Development and Building
Construction Regulation, 2010
(Incorporation Amendments upto September, 2024)
 –i–

The Goa (Regulation of Land

Development and Building Construction)
Act, 2008
 – ii–

Edition: April, 2024

Government of Goa

Price Rs. 350.00

Printed by the Govt. Ptg. Press,

Government of Goa,
Mahatma Gandhi Road,
Panaji-Goa – 403 001.
Email: [email protected]
Tel. No.: 91832 2426491
Fax: 91832 243683
 –3–

The Goa (Regulation of Land Development and Building

Construction) Act, 2008

Index
Pg.
No. Sections
No.
1. Short title, extent and commencement 1
2. Definitions 1
3. Land development and building construction 2
4. Power to make regulations and rules 3
5. Public notice of the regulation 3
6. Steering Committee 3
7. Regulations 4
8. Notification and effect 4
9. Interim provision, pending finalization of regulations 4
10. Saving provision 5
11. Repeal and Saving 5
 – 4–

The Goa Land Development and Building

Construction Regulations, 2010
Pg.
No. Regulations
No.
1. Short title, extent and commencement. 10
2. Definitions. 10
3. Procedure and requirements for securing development permission, sub- 33
division permission, technical clearances construction license and
Completion Certificate/Occupancy Certificate.
4. General requirements for Development. 48
5. Group housing. 54
6. Zoning Regulations and Use provisions. 56
7. Mining, Quarrying and Brick Kiln Operations. 84
8. Fuel Filling Stations, Service stations and Filling-cum-Service stations. 85
9. Special Development/Structures. 86
10. Parking. 87
11. Compound Wall and Gates. 89
12. Sub-Division Regulations 90
13. Building Bye-laws. 97
14. Building Services. 105
15. Fire and Life Safety Requirements. 115
16. Facilities for the Persons with Disabilities and elderly persons. 128
17. Control on erection of hoardings along on road/on roof of buildings. 131
18. Landscaping of Open Spaces/Tree Plantation along roads and in 133
developed plots.
19. Disaster Management. 133
20. Registration of Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner /Landscape 134
Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil).
21. Miscellaneous Provisions. 135
22. Relaxations and saving provisions. 136
23. Development undertaken on behalf of the Government. 137
24. Development undertaken in GIDC Estates. 138
25. Transfer of Development Rights (TDR). 138
26. Forms/Schedules. 139
27. Annexure. 141
28. Sketches for explanation of Regulations. 218
 1

GOVERNMENT OF GOA
Department of Law & Judiciary
Legal Affairs Division
__
Notification
7/9/2008-LA
The Goa (Regulation of Land Development and Building Construction) Act, 2008
(Goa Act 6 of 2008), which has been passed by the Legislative Assembly of Goa on
26-3-2008 and assented to by the Governor of Goa on 5-5-2008, is hereby published for
general information of the public.

Sharad G. Marathe, Joint Secretary (Law).

Porvorim, 7th May, 2008.

______

The Goa (Regulation of Land Development and Building

Construction) Act, 2008

(Goa Act 6 of 2008) [5-5-2008]

AN

ACT

to provide for the regulation and control on building construction and land
development in the State of Goa and other incidental and ancillary matters connected
therewith.
Be it enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the State of Goa in the Fifty-ninth Year
of the Republic of India as follows:—
1. Short title, extent and commencement.— (1) This Act may be called the Goa
(Regulation of Land Development and Building Construction) Act, 2008.
(2) It shall extend to the whole of the State of Goa.
(3) It shall be deemed to have come into force with effect from the 2nd day of
September, 2007.
2. Definitions.— In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,—
(a) “building construction” shall have the same meaning assigned to:—
(i) “building operations” in clause (5) of section 2 of the Goa Town and Country
Planning Act, 1974 (Act 21 of 1975);
(ii) “building” in clause (2) of section 2 of the Goa Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 (Act 14
of 1994);
 2

(iii) “to construct a building” in sub-section (1) of section 184 of Goa Municipalities
Act, 1968 (Act 7 of 1969);
(iv) “building” in clause (8) of section 5 of the City of Panaji Corporation Act, 2002
(Act 1 of 2003);
(b) “Corporation” means the Corporation of the City of Panaji incorporated under
section 7 of the City of Panaji Corporation Act, 2002 (Act 1 of 2003) or any other
Corporation established under the provisions of any Law enacted by the Legislative
Assembly of Goa;
(c) “engineering operations” includes the formation or the laying out of means of
access to a road or the laying out of means of water supply, drainage, sewerage or of
electricity cables or lines or of telephone lines;
(d) “Government” means the Government of Goa;
(e) “land development” with it’s grammatical variations and cognate expressions,
means the carrying out of building, engineering, change on the face of land, mining,
quarrying or other operations in or on or over or under the land, or the making of any
material change in any building or land, or in the use of any building or land, and
includes sub-division or amalgamation of land;
(f) “Municipal Council” means a Municipal Council established under section 8 of the
Goa Municipalities Act, 1968 (Act 7 of 1969);
(g) “notification” means a notification published in the Official Gazette;
(h) “Official Gazette” means the Official Gazette of the Government;
(i) “Panchayat” means a Panchayat notified by the Government under sub-section (2)
of section 3 of the Goa Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 (Act 14 of 1994);
(j) “Planning and Development Authority” means Planning and Development
Authority constituted under section 20 of the Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974
(Act 21 of 1975);
(k) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;
(l) “regulations” means the regulations framed under this Act;
(m) “State” means the State of Goa.
3. Land development and building construction.— (1) All land development and
building construction in the State shall, subject to the provisions of section 9, be in
accordance with the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations made under the
provisions of this Act.
(2) Any law in force in the State governing land development and building
construction, in so far as it is inconsistent with the provisions of this Act or the rules and
regulations made under the provisions of this Act, shall stand repealed.
Explanation.— In this section, unless the context otherwise requires, “law” includes
any Ordinance, Orders, bye-laws, rules, regulations or notifications.
 3

4. Power to make regulations and rules.— (1) The Government may, by notification
in the Official Gazette, frame regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act,
for carrying out the provisions of this Act by following the procedure specified in
sections 5, 6 and 7.
(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, the
Government shall make regulations providing for:—
(a) zoning of the land and it’s use;
(b) general requirements for land development;
(c) group housing;
(d) sub-division of land including amalgamation of plots;
(e) preservation and conservation;
(f) procedure for seeking development permission from Corporation, Municipal
Council, Panchayat and Planning and Development Authority;
(g) any other aspect relating to planning and development.
(3) The Government may by notification in the Official Gazette, frame rules for
carrying out the provisions of this Act.
(4) Every regulation and rules made under this section shall be laid as soon as may be
after it is made, before the Legislative Assembly of Goa.
5. Public notice of the regulation.— The power to make regulations under section
4 shall be subject to the condition of previous publication and such publication shall
be made in the Official Gazette and in at least three local newspapers having
wide circulation inviting objections and suggestions from the public for a period of
thirty days.
6. Steering Committee.— (1) The Government may, by notification in the Official
Gazette, appoint a “Steering Committee” consisting of the Chief Minister, Government of
Goa, as it’s Chairman, the Minister for Urban Development, Minister for Panchayats,
Minister for Town and Country Planning, Chief Secretary, Secretary to the Government
of Goa in charge of Urban Development, Secretary to the Government of Goa in charge
of Panchayats and Secretary to the Government of Goa in charge of Town and Country
Planning, as it’s members. The Chief Town Planner of the Town and Country Planning
Department shall be it’s Member Secretary. The Government may co-opt an expert
having vast knowledge in the field of town planning on the said Committee.
(2) The Steering Committee shall appoint a Sub-Committee consisting of the Director
of Municipal Administration, Director of Panchayats, the Chairman or member of the
Goa Chamber of Commerce and Industry, the Chairman or member of the Goa Chamber
of Housing Industry, a representative each of registered local Chapter/Associations of
Town Planners, Engineers and Architects to consider objections and suggestions received
from the public and to submit a report within a period of two months from the date of it’s
appointment to the Steering Committee or within such further period as the Steering
Committee may from time to time extend on request of the Sub-Committee. The Senior
Town Planner shall be the Member Secretary of the said Sub-Committee.
 4

(3) The Steering Committee and the Sub-Committee shall meet at such intervals and
transact such business as may be prescribed.
(4) The Steering Committee shall, after considering the report of the Sub-Committee,
submit it’s report together with recommendations to the Government within a period of
thirty days from the date of receipt of the report of the Sub-Committee.
7. Regulations.— The Government shall, after receiving the report and
recommendations of the Steering Committee, and after making such modifications as
the Government considers necessary, direct the Chief Town Planner to notify the
regulations.
8. Notification and effect.— On and from the date of the coming into force of the
regulations framed under section 7, any land development and building construction in
the State shall be in accordance with the provisions of such regulations.
1
[Provided that where the Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or
expedient so to do, it may, by order, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any
provision of such regulations to the extent as may be prescribed for the purpose of
implementation of Government policies including land development for inclusive
housing and affordable housing].
9. Interim provision, pending finalization of regulations.— (1) All applications for
land development permission or construction licenses for building submitted, before the
date of commencement of regulations framed under section 7, shall be considered as per
the law applicable before the commencement of this Act.
(2) (a) In respect of areas, which are not declared as planning areas under section 18 of
the Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974 (Act 21 of 1975), no objection certificate
shall be necessary to be obtained from the Town and Country Planning Department from
planning point of view.
(b) Any application for land development or construction of building received by the
Panchayat/Municipal Council/Municipal Corporation shall be forwarded by the
concerned authority to the respective district level/taluka level office of the Town and
Country Planning Department for obtaining no objection certificate from planning point
of view.
(3) The Town and Country Planning Department shall consider the applications for
issuing of No Objection Certificate if it is satisfied after such scrutiny of plan and/or site
inspection, deemed to be necessary, that the proposed land development and/or
construction of building is in conformity with:—
(a) Regional Plan for the State in force and the Outline Development Plans/Zoning
Plans in force prior to 16th May, 2007.
(b) Planning and Development Authority (Development Plan) Regulations, 2000,
published in the Official Gazette, Extraordinary No. 3, Series I No. 22, dated 28th
August, 2003, with exception of regulations governing farm houses:
Provided that —

1
Inserted vide Amendment Act 5 of 2023.
 5

(a) no land development shall be permitted in any areas having gradient of more
than 25%;
(b) farm houses shall be permitted only in plots with minimum area of 4,000 square
meters and coverage 2.5 % and F.A.R. 5 and height 5.5 meters, following the
guidelines issued by the Town and Country Planning Department;
(c) the F.A.R in the areas regulated as per Surface Utilization Plans of Regional Plan
shall be 80.
10. Saving provision.— (1) Any land development permission/construction licence
for building, etc., issued under the relevant laws applicable before the commencement of
this Act, shall remain valid for all purposes including renewals.
(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), such development
permission and/or construction licence for building shall not get immunity if such
development permission or construction license is otherwise in accordance with this Act
and rules and regulations framed thereunder.
11. Repeal and Saving.— (1) The Goa (Regulation of Land Development and
Building Construction) Second Ordinance, 2008 (Ordinance No. 2 of 2008) is hereby
repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding such repeal, anything done or any action taken under the said
Ordinance, shall be deemed to have been done or taken under this Act.

Secretariat, K. S. SINGH,
Porvorim-Goa. Secretary to the Government of Goa,
Dated: 7-5-2008. Law Department (Legal Affairs).
6
 7

The Goa Land Development and Building

Construction Regulation, 2010
8
 –9–

Department of Town & Country Planning

_____

Notification
21/1/TCP/10/Pt File/3256
Whereas the draft Regulations proposed to be made under sub-section (1) and (2) of
section 4 of the Goa (Regulation of Land Development and Building Construction) Act,
2008 (Goa Act 6 of 2008) hereinafter referred to as ―the said Act‖, were pre-published as
required by section 5 of the said Act, in the Official Gazette, Series I No. 20 dated
14-8-2008 vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/08/Pt. File/3015 dated 8-8-2008, inviting
objections and suggestions from the public on the said draft Regulations, before the
expiry of a period of 30 days from the date of publication of the said Notification in the
said Act, so that the same could be taken into consideration at the time of finalization of
the draft Regulations;

And Whereas the Government appointed a Steering Committee as required by

sub-section (1) of section 6 of the said Act; vide Notification No. 21/08/TCP/SC/3841
dated 15-10-2008, published in the Official Gazette, Series II No. 30 dated 23-10-2008;

And Whereas the Steering Committee appointed a Sub-Committee as required by

sub-section (2) of section 6 of the said Act on 14-10-2009;

And Whereas vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/08/Pt. File/3952 dated 23-10-2008,

published in the Official Gazette, Series I No. 31 dated 30-10-2008, the Government
allowed further period of thirty days from 30-10-2008 to 29-11-2008 to the public to
submit their objections and suggestions on the said draft Regulations;

And Whereas the said Sub-Committee considered the objections and suggestions
received from the public on the said draft Regulations;

And Whereas the Sub-Committee submitted its Report to the Steering Committee for
its consideration on 15-4-2010;

And Whereas the Steering Committee considered the Report of the Sub-Committees
and submitted its report alongwith its recommendations to the Government;

And Whereas the Government of Goa, after receiving the Report and recommend-
dations of the Steering Committee and carried out modifications to the draft Regulations
as it considered necessary and directed the Chief Town Planner to notify the Regulations.

Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) and (2) of the
section 4 of the Goa (Regulation of Land Development and Building Construction) Act,
2008 (Goa Act 6 of 2008), and all other powers enabling it in this behalf, the Government
of Goa, hereby makes the following Regulations, namely:—
 – 10–

1. Short title, extent and commencement.— (1.1) These Regulations may be called
―The Goa Land Development and Building Construction Regulations, 2010‖.
(1.2) They shall extend to the whole of the State of Goa, unless otherwise specifically
exempted in certain notified areas under these Regulations.
(1.3) They shall come into force on such date as may be notified in the Official
Gazette.
2. Definitions.— In these Regulations, the words defined below shall have the
meanings given against them, unless the context requires otherwise.
The words and expressions used but not defined in these Regulations shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the National Building Code, Indian Standard Institute Code
and the Goa (Regulation of Land Development and Building Construction) Act, 2008
(Act 6 of 2008), as amended from time to time or in the relevant Acts, Codes, Rules
and/or Regulations.
(1) ―Act‖ means the relevant Act as amended from time to time;
(2) ―Amalgamated Plot‖ means a continuous portion of land held in one ownership for
the purpose of Development Control. One parcel of land resulting by amalgamation of
more than one plot shall be considered as amalgamated plot;
Note:— Structures or portions thereof having separate Chalta Nos. but falling within one plot
with common ownership may not require amalgamation.
(3) ―Atrium‖ means a space or a void within a building which extends up through
several floors up to roof;
(4) ―Authority‖ the local body having jurisdiction over the matter referred to, 1[ ];

(5) ―Application‖ an application made in such form as may be prescribed by the

Authority from time to time;
(6) ―Air-conditioning‖ a process of treating air to control simultaneously its
temperature, humidity, cleanliness and distribution to meet the requirement of an
enclosed space;
[(7) ―Area‖ in relation to a building means the superficies of a horizontal section at
2

any floor level];

(8) ―Advertising Sign‖ any surface or structure with characters, letters or illustrations
applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoors for the purpose of
advertising or giving information or to attract the public to any place, person, public
performance, article, or merchandise, and which surface or structure is attached to, forms
part of, or is connected with any building, or is fixed to a tree or to the ground or to any
pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in space, or in or over any water body
included in the jurisdiction of the Authority;

1
Omitted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011 (Corrected vide Corrigendum dated
11-11-2011).
2
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 11–

(9) ―Amenity‖ includes roads, street, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds, play
grounds, gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage, drainage, public
works and other utilities, services and conveniences;
(10) ―Approved‖ means as approved/sanctioned by the Authority under these
Regulations;
(11) ―Access‖ means the means of an entry to any building/plot/land;
(12) ―Addition‖ means any change involving addition to the coverage, F.A.R., height
or reduction in setbacks;
(13) ―Alteration‖ means a change from one use to another or a structural change, such
as, a change to the area or height, or the removal of part of a building, or a change to the
structure, such as, construction of, cutting into or removal of any wall, partition, column,
beam, joint, floor or other support, or a change to or closing of means of ingress or
egress;
(14) ―Architect‖ means any person registered under the provisions of the Architect‘s
Act, 1972 (Central Act No. 20 of 1972);
Competence
The Registered Architect shall be competent to carry out the works related to the land
development/building construction as given below:–
(a) All architectural plans and information connected with building construction.
(b) Issuing certificate of supervision and completion of all buildings pertaining to
architectural aspects and land development of an area up to 3[his competence].
(c) Preparation of sub-division/layout plans and related information connected with
land development of an area up to 4[50,000 m2]. 5[Further any development more than
50,000 m2 should be endorsed by an Urban Designer/Town Planner].

(15) ―Attic storey‖ or ―Attic floor‖ means a floor immediately above the top most
storey of a building formed under the sloping roof;
(Refer Chapter 28 Sketch No. 6)
[(16) ―Balcony‖ means a floor projection or recess beyond internal or external wall
6

having handrail or balustrade or parapet at least on one side, open either to internal court
yard or external air space or to serve as passage or sitting out place. The said opening
may be provided with a grill or a sliding glass panel shutters or parapet;]
[(17) ―Basement‖ or ―Cellar‖ means the lower storey of a building below ground
7

level of the plot, having a floor height of not more than 3.50 meters and projection not
more than 1.50 meters above the surrounding ground level. In case, basement extends
beyond building footprint a minimum setback of 1.00 meter from the plot boundary shall
be maintained for areas other than those within the municipal limits].
3
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
4
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
5
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
6
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
7
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 12–

Note: Multi level basement floors in buildings for parking and services are permissible subject
to fulfillment of 8[Part 4 of the National Building Code of India 2016] as amended from time to
time and functional requirement of vehicular entry and exit from the respective basement floors.
The design and specifications of multilevel basement and their uses shall be governed by
provisions detailed out in ANNEXURE-VI at 27.VI.
(18) ―Bench mark‖ means a point marked on the ground to serve as point of reference;
(19) ―Boundary wall‖ means a wall, built with any material along the perimeter of plot
on the boundaries of a property;
(20) ―Building‖ means a structure constructed with any materials whatsoever for any
purpose, whether used for human habitation or not, and includes:—
(a) Foundation, plinth, walls, floors, roofs, chimneys, plumbing and building
services, fixed platforms etc.;
(b) Verandahs, balconies, cornices, projections etc.;
(c) Parts of a building or anything affixed thereto canopy, porch terrace, atriums;
(d) Any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space, sign and outdoor
display structures, etc.;
(e) Tanks constructed or fixed for storage of chemicals or chemicals in liquid form
and for storage of water, effluent, swimming pool, ponds etc.;
(f) All types of buildings as defined in 20 (a) to (o) below shall be considered to be
―buildings‖.
Note: All structures erected temporarily viz.; tents, cabins, shamianas and tarpaulin shelters for
temporary purposes and ceremonial occasions for a limited time and removed thereafter, which
shall not be considered to be ―buildings‖ under these regulations.

(20A) ―Building‖ by types—

(a) ―Assembly Building‖ means a building or part thereof, where groups of people
congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel
and similar purposes and this includes buildings of drama and cinemas theatres, drive-
-in-theatres, assembly halls, city halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums,
mangal karyalayas, skating rinks, gymnasia, restaurants, eating or dining houses,
places of worship, dance halls, clubs, gymkhanas, and road, 9[rail/water] ways, air, sea
or other public transportation stations and recreation piers;
(b) ―Business/Commercial/Office Building‖ includes any building or part thereof
used principally for transaction of business and/or keeping of accounts and records
including offices, banks, professional establishment, court houses etc., if their principal
function is transaction of business and/or keeping of books and accounts; building used
or constructed or adopted to be used wholly or principally for commercial activity; a
building or premises or part thereof whose sole or principal use is for an office or for
office purposes or clerical work. ―Office purposes‖ include the purpose of
administration, clerical work, handling money, telephone, telegraph and computer

8
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
9
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 13–

operation; and ―clerical work‖ includes writing, book-keeping, sorting papers, typing,
filling, duplicating, punching cards or tapes, machine calculations, drawing of matter
for publication and editorial preparation of matter for publication;
(c) ―Educational Building‖ includes a building exclusively used for a school or
college, recognized by the appropriate Board or University, or any other Competent
Authority involving assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental to
educational use, and including a building for such other uses as 10[library building]
research institution. It shall also include quarters for essential staff required to reside in
the premises, and building used as a hostel captive to an educational institution
whether situated in its campus or outside;
(d) ―Hazardous Building‖ includes a building or part thereof used for: Storage,
handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances or highly combustible
or explosive materials or of products which are liable to burn with extreme rapidity
and/or producing poisonous fumes or explosive emanations;
(e) ―Industrial Building‖ includes a building or part thereof wherein products or
material are fabricated, assembled or processed, such as assembly plants, laboratories,
power plants, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies and factories etc.;
(f) ―Institutional Building‖ includes a building constructed by Government, Semi-
Government Organizations or Registered Trusts and used for medical or other
treatment, or for an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities or for an
hospice, care of persons suffering from physical or mental illness, handicap, disease or
infirmity, care of orphans, abandoned women, children and infants, convalescents,
destitute or aged persons and or penal or correctional detention with restricted liberty
of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation and includes
dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as jails,
prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and reformatories etc.;
(g) ―Mercantile Building‖ includes a building or part thereof used as shops, stores or
markets for display and sale of wholesale and or retail goods or merchandise, including
office, storage and service facilities incidental thereto and located in the same building;
11
[(h) ―High Rise Building‖ means a building 15 meters or above in height
(irrespective of its occupancy);]
(i) ―Multi Level Car Parking Building‖ means a building partly below ground level
having two or more basements or above ground level, primarily to be used for parking
of cars, scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicle;
(j) ―Storage Building‖ means a building or part thereof used primarily for storage or
shelter of goods, wares, merchandise and includes a building used as a warehouse, cold
storage, freight depot, transit shed, store house, public garage, hanger, truck terminal,
grain elevator, barn and stables; an establishment wholly or partly engaged in
wholesale trade and manufacture, wholesale outlets, including related storage facilities,
warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck transport
booking agencies;

10
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
11
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 14–

(k) ―Residential Building‖ includes a building in which sleeping and living

accommodation is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking facilities and
includes one or more family dwellings, apartment houses, flats, and private garages of
such Buildings;
(l) ―Detached Building‖ includes a building with walls and roofs independent of any
other building and with open spaces on all sides within the same plot;
(m) ―Semi-detached Building‖ means a building detached on three sides with open
space as specified in these regulations;
(n) ―Mixed Land Use Building‖ means a building partly used for non-residential
activities and partly for residential purpose;
(o) ―Unsafe Building‖ includes a building which:—
(i) is structurally unsafe, or
(ii) is in sanitary, or
(iii) is not provided with adequate means of ingress or egress, or
(iv) constitutes a fire hazard, or
(v) is dangerous to human life, or
(vi) in relation to its existing use, constitutes a hazard to safety or health or public
welfare by maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment;
Note:– All unsafe buildings/structure will require to be restored by repairs, demolition or dealt
with as directed by the Authority. The relevant provisions of the Act shall apply for procedure to
be followed by the Authority in taking action against such buildings.

(21) ―Building line‖ means the line up to which the plinth of the building facing a
street or an extension of a street or/any future street may lawfully extend. It includes the
lines prescribed in any scheme;

(22) ―Building footprint‖ means all areas of building structure which are built upon in
a plot forming part of the building/buildings on the ground, and forming part of the
plinth;

(23) ―Building height‖ means the vertical distance measured from the 12[plinth] level
to the top of the building. (see Regulation 6A.5 for calculation of building height);

(24) ―Built up area‖ means all areas which are built upon and essentially forming part
of the building/buildings and which includes all area computed under covered area/floor
area as well as all area specifically exempted under covered area/floor area calculations;

(25) ―Canopy‖ mean a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over an
opening to the building at 13[any] level provided that:–
(a) It shall not project beyond the plot boundary;
12
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
13
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 15–

(b) It shall not be lower than 2.5 meters when measured from the ground;
(c) There shall be no structure on it and the top shall remain open to sky;
(26) ―Cantilever‖ means a horizontal projection from a wall, beam or column, which
is supported only at one end;
(27) ―Cabin‖ means a non-residential enclosure constructed of non-load bearing
partitions;
(28) ―Carpet area‖ means the covered area of the useable spaces at any floor level
excluding the area of the walls;
(29) ―Ceiling height‖ means the vertical distance between the floor and the underside
of the slab;
(30) ―Carriageway‖ means the tarred/carpet portion of the road;
(31) ―Central Business District (CBD)‖ means core commercial (mixed land use high
density) areas identified in the Outline Development Plans/Zoning Plans;
(32) ―Chajja‖ means a sloping or horizontal overhanging provided on external walls to
provide protection from sun and rain;
(33) ―Director, Directorate of Fire & Emergency Services‖ means the person
appointed or deemed to be appointed under the Act to be the Director, Directorate of Fire
& Emergency Services;

(34) ―Cinema‖ means an auditorium where performance is essentially given by

projection on screen with or without the accompaniment of sound and includes temporary
or travelling cinemas/theatres;

(35) ―Clean industry‖ means an industry, which does not emit smoke, noise, offensive
odors or harmful industrial wastes;

(36) ―Competent Authority‖ means a City Corporation or Municipal Council or

Village Panchayat competent to grant building licence under their Acts or Planning and
Development Authorities or Town and Country Planning department competent to issue
Development Permission/Technical Clearance as the case may be or any other authority
notified by Government from time to time;

(37) ―Commissioner‖ means the person appointed or deemed to be appointed under the
relevant Act to be the Commissioner of the Corporation Area;

(38) ―Completion Certificate‖ means a certificate issued to confirm that the

development 14[either part or full] has been completed as per the permission granted;
(39) ―Completion Order‖ means an order issued by PDA or Town Planning Officer to
confirm that the development has been completed as per permission granted
15
[specifically with regard to FAR, coverage, setbacks, height and projections excluding
compound wall, either in part or full];
14
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
15
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 16–

(40) ―Compound wall‖ means a wall forming enclosure, including gate/gates,

constructed with any material within/along and around the boundaries of a property;
(41) ―Conservation Zone‖ means an area indicated on the Outline Development Plan
or any other plan as an area having Architectural/Historic/Archaeological/Heritage
importance of Man Made or Natural Origin within which development is governed by
special Regulations and is subject to approval of the Conservation Committee constituted
by the Government under this regulations;
(42) ―Courtyard‖ means a space open to sky enclosed or partially enclosed by
building, boundary wall or walls starting at any floor level within or adjacent to a
building used for light and ventilation and accessible at the floor from where it starts;
(43) ―Covered area‖ means the area covered by building/buildings, immediately above
plinth level, but does not include the following:–
16
[(a) Area of balconies, provided they are at a minimum clear height of 2.25 meters
from the ground level.].
(b) Unstoried porch areas limited to 25% of total covered area;
(c) Areas of septic tanks, soak pits, man holes, drainage, gutters, chambers, wells
and the like, fountains, steps, water sumps, rain water harvesting tanks, pump house
(not more than 6 m2), swing frames, compound walls and gates, 17[transformers,
generators, compost pits,] security cabin (not more than 6 m2), all type of antennas and
their bases, provided they are so located so as not obstruct free movement and parking
of vehicles;
(d) Uncovered swimming pools provided the plot area is more than 2000m2 or in
case of plots less than 2000m2, the area of the pool does not exceed 10% of the plot
area; provided further it is so located that it does 18[not] obstruct the free movement
and parking of vehicles;
(e) Atriums & Podiums in commercial and residential building which is limited to
30% of the total covered area;
19
(f) Basement beyond the [permissible coverage] building line/footprint of the
building in a plot;
(g) Any covered antenna/dish antenna/communication tower if used for Telecom
(basic cellular or satellite telephone) or IT purposes, which shall include equipment
relating to earth station, V-Sat, routes, Transponders and similar IT related structure or
equipment;
(44) ―Coverage‖ means the percentage obtained by dividing the covered area by the
effective plot area;
Covered area
Coverage = x 100
Effective plot area
16
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
17
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
18
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
19
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 17–

(45) ―Council‖ means a Municipal Council constituted or deemed to be constituted

under the relevant Act;
(46) ―Corporation‖ means a corporation constituted or deemed to be constituted under
the relevant Act;
(47) ―Detached building‖ means a building whose walls and roof are independent of
any other building with open space on all sides as specified;
(48) ―Development‖ means, with its grammatical variations, the carrying out of
building, engineering, mining or other operations in, on, over or under the land or making
any change in any building or land or in the use of any building or land and includes Sub-
division of land;
(49) ―Deviation‖ means any change in the plans with respect to approved height,
coverage and F.A.R. limits only. It also means any change that alters the exterior of the
building in Conservation zone;
[(50) ―Dwelling unit‖ means an independent housing unit with separate facilities for
20

living, cooking and sanitary requirements];

(51) ―Effective plot area‖ means the area derived after deducting, from the plot area
recorded in Survey records, the following areas:—
(a) area of proposed right of way of the road/roads;
(b) areas reserved for any public purpose, excluding any area earmarked for
easement right/traditional access;
(c) area not permitted for development (Zones A1, A2, R & P);
(d) mundcar areas as per the provisions of the Mundcar Act;
(52) ―Engineer‖ means a person who shall be a Graduate in Civil Engineering/
/Architectural Engineering of recognized Indian or Foreign University, or the member of
Civil Engineering Division/Architectural Engineering Division of the Institution of
Engineers (India) or the statutory body governing such profession, as and when
established 21[and having work experience atleast for a period of two years under an
Engineer/Structural Engineer registered with the Town and Country Planning Department
or any local authority. This experience shall only be applicable to fresh pass out Graduate
Engineers only who have completed their graduation within 05 years from the date of
application for registration and also Experience certificate shall be to the satisfaction of
the registering authority.]
Competence:
The registered Engineer shall be competent to carry out the work related to the
development/building construction as given below;
(a) all plans and information connected with land development and building
construction.
20
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
21
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 18–

22
[(b) Structural details and calculations of buildings excluding high-rise buildings;]
(c) Issuing certificate of supervision and completion of building and land
development 23[as per competence];
(d) Preparation of sub division/layout plans/services plan and related information
connected with land development of an area up to 24[50,000] m2;
25
[Note: Any foreign qualification shall have to be recognized by the competent authority in
India.]
[(52A) ―Engineer-Diploma‖ means a person holding Diploma in Civil Engineering
26

and registered as Supervisor (Civil) under GLDBCR-2010 for 27{5 years} and should
have completed minimum ten projects. He should submit certified copies of technical
clearances and completion certificates issued by the Town and Country Planning
Department/Planning and Development Authority in support of the projects completed.
Such person shall be competent to carry out the following work and prepare all plans and
related information connected with building permit for buildings upto 600 sq.mts. built up
area on all floors put together for each block and having upto 3 storeys including stilt, if
any, or height upto 9.00 mts., namely:—
(a) all plans and information connected with the building construction indicated
above;
(b) structural details and calculation of such buildings indicated above;
(c) issuing certificate of supervision and completion of buildings indicated above;
(d) design and supervision of compound.
Note: Any registration with PWD, PDA, Municipality obtained in the past or service certificate
in case of ex-Government employee (Engineer) shall be considered by the Competent Authority as
an experience for the purpose of registration as ―Engineer-Diploma‖ and no technical clearances
and completion certificates need to be submitted;
(52B) ―Supervisor (Civil)‖ means a person holding Diploma in Civil Engineering with
minimum 28{five years‘} experience in designing building, it‘s construction or
supervision and competent to carry out following work related to design/
/development/construction of building upto 300 sq. mts. built up area on all floors put
together for each block and having upto two storeys, including stilt, if any, or height upto
7.6 mts., namely:—
(a) all plans and information connected with the building construction indicated
above.
(b) structural details and calculation of buildings indicated above.
(c) issuing certificate of supervision and completion of buildings indicated above.
(d) design and supervision of compound;]

22
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
23
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
24
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
25
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018 (September).
26
Inserted vide Amendment Regulation, 2018 (September).
27
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
28
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 19–

(53) ―External wall‖ means an outer wall or vertical enclosure or any building not
being a partition wall even though adjoining to a wall of another building. It also means a
wall abutting on any interior open space of any building;
(54) ―External Air‖ or ―Open Air‖ means space open to sky;

(55) ―Factory‖ means a factory as defined in the Factories Act, 1948;

(56) ―Farm House‖ means a building constructed in agricultural land for the purpose
of carrying out farming activities, for the residence of a farmer, farm sheds and other
auxiliary structures, for poultry or animal sheds, constructed in agricultural land for the
purpose of carrying out farming activities (see ANNEXURE XI for Regulations for Farm
house in agricultural land);

(57) ―Fencing‖ see ―Compound wall‖;

(58) ―Filling station‖ means a place of retail business engaged in supply and
dispensing of motor oil/fuel essential/CNG/LPG for the normal operation of motor
vehicles;

(59) ―Filling-cum-Service station‖ means a place of retail business engaged in supply

and dispensing of motor oil/fuel essential/CNG/LPG for the normal operation of motor
vehicles alongwith servicing of automobiles. This includes dispensing of motor oil, the
sale and service of motor tyres, batteries and other accessories and washing and
lubricating of automobiles. It does not include body or engine repair work, painting or
other major repairs and overhauling of automobiles;

(60) ―Fire resisting wall‖ means a fire resistance rated wall 29[having] protected
openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends continuously from the foundation
to at least one meter 30[below] the roof;
(61) ―Fixed Fire Fighting Installation‖ means any installation other than passive
measures incorporated in the building for audio visual and suppression measures for
combating fires;
(62) ―Floor‖ means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a
building. The general term floor unless specifically mentioned otherwise shall not refer to
mezzanine floor;
(63) ―Floor area‖ means the covered area of a building at all floor levels totalled
together, provided that the following shall not be counted towards computation of floor
area:—
(a) Basement or Cellar is exempted from FAR calculation only if 90% of the
Basement or Cellar is to be utilized for parking of vehicles and the remaining area is
used for services or safe deposit vaults in case of Banks.

29
Substituted in place of word ―have‖ vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
30
Substituted in place of word ―have‖ vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 20–

(b) Balcony or Verandah projecting/recessed up to 1.50 meter from the wall. If the
projection/recess is more than 1.50 meter, then the area beyond 1.50 meter shall be
added in computation of floor area.
31
[(bb) Balcony projection shall be permitted to the extent of 1.5 meters. Balcony
projection of 3.00 meters shall be allowed only when the balcony immediately above
is at least 6 meter above. Further, the maximum area under Balcony at each floor shall
be limited to 30% of respective floor area.]
(c) Mezzanine floor 32[/loft].
33
[(d) Entire stilt area at any level, if the floor height does not exceed 2.50 meters
below the beam bottom.
In case of part stilt area at any floor, limited to 25% of the floor area, if the height
exceeds 2.50 meters below the beam bottom].
(e) Unstoreyed porch.
(f) Areas of septic tanks, soak pits, man holes, drainage, gutters, chambers, wells
and the like, fountains, steps, water sumps, rain water harvesting tank, pump house
(not more than 6 m2), swing frames, compound walls and gates, all type of antennas
and their bases, provided they are so located so as not to obstruct free movement and
parking of vehicles.
(g) Uncovered swimming pools provided the plot area is more than 2000m2 or in
case of plots less than 2000m2, the area of the pool does not exceed 10% of the plot
area; provided further it is so located that it does 34[not] obstruct the free movement
and parking of vehicles.
35
[(h) Ramps or staircase with steps of clear width of 1.2 meters and above for
residential buildings and 1.4 meters and above for others, provided that the risers are
not more than 17.5 cms., treads not less than 27 cms., landing depth is not less than the
width of the flight and the maximum number of risers in any flight should not exceed
fourteen except for villas/bungalows/duplexes. Staircase room and/or lift rooms above
the topmost storey, architectural features, chimneys and elevated tanks as permissible
under these Regulations].
(i) Lift area.
(j) Fire escapes staircase.
(k) Area equivalent to a maximum of 7.5% of the floor area proposed, used for
infrastructural facilities such as Pump house 36[ ], club house, community hall, society
office, Generator room, Garbage collection/disposal enclosure, Telephone
Exchange/CCTV equipment room and Entrance foyer/lobby on all floors including
requirements of public services departments such as electricity, water supply,
sewerage, telephones, etc.
31
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
32
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
33
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
34
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
35
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
36
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 21–

(l) In case of Co-operative Societies/Group Housing/block of flats/shops, having a

floor area of 1,000 m2 or more, a Society Office should be included in (k) above.
Note:– The built-up areas mentioned 37[in (k)] above are inclusive of toilet facility.
(m) Atrium/Podium.
(n) Any covered antenna/dish antenna/communication tower if used for Telecom
(basic cellular or satellite telephone) or IT purposes, which shall also include
equipment relating to earth station, V-Sat, routes, Transponders and similar IT related
structure or equipment.
(o) Following special provisions shall be applicable while finalizing the permissible
Floor Area Ratio (FAR):–
In case of plots affected by proposed right of way or road widening or public
reservations as per any plan or scheme in force, an additional FAR equivalent to 100%
of such affected area or 25% of total allowable floor area of the effective plot area,
whichever is lower shall be allowed, provided the affected area is 38[shall be deemed to
be public road and shall not be enclosed/encroached, and affidavit to this effect should
be sworn in by the party concerned in favour of the local authority or the PWD, as the
case may be, on a one hundred rupees (100/-) stamp paper].
Ex. (1) Zone CI, FAR permissible 200
Total Plot Area = 1000 sq. mts.
Area under Road Widening = 100 sq. mts.
Effective plot area – 900 sq. mts.

FAR Calculation should be as follows:

(a) 900 x 2 = 1800.00 sq. mts.
(b) 25% of 1800 sq. mts. = 450 sq. mts.
(c) 100% of 100 sq. mts. (100x2) = 200
The FAR allowed shall be 1800 (Permissible FAR) +200 (i.e. additional FAR) =
2000 sq. mts. (450 sq. mts. or 200 sq. mts. whichever is less)
Ex. (2) Zone CI, FAR permissible 200
Total Plot Area = 1000 sq. mts.
Area under Road Widening = 600 sq. mts.
Effective plot area = 400 sq. mts.

FAR Calculation should be as follows

(a) 400 x 2 = 800.00 sq. mts.
(b) 25% of the 800 = 200 sq. mts.
(c) 100% of 600 (600x2) = 1200.00 sq. mts.

37
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
38
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 22–

The FAR allowed shall be 800 (Permissible FAR) + 200 (i.e. additional FAR) =
1000 sq. mts. (200 sq. mts. or 1200 sq. mts. whichever is less).
(p) A wall built as double wall for protection to the internal wall or building and for
cladding with material such as sheets, FRP glass or any other façade cladding material
used as a wall protective or as architectural feature or for beautification of exterior
façade of the building. The same is not to be constituted as built up area or is included
in floor area calculations provided that the external wall as referred to above does not
encroach the setback line and the distance between such two walls shall not be more
than 75 centimeters, and the same shall not be used for any other purposes and is kept
vacant. The area between the two walls shall not be counted for FAR and Coverage.
39
[(q) Terraces at intermediate floors not more than 3.00 meters in depth and having
a roof at over 6 meters height. Total of such intermediate terraces shall not exceed 20%
of FAR proposed.].
Note: Any other floor areas specifically allowed/exempted under these Regulations.
(64) ―Floor Area Ratio‖ (F.A.R.) means the ratio obtained by dividing the floor area
by the effective plot area x 100;
(65) ―Front‖ as applied to a plot means the side of the plot abutting the street giving
access to the plot, and as applied to the building means that portion facing the access to
the building;
[(66) ―Fire resistant materials‖ means and includes those materials serving
40

appropriate fire resistance rating as per the relevant provisions of National Building Code
of India, 2016 as amended from time to time and relevant Bureau of Indian Standards
(BIS) Codes.];
(67) ―Foundation‖ means that part of a structure which is below the lowermost floor
including footing and which provides support to the superstructure;
(68) ―Garage‖ means an enclosed building or portion of a building designed and used
for the parking of vehicles;
[(68A) ―GIDC‖ means the Goa Industrial Development Corporation established
41

under section 3 of the Goa Industrial Development Act, 1965 (Act No. 22 of 1965);
(68B) ―GIDC Committee‖ means the committee constituted under sub-section (1) of
section 37B of the Goa Industrial Development Act, 1965 (Act No. 22 of 1965)];
(69) ―Group of buildings‖ means more than one building consisting of residences,
shops, offices and the like on a single plot;
(70) ―Habitable room‖ means a room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or
more persons for study, living, sleeping, eating but not including kitchen, bathroom,
water closet compartments, toilet, store, laundry rooms, serving and storage pantries,
corridors, cellars, attics, and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended
periods;
39
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
40
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
41
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
 – 23–

(71) ―Harvesting structure‖ means a system of structures built in the building site to
collect, filter and channel the rain water from roof tops/terrace or any paved or unpaved
surface within the building site to store collected rain water for percolation or recharge or
storage in underground or over ground tank and reuse in non-monsoon
seasons. 42[Harvesting Structure shall include ground water recharge system for
percolation of water into the ground to augment the ground water stock or to recharge the
aquifers and to avoid flooding];
(72) ―Harvesting Tank‖ means a water tight underground tank to collect and store rain
water collected from roof tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the
building site after screening through filter beds/mediums for reuse in non-monsoon
seasons;
(73) ―Harvesting Reservoir‖ means a water tight open to sky reservoir to collect and
store rain water collected from roof tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within
the building site after screening through filter beds/mediums for reuse in non-monsoon
seasons;
[(73A) ―Industrial estates and industrial areas‖ means the industrial estates and
43

industrial areas developed by or vested with the GIDC where the land, plots, sheds, kiosk,
shops, galas, office premises, godowns are available for allotment including undeveloped
land owned or held by GIDC];

(74) ―Recharge Well‖ means a well with filter bed structure built around existing well/
/abandoned bore well to recharge the ground water with rain water collected from roof
tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site after screening
through filter beds/mediums for reuse in non-monsoon seasons. 44[In case of hard rocks
strata, bore holes are to be made with filter arrangement to percolate water into the
ground];
(75) ―Permeable Trench‖ means a trench dug along the compound wall/contours filled
with gravel/sand mixture for recharging the ground water with rain water collected from
roof tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site after screening
through filter beds/mediums 45[and also includes a trench/pit dug on any other appropriate
spot within the building sites for recharging of ground water];
(76) ―Height of the building‖ see building height;
46
[]
(78) ―Hoarding‖ means any surface or structure erected on ground or any portion of a
roof of a building or on or above the parapet, with characters, letters or illustrations
applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoors for the purpose of
advertising or to give information regarding or to attract the public to any place, person,
public performance, article of merchandise whatsoever;
42
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
43
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
44
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
45
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
46
Clause (77) omitted vide (Amendment) Regulations, 2023.
 – 24–

(79) ―Land locked plot‖ means a plot, which is bounded on all sides by plots of
different ownership and is not accessible by a public road;
(80) ―Information Technology Industry, IT Services and IT Enabled Services‖ as
defined by the IT Taskforce of Government of India:–
(a) IT Software:- IT Software is defined as any representation of instruction, data,
sound or image, including source code and object code, recorded in a machine readable
form and capable of being manipulated or providing interactivity to a user, with the
means of a computer.
(b) IT Hardware:- IT Hardware covers approximately 150 I.T. products notified by
the Government.
(c) IT services and IT Enabled Services.— These include various IT Services and
are defined by the IT Task force of the Government of India as follows: ―IT Service
including IT Enabled Service is defined as any unit that provides services, that result
from the use of any IT Software over a Computer System for realizing any value
addition;‖
(81) ―Loft‖ means a residual space above normal floor level without any direct
staircase leading to it which may be constructed or adopted for storage purpose
complying with the following:–
(a) Width of loft projecting from wall of a habitable room shall not exceed 75
centimeters in which it is constructed. The size of loft over corridor, toilet, water closet
compartment and bathroom may be 100% of the area.
(b) Height– The headroom measured from the surface of the floor to any point on
the underside of the loft shall not be less than 2.10 mts. The maximum height of the
loft shall not be more than 1.50 mts. in case of horizontal floor and such residual space
formed by sloping room;
[(82) ―Landscape Architect‖ means a Graduate/Diploma holder/Bachelor‘s or
47

Master‘s Degree holder in Landscape Architecture from a recognized Indian

University/institution. (Any foreign qualification shall have to be recognized by the
competent authority in India).
Competence:
A registered landscape architect shall be competent to carry out the work related to
landscape design for all land development/ buildings];
(83) ―Member Secretary‖ means a Town Planning Officer appointed by the
Government, under Section 20 of the T&CP Act;
(84) ―Mezzanine floor‖ means an intermediate floor between two main floors, not less
than 2.20 meters in height from the lower level of the floor and 2.20 meters in height
from the intermediate level to the ceiling of the room or hall and having not more than 1/3
of the carpet area of the room in which it is contained and not enclosed on side
overlooking the room in which it is contained;

47
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 25–

(85) ―Municipal Engineer‖ means the engineer appointed under Section 72 of the
Municipalities Act & Corporation Act;

(86) ―Municipal Area/Corporation Area‖ means any area declared as Municipal

Area/Corporation areas under the Municipalities Act/Corporation Act;

[(86A) ―National Building Code of India, 2016‖ means the National Building Code
48

of India, 2016 as amended from time to time];

(87) ―Natural Hazard‖ The probability of occurrence, within a specific period of time
in a given area of a potentially damaging natural phenomenon;

(88) ―Natural Hazard Prone Areas‖ Areas likely to have moderate to high intensity of
earthquake, or cyclonic storm or significant flood flow or inundation, or land slides/mud
flows/avalanches or one or more of these hazards;
Note: Moderate to very high damage risk zones of earthquakes are as shown in Seismic Zones
III, IV and V specified in IS:1893; moderate to very high damage risk zones of cyclones are those
areas along the sea coast of India prone to having wind velocities of 39 m/s or more as specified in
IS:875 (Part 3;) and flood prone areas in river plains (unprotected and protected) are indicated in
the Flood Atlas of India prepared by the Central Water Commission, besides, other areas can be
flooded under conditions of heavy intensity rains, inundation in depressions, back flow in drains,
inadequate drainage, etc., as identified through local surveys in the development plan of the area
and landslide prone areas as identified in the State Disaster Management Plan by Goa State
Disaster Management Authority constituted by the Government.

(89) ―Non-Structural Component‖ means those components of buildings which do not

contribute to the structural stability such as infill walls in RCC frame buildings, glass
panes, claddings, parapet walls, chimneys, etc.;
49
[(90) ―Notary Architect or Notary Engineer‖ means an Architect or an Engineer
empanelled, registered and empowered by the designated Chief Town Planner to issue
third party certification for low risk buildings for facilitating issuance of Technical
Clearance/Development Permission/Completion Order by the Town and Country
Planning Department/Planning and Development Authority for promoting ease of doing
business.
Note: — For the purpose of this clause ―low risk building‖ means and includes all buildings in
plots formed by way of finally approved subdivision layout and partitioned plot formed by way of
finally approved sub-division layout plan approved earlier by Competent authorities for residential
buildings in plot area upto 500 sq. mts. having maximum built up area of 500 sq. mts. and height
of the building limited to G+2 storeys including stilt floor. All other buildings shall be considered
as high risk buildings];

(91) ―Notification‖ means a notification published in the Government Official

Gazette;

48
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
49
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 26–

(92) ―Obnoxious and Hazardous Industry‖ means an industry which creates nuisance
to the surrounding in the form of smell, smoke, gas, dust, air pollution and other
unhygienic conditions;
(93) ―Occupancy or Use Group‖ means the principal occupancy for which a building
or a part of a building is used or intended to be used; for the purpose of classification of a
building according to the occupancy, occupancy shall be deemed to include subsidiary
occupancies which are contingent upon it;
(94) ―Open Space‖ means an area forming part of a site left open to the sky and
includes the areas reserved as such in a sub-division of land for the purpose of recreation
or any other public use permitted under these Regulations;
(95) ―Owner‖— (a) When used with reference to any land or premises, means,–
(i) a person/persons/institution/society who holds sufficient interest or title in such
land or premises by virtue of being the holder of a title deed or a Government/Court
order declaring him/them to be the owner, or
(ii) The person who receives the rent of the said land/premises or who would be
entitled to receive the rent thereof if the premises were let, and includes–
(1) an agent or trustee who receives such rent on account of the owner,
(2) an agent or trustee who receives the rent of or is entrusted with or
concerned for, any premises devoted to any religious or charitable purposes,
(3) a receiver, administrator or manager appointed by any Court of
competent jurisdiction, to have the charge of, or to exercise the rights of an owner
of the said premises, and
(4) a mortgage in possession.
(b) When used to any animal, vehicle or boat includes the person for the time being in
charge of the animal, vehicle or boat;
(96) ―Parking and Parking space‖ means an area enclosed or unenclosed, open or
covered, sufficient in size to park a vehicle. Every parking space shall be accessed/served
by a driveway connecting the parking area with the street/road/alley with ingress and
egress for the vehicle;
(97) ―Plan‖ means the plans such as Regional Plan, Outline Development Plan,
Comprehensive Development Plan, and Zoning Plan, approved by the government under
the relevant provisions of any Act or Rules made there under and shall include any plans,
schemes approved by the Government;
(98) ―Planning and Development Authority‖ or ―PDA‖ means the Planning and
Development Authority constituted under the Town & Country Planning Act, 1974;
(99) ―Plinth‖ means the portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding
ground and the surface of the floor immediately above the ground;
(100) ―Plot‖ means a continuous portion of land held in one ownership;
 – 27–

Note:– Provided that for the purpose of Development Control following shall be considered as plot:–
(i) One Survey no. and one Sub-division, or
(ii) One or more Chalta Nos. under one ownership, or
(iii) One parcel of an approved sub-division plan, or
(iv) One parcel as per the partition ordered by a court, or
(v) One parcel resulting due to sub-division by rights of inheritance, or
(vi) One parcel resulting due to operation of Law by any Govt. scheme, or
(vii) One parcel resulting due to the application of the Mundkar Act, or
(viii) One parcel resulting by amalgamation of more than one plots described above.
Note: Structures or portions thereof having separate Chalta Nos. but falling within one plot with
common ownership may not require amalgamation.
(a) ―Corner plot‖ means a plot at the junction of two or more streets. Such plots shall be
deemed to have as many fronts as there are abutting streets and therefore no rear setback
regulation will be applicable.
(b) ―Double frontage plot‖ means a plot having opening on two streets, not adjacent to each
other. Rear setback regulation will not apply in such plots also.
(c) ―Plot abutting on two or more streets‖ means, if a plot abuts on two or more streets, the
building on such plot shall be deemed to face upon the street that has greater width and this
shall be considered as front of the building for the purpose of access and other provisions
prescribed in these Regulations. In case of plot abutting on 2 or more streets having the same
width portion facing any one of the streets shall be deemed the front of the building .
Note:– In case the R/W of the roads, which abut the corner plot, is less than 6.0 m. the plot shall
be considered as corner plot only if the set back from the centre line of the said road to the
building line is minimum of 6.0m. No relaxation of front set back will be allowed in such cases.

(101) ―Private Street‖ means a street which is not a public street;

(102) ―Property‖ means a landed estate;
(103) ―Public street‖ means any street over which the public has a right of way,
levelled, paved, metalled, channeled, severed or repaired out of Municipal or other public
funds or under the provisions of relevant Act becomes or is declared a public street, and
shall include the roads of a sub-division approved by a competent authority;
(104) ―Public place‖ means any place or building which is open to the use and
enjoyment of the public, whether it is actually used or enjoyed by the public or not and
whether the entry is regulated by any fees and include any reserve open spaces in any
development scheme or not;
(105) ―Public building‖ means the building used or intended to be used either
ordinarily or occasionally as a church, chapel, temple, mosque or any other place or
worship, college, school, cinema, public hall, public bath, hospital, hotels, restaurants, or
lecture rooms or any other place of public assembly;
 – 28–

[(106) ―Porch‖ means a projection from face of an external wall with a support
50

system and roof cantilevered over an entry to building at lintel or slab level and open
from three sides;]
(107) ―Quality Control‖ is related to construction quality and to control of variation in
the material properties and structural adequacy. In case of concrete, it is the control of
accuracy of all operations which affect the consistency and strength of concrete, batching,
mixing, transporting, placing, curing and testing;
(108) ―Quality Audit‖ third party quality audit is a requirement for an independent
assessment of the quality and seismic or cyclone resistant features of all the high-rise
buildings in earthquake zone IV and V and coastal areas of the country. The quality audit
report shall consist of conformance or non-conformance of structures with the technical
specifications for earthquake and cyclone resistance and to suggest remedies/rectification
if any;
(109) ―Quality Assurance‖ means all planned and systematic actions necessary to
ensure that the final product i.e. structure or structural elements will perform satisfactorily
in service life;

(110) ―Ramp‖ means an inclined way, the gradient of which should not exceed 1:6 in
case of motorized traffic and 1:12 in case of pedestrian traffic;

(111) ―Rear‖ as applied to a plot or building means that side which is on the opposite
side of the ―front‖;

[(112) ―Repairs/Renovations‖ means any alteration, improvement or maintenance

51

care of any building which affects only its interior but does not affect materially the
exterior provided that it does not violate the existing coverage, right of way, setbacks,
floor area ratio and height of the building.
Note: Repair/renovation should not affect the structural stability of the structure and the
procedure to be adopted for such cases shall be prescribed by the Director of Panchayats and the
Director of Municipal Administration];

(113) ―Road or Right of way‖ (R/W), means the right of way of the road or street
inclusive of the carriageway, shoulder, drain, footpaths, and shall be measured at right
angles to the course of direction of such road or street;
Refer Sketch No. 1 Chapter No. 28
Note:– In case of road embankments, the road embankment width should be provided in
addition to the prescribed R/W.

(114) ―Recharge Well‖ means a well with filter bed structure built around existing
well/abandoned bore well to recharge the ground water with rain water collected from
roof tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site after screening
through filter beds/mediums for reuse in non-monsoon seasons;

50
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
51
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 29–

(115) ―Retrofitting‖ means upgrading the strength of an unsafe building by using

suitable engineering techniques;
(116) ―Row house/terrace house‖ means houses of similar nature joined together and
attached to each other by a common wall/side walls;
(117) ―Rules‖ means the rules made under the relevant Act;
(118) ―Scheme‖ means any scheme/project prepared and approved by the Government
under the relevant Act;
(119) Security Cabin means a non residential part of building used by the security staff
and includes an enclosure constructed of non-load bearing partitions;
(120) ―Semi-detached building‖ means a building detached on two or three sides;
(121) ―Service station‖ means a place of service of automobiles for their normal
operation. This includes dispensing of motor oil, the sale and service of motor tyres,
batteries and other accessories and washing and lubricating of automobiles. It does not
include body or engine repair work, painting or other major repairs and overhauling of
automobiles;
(122) ―Setback‖ or ―Set back distance‖ means the horizontal distance measured from
the edge of the plot to the line of the building at each floor level as the case may be;
52
[]
(123) ―Side‖ as applied to the plot means the boundary line joining the front and the
rear boundaries at whatever shape or angle;
(124) ―Sloping site‖ means a site or plot having a gradient of more than 1:10;
(125) ―Staircase‖ means the part of the building containing the stairs and its landing
built to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from weather and
not used for human habitation;
(126) ―Stilts‖ means a portion within a building at any level with at least two fully
open sides.
(a) Stilts area of building when used for parking–
(i) The floor height shall not exceed 2.85 meters in case the stilts extend the
entire floor.
(ii) All stilted floors at any level should be accessible by adequate ramps and/or
mechanical device;
(127) ―Storey of a building‖ means the space between the surface of one floor and the
surface of the floor vertically above or below;
[(128) ―Street‖ means any road, footpath, court-alley or passage, accessible whether
53

permanently or temporarily to the public];

52
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
53
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 30–

54
[(129) ―Structural Engineer‖ means a person having a minimum qualification of,—
(a) B.E. in Civil Engineering from a recognized Indian or Foreign University or
Corporate Member of Civil Engineering division of Institution of Engineers (India)
with minimum 5 years relevant experience (after registering as Engineer with any
competent authority) in structural design work at a responsible position as a Structural
Designer; or
(b) M. E. Structures/Earthquake Engineering or equivalent with minimum 3 years
of relevant experience (after registering as Engineer with any competent authority) in
structural design work at a responsible position as Structural Designer; or
(c) Ph.D in Structural Engineering with minimum 1 year of relevant experience
(after registering as Engineer with any competent authority) in structural design work
at a responsible position as Structural Designer.
Required Experience Certificate shall be as below:—
(i) In case of self-employed professional holding qualifications as mentioned at
(a), (b) or (c) above, he shall produce the letter of appointment as Structural
Engineer and signing off letter from various clients indicating project details as
regards to his experience.
(ii) In case of an ex-employee of Central/State/PSU/Autonomous body, holding
qualification as mentioned at (a), (b) or (c) above, he shall produce an experience
certificate or service certificate that he has dealt with structural design and
execution of Structural Projects.
(iii) A Professional with qualification as mentioned at (a), (b) or (c) above and
already registered as Structural Engineer with any Development or Local
Authority.
(iv) A Professional with relevant educational qualification as mentioned at (a),
(b) or (c) above with experience in Teaching Structural Engineering subject in a
recognized Institute for atleast 5 years.
The above experience certificates mentioned at (i) to (iv) above shall be to the
satisfaction of registering authority. Such person shall be competent to prepare the
structural design plans, calculations and structural details of all kinds of buildings and
issuing certificate of supervision and completion of buildings. He shall also be
competent to prepare all plans connected with building construction in case of land
development upto 50,000 sq. mts;]
Competence:
The Structural Engineer shall be competent to prepare the structural design plans,
calculations and details of all buildings and issuing certificate of supervision and
completion of buildings.
(130) ―Structure‖ means same as ―Building‖;

54
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
 – 31–

(131) ―Structural Liability Certificate‖ means a certificate issued by Structural

Engineer 55[/Engineer] assuming responsibility for the structural design of the building
and shall comply with the relevant BIS Codes;
(132) ―Structural Stability Certificate‖ means a certificate issued by Structural
Engineer 56[/Engineer] stating that the building has been constructed as per his design and
under his supervision and that the building is stable and fit for occupation and shall
comply with the relevant BIS Codes;
(133) ―Sub-division of land‖ means a development by which a plot is fragmented into
smaller parts;
Note: Easement to dominant lands and involuntary fragmentation by operation of law by any
Government Scheme and rights of inheritance within a family and fragmentation/division as per
the provisions of Goa, Daman & Diu Mundkars (Prevention from Eviction) Act, 1975 (Goa Act 1
of 1976) shall not come under the scope of this definition.
(134) ―Technical officer‖ means 57[an officer] appointed by the Government to render
technical clearance 58[under these Regulations] to designated Corporation/Municipal
Council/Village Panchayat for the implementation of these regulations.
(135) ―Temporary Structure‖ means a structure constructed with material, to last for a
specific period and specific purpose, for a limited time after which the structure is to be
dismantled;
(136) ―Terrace‖ means a flat part of building on the roof open to sky which may be
used as paved sit out/landscaped area 59[but does not include terraces as defined in 63
(q)];
(137) ―Theatre‖ means a hall used or approved for the use of the public performance
of cultural activities or exhibition of films;
(138) ―Tower like structure‖ means structures shall be deemed to be tower-like
structures when the height of the tower-like portion is at least twice the height of the
broader base at ground level;
(139) ―Traditional access‖ means a pathway used by person/persons through private or
public property to gain access to his/their property, which has no other means of access
and not more than 60[1.5meters];
(140) ―Town Planner‖ means any person with minimum qualification of a Graduate or
Post Graduate Degree/Diploma in Town & Country Planning from a recognized Indian or
Foreign University and registered/elected as Associate Member of the Institute of Town
Planners of India. 61[(Any foreign qualification shall have to be recognized by the
competent authority in India)].

55
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
56
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
57
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
58
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
59
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
60
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011 .
61
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 32–

62
[Competence: The Town Planner shall be competent to prepare all plans for land
development plans/township plans, sub-division plans, calculations and details therein
and to supervise.]
(141) ―Town Planning Officer‖ means an officer of Town and Country Planning
Department, designated by Government for the purpose of Act/Rules/Regulation;
(142) ―Travel Distance‖ means the distance to be travelled from any point in a building
to a protected escape route, external escape route or final exit;
(143) ―Urban Designer‖ means any person qualified with a Post Graduate Diploma or
Master‘s Degree in Urban Design or equivalent from a recognized Indian or foreign
university. 63[(Any foreign qualification shall have to be recognized by the competent
authority in India)].
Competence:
The Urban Designer shall be competent to prepare the Township plans/Architectural
plans/Land Development plans including sub-division plans, calculations and details of
all buildings therein and supervision;
(144) ―Verandah‖ means part of building on ground floor projecting/recessed upto 1.50
meter from the wall;
(145) ―Village Panchayat‖ means a Panchayat constituted or deemed to be constituted
under the relevant Act;
(146) ―Village Panchayat Secretary‖ means the person appointed under the Goa
Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 to be the Secretary of the Village Panchayat;
(147) ―Watch and Ward premises‖ means the building or part of building used by the
security staff for their shelter/rest;
(148) ―Water Closet/Water Closet Compartment‖ means a water flushed plumbing
fixture designed to receive human 64[excreta] directly connected to sewage system in the
building, also used to designate the room or compartment in which the fixture is placed;
(149) ―Zone‖ means the classification given to various areas depending on its land
use, in the development plans prepared by the Planning and Development Authority or
Town and Country Planning Department;
(150) ―Zoning plan‖ or ―Zoning map‖ means a part of Regional Plan giving more
elaborate zoning details, right of way of roads, etc., duly approved and notified by the
Government.

62
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
63
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
64
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 33–

3. 65[Procedure and Requirements for Securing Development Permission, Sub-

division Permission, Technical Clearances, Construction License and Completion
Certificate/Occupancy Certificate].—
3.1. Development to be in conformity with relevant Acts, Rules and Regulations
there under.—Every development shall conform to the provisions of relevant Acts,
Rules and Regulations and appropriate Plan in force and no development shall be carried
out without obtaining prior permission in the manner prescribed under these Regulations,
from the Competent Authority. 66[However, no permission under these Regulations shall
be required for setting up solar farm including construction, operation and office set up
thereof subject to 2% of the total area of farm and maximum of 200 sq.mts. per MW as
envisaged in the Goa State Solar Policy, 2017 subject to obtaining NOC from Agriculture
Department and approval of the Government on a case to case basis].
3.2. Requirements for obtaining permission.— Every applicant seeking
development permission/sub-division permission/building permission shall be required to
submit the following:—
3.2A. Application.— An application in the format prescribed under the provisions of
these Regulations.
APPENDIX A1-PDA - to PDA for Development Permission.
APPENDIX A1-TCP - to Town Planning Department for Technical Clearance.
APPENDIX A2 - to Municipal Council for Building License/Permit.
APPENDIX A3 - to Village Panchayat for Building License/Permit.
3.2B. Questionnaire.— A questionnaire prescribed under these Regulations at
Appendix-B1.
3.2C1. Drawings.— Following drawings shall be submitted alongwith the application:
In case of building operations.— (a) A Site Plan drawn to a scale of not less than
1.00 cm. to 5.00 m. (1:500) for plots having an area upto 4000 square meters and to a
scale not less than 1.00 cm. to 10.00 m. (1:1000) for plots having an area more than 4000
square meters, showing therein:
(i) the boundaries and dimensions of the plot,
(ii) North direction,
(iii) all proposed as well as existing buildings or structures on, over or under the plot
or projecting beyond the plot, if any,
(iv) the means of access from the street to the plot, and to the rear of the building,
including its width,
(v) road widening line, if any,
65
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
66
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 34–

(vi) all setbacks/open space to be left around the proposed building/buildings,

(vii) distance between buildings on the same plot,
(viii) an Area Statement as per the specimen given in the Appendix-B1,
(ix) all natural features like drains, water bodies and trees.67[ ],
(x) location of septic tank/soak pit as well as the drainage lines, inspection
chambers, etc., and distance from the soak pit to the nearest well,
(xi) location of proposed as well as existing wells,
(xii) location of water sump, if any.
(b) A detailed plan, drawn to scale of 1.00 cm. to 1.00 m. (1:100) or 1.00 cm. to 0.5 m.
(1:50), showing the following details:–
(i) Floor plans of all floors, indicating clearly the size and spacing of all framing
members and sizes of rooms and the position of staircases, ramps and lift wells.
In case of projects having units of repetitive nature, one-unit details shall be drawn
to a scale of 1.00 cm. to 1.00 m. (1:100) or 1.00 cm. to 0.5 m. (1:50) and a block plan;
elevation and section shall be submitted indicating all units at a scale of 1.00 cm. to
2.00 m. (1:200), giving overall dimensions.
In case of building having a floor plate area of more than 500.0 m2 the building
plans may be permitted at a scale of 1:200.
(ii) Use of all spaces of the building.
(iii) Elevations from all streets, the minimum being one from the front.
(iv) Section/sections at least one being through the staircase.
(v) Roof plan, showing the drainage of rain water from the roof.
(vi) Drawing of septic/soak pit indicating its size and construction details,
complying with the requirements of Health Act.
(c) A location plan, not to scale, but with written dimensions/distances, showing
nearest prominent landmarks adequate for the Competent Authority to locate the site for
inspection.
(d) A parking layout plan drawn to a scale 1.00 cm. to 5.00 m. (1:500), showing the
size, exact locations, number of car parks provided as well as the direction of flow and
circulation of vehicles. This requirement will not apply for a single family dwelling. For
plots less than 2,000 m2 area the parking layout should be submitted in the scale of 1:250.
(e) Plans and sections of areas where cutting or filling, more than 1.50 meters height
from the existing ground level, if involved.

67
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 35–

(f) A contour plan at 1 m. intervals, in case of sloping sites prepared by a Chartered

Surveyor 68[/Engineer/Architect].
(g) In conservation zone, following additional documents shall be submitted:—
(i) 69[Detail drawing of the relevant external elevation of the building along with
the elevation or latest photograph of the elevation of an adjacent building].
(ii) Colored post card size photographs of the existing buildings, if any, in the plot
and the adjacent buildings on either side.
(iii) Colour scheme of the exterior elevations including the compound walls.
70
[3.2C2]. In case of Engineering, Mining, and Quarrying Operations.— (a) A site
plan drawn to scale of not less than 1.00 cm. to 10.00 m. (1:1000) showing therein the
boundaries of the site, direction of the North, existing buildings or structures on, over or
under the site or projecting beyond the site, all natural features like drains, water bodies
and trees, the means of access with its width from the street to the site, and the exact
nature of the operations the applicant intends to carry out on the site.
(b) A location plan, not to scale, but with written dimensions/distances, showing
prominent landmarks adequate for the Competent Authority to locate the site for
inspection.
(c) Plans and sections of areas where cutting or filling, more than 1.50 mts. height
from the existing ground level is involved.
(d) A contour plan at 1 m. intervals, in case of sloping sites prepared by a Chartered
Surveyor.
(e) Permission from Forest Department to cut trees, if applicable.
71
[3.2C3]. In case of making of any material change in use of any building.— (a) A
Site Plan drawn to a scale of not less than 1 cm. to 5 m.(1:500) for plots having an area up
to 4000m2 and to a scale not less than 1 cm. to 10 m. (1:1000) for plots having an area
more than 4000m2, showing therein:
(i) the boundaries and dimensions of the plot,
(ii) North direction,
(iii) all proposed as well as existing buildings or structures on, over or under the
plot or projecting beyond the plot, if any,
(iv) the means of access from the street to the plot, and to the rear of the building,
including its width.
(b) A detailed plan of the portion of the building with existing uses where the material
changes of use is proposed, indicating the exact nature of the change in use.

68
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
69
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
70
Re-numbered vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
71
Re numbered vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 36–

72
[3.2C4]. In case of township/sub-division of land.— In case of township/sub-
division, first Provisional approval shall be obtained and then final approval shall be
obtained after complying with all the conditions stipulated in the Provisional approval.
For Provisional approval:
(a) A site plan drawn to scale of not less than 1.00 cm. to 5.00 m. (1:500) (or 1:1000 in
case of areas beyond 50,000 m2) showing therein:
(i) the boundaries and dimensions of the plot,
(ii) direction of the North,
(iii) the means of access from the street to the plot,
(iv) the layout plan of the proposed internal roads, building footprints, open
space/spaces and sub-divided plots duly numbered, dimensions and area of each of the
sub-divided plots, dimensions and area of open spaces, width of the proposed roads as
well as the area served by each road,
(v) an Area Statement as per specimen given in Appendix-B1,
(vi) existing buildings or structures on, over or under the plot or projecting beyond
the plot, if any,
(vii) all natural features like drains, water bodies and trees,
(viii) cross section of the proposed roads showing the width of drive way, footpath,
shoulders and drains and details of materials to be used for construction of roads and
drains,
(ix) location, size and cross section of cross drains proposed, if any,
(x) layout and construction details of service duct for infrastructure facilities.
(b) A location plan, not to scale, but with written dimensions/distances, showing
prominent landmarks adequate for the Competent Authority to locate the site for
inspection.
(c) Plans and sections of areas where cutting or filling, more than 1.50 meters height
from the existing ground level is involved.
(d) A contour plan at 1 m. intervals, in case of sloping sites prepared by a Chartered
Surveyor.
For Final Approval:
(a) A site plan, as executed, drawn to scale of not less than 1.00 cm. to 5.00 m. (1:500)
showing therein—
(i) the boundaries and dimensions of the plot,
(ii) direction of the North,
(iii) the means of access from the street to the plot,

72
Re numbered vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 37–

(iv) the layout plan showing internal roads, building footprints open space/spaces
and sub-divided plots duly numbered, dimensions and area of each of the sub-divided
plots, dimensions and area of open spaces, width of the roads as well as the area served
by each road. All details shall be as executed on site,
(v) an Area Statement as per specimen given in Appendix-B1,
(vi) existing buildings or structures on, over or under the site or projecting beyond
the plot, if any,
(vii) all natural features like drains, water bodies and trees,
(viii) cross section of the executed roads showing the width of drive way, footpath,
shoulders and drains and details of materials used for construction of roads and drains,
(ix) location, size and cross section of cross drains provided, if any,
(x) layout and construction details of service duct for infrastructure facilities.
(b) All NOC‘s as stipulated in the Provisional approval.
Note: (i) All drawings shall indicate written dimensions in METRES in case of Site Plan and in
CENTIMETRES in case of Detailed Plan.
(ii) All drawings shall be submitted in five sets or as required by the Competent
Authority (Distribution-PDA/Town Planning Dept.-2 copies, Council/Village Panchayat
73
[/Corporation] -1 copy, Owner-2 copies.).

3.2D. Documents.— Following documents shall be submitted alongwith the

application:-
(a) The right of ownership or interest in the land sufficient to enable the applicant to
carry out the intended development supported by the following documents (wherever
applicable).
(i) Original Survey plan of the land from the Directorate of Land Survey/City
Survey Office. For plots which are result of approved sub-division, a copy of the
approved sub-division plan and/or reference number of the said approval from the
Competent Authority including Technical Clearance,
(ii) Copy of Index of Land in Form-III/Form-I & XIV of Records of Rights or any
forms of City Survey Register,
(iii) Copy of Sale/Gift/Lease/Mortgage deed and/or any other instrument or
assignment:
Provided that the Competent Authority may, if satisfied with other documents
submitted, waive the production of any of these documents.
(b) Affidavit from the owner in Appendix-B4, to state that the ownership title
document is true and correct.
(c) Certificate from 74[Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape
Architect/Urban Designer/ Engineer-Diploma/ Supervisor(Civil)] in Appendix-B2, to state that

73
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
74
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 38–

the plans are drawn as per the relevant Acts, Rules, Regulations, Bye-laws and Plan,
applicable to the area at the time of submission of the application.
(d) Structural Liability Certificate from Structural Engineer as per Appendix-B3.
(e) Copy of Conversion Sanad under Land Revenue Code if already obtained or
alternatively Application for recommendation for Conversion in Appendix-A4, enclosing
therein a plan of the area to be converted and location plan (4 copies each).
75
[(f) Certificate from Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer to certify the estimated
cost of construction based on the rates notified from time to time by the Government for
calculation of licence fees.]

3.3. Size of Drawings.— All the drawings shall be on drawing sheets/ammonia prints
of any of the sizes mentioned below:–
Drawing sheet designation Sizes in m.m.
A0 841 x 1189
A1 594 x 841
A2 420 x 594
A3 297 x 420
A4 210 x 297
A5 148 x 210

3.4 Standard colour notations to be made in plans.— Every plan, amended plan
or completion plan shall be coloured with fixed colours as given in the Table I
below:—
TABLE – I
Sr. No. Items Site or Building Plans
1. Plot boundary Black
2. Proposed work Red
3. Open space Green
4. Work proposed to be demolished/removed Brown
5. Water supply work Yellow
6. Drainage and sewerage work Yellow
7. Deviation Red broken line
8. Alteration Red
9. Cutting and Filling Red/Yellow
10. Access to the building and its rear Green
11. Trees Dark green

3.5 Signing and authentication of plans/documents:

3.5A Signing:

75
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 39–

(a) Owner.— The owner shall be required to sign the following, giving the name in
capital letters, temporary and permanent address and telephone No. if any:
(i) Application for permission.
(ii) Questionnaire.
(iii) Building plans/Development plans.
(iv) Structural design and drawings.
(b) 76[Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Archi-
tect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)].— The 77[Architect/ Engi-
neer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-
Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] shall be required to sign the following, giving their name,
address, and registration number, allotted by the Registering Authority, as per below
mentioned provisions:—
(i) Architect - Questionnaire 78[ ] plans as per competence;
(ii) Town Planner - Questionnaire and all township and sub-division plans as per
competence;
(iii) Engineer - Questionnaire, all buildings, sub-division plans, Structural design/
/drawings as per competence;
(iv) Structural Engineer - Questionnaire, all buildings, sub-division plans, Structural
design/drawings, structural liability and stability certificates as per competence;
(v) Landscape Architect - Questionnaire and all township and sub-division plans as
per competence;
(vi) Urban Designer – Questionnaire and all township and Sub-divisional Plans as
per competence.
[(vii) Engineer-Diploma – Questionnaire, all buildings, structural design/
79

/drawings as per competence.

(viii) Supervisor (Civil) – Questionnaire, all buildings, structural design/drawings
as per competence.]
The 80[Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/
/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] shall be registered with the Town
and Country Planning Department, who shall be the Registering Authority, in the manner
prescribed under these Regulations.
3.5B. Authentication.— All copies of documents required to be submitted under 3.2D
above, shall be duly authenticated by a Notary or Gazetted Officer of a State or Central
Government.
81
[3.5C. The Government may by an order published in the Official Gazette make
securing of any or all the permissions namely, Development permission, Technical
76
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
77
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
78
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
79
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
80
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
81
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 40–

clearance, Construction license, Completion order and occupancy certificate and also
issuance of the same compulsorily in online or offline mode, as may be, as specified in
such order.]
3.6. Procedure to obtain the permission.—
3.6.1. Application for permission.— For the purpose of obtaining permission for
development/building construction/sub-division of land, under these Regulations, the
owner (including Government Department/Semi-Government or Local Authority), shall
apply in the manner prescribed below:–
Category I – Areas under jurisdiction of PDA and Municipal Council/Village
Panchayat 82[/Corporation]:
Step-1. To apply first to PDA for Development Permission as per Appendix-A1-PDA
and for obtaining recommendation for conversion of land use under Land Revenue Code
(if such recommendation has not been obtained previously) as per Appendix-A4,
enclosing therein a minimum of five sets appropriate drawings and one set of documents
as specified in Regulations 3.2 to 3.5 above.
Step-2. To apply thereafter to Municipal Council/Village Panchayat 83[/Corporation] for
Licence/Permit, as per Appendix-A2 or Appendix-A3, as applicable, enclosing therein the
Development Permission Order from PDA as per Appendix-C1 and 3 sets of drawings
obtained at Step 1 duly stamped and signed by PDA, and one set of documents specified
at Regulation 3.2D.
Category II – Areas under jurisdiction of Town Planning Department and Municipal
Council/Village Panchayat 84[/Corporation].
Step-1. To apply first to Town Planning Department for Technical Clearance as per
Appendix-A1-TCP and for recommendation for conversion as per Appendix-A4,
enclosing therein a minimum of five sets appropriate drawings and one set of documents
as specified in Regulations 3.2 to 3.5 above.
Step-2. To apply thereafter to Municipal Council/Village Panchayat 85[/Corporation] for
licence/permit, as per Appendix-A2 or Appendix-A3, as applicable, enclosing therein the
Technical Clearance Order as per Appendix-C2 and 3 sets of drawings obtained at Step-1
duly stamped and signed by the Town Planning Officer and one set of documents
specified at Regulation 3.2D.
86
[3.6.1 (a). Time limit to dispose of applications.— Applications received by the
Town & Country Planning Department shall be processed and disposed of within 45 days
from the date of receipt of the applications except for the cases where reference to the
Government or Conservation Committee, legal opinion or approval from any other
agencies is necessary. The Chief Town Planner shall be the appellate authority, in case of
failure to dispose of the application by the respective District/Taluka level offices, within
the stipulated period. In the event, the application is not disposed of within the said
stipulated period it shall be deemed as a refusal and appeal lies from such deemed refusal
82
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
83
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
84
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011
85
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
86
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 41–

which may be preferred within a period of 3 months from the date of such deemed
refusal. Appeal fee shall be 87{specified} by the Government and appeal shall be disposed
of by the appellate authority within a period of 45 days from the date of receipt of memo
of appeal.]
3.6.2. Special provisions.— In addition to the above procedure, special provisions will
apply in case of specific areas as under:—
(a) In case the development falls within Coastal Regulatory Zone (CRZ) and
Environment Protection Zone (EPZ), prior approval of Coastal Zone Management
authority shall be required. - Refer ANNEXURE-I at 27.I.
(b) In case the development falls in declared Conservation/Preservation area, PDA/
/TCPD shall refer the proposal to the Conservation Committee for their opinion before
granting/refusing Development Permission/Technical Clearance.
88
[(c) In case of the buildings specified in regulation 15.2.1, No Objection
Certificate from the Director of Fire and Emergency Services shall be obtained by the
owner before applying for Construction License to the Local Authority.]
(d) NOC‘s as applicable shall be obtained by the owner if the development falls
within the jurisdiction of specified authorities/departments such as Railways, Airports,
Military installations, etc.
(e) Structural Design for any building under the jurisdiction of these regulations
structural design/retrofitting shall only be carried out by a Structural Engineer on
Record (SER) or Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR). Proof checking of
various designs/reports shall be carried out by competent authority 89[ ] wherever
applicable. Generally, the structural design of foundations, elements of masonry,
timber, plain concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel
shall conform to the provisions of part VI Structural Design Section – 1 Loads, Section
– 2 Foundation, Section – 3 Wood, Section – 4 Masonry, Section – 5 Concrete &
Section – 6 Steel of National Building Code of India 2005 (NBC), taking into
consideration the Indian Standards as given below:—
For General Structural Safety:—
1. IS: 456:2000 Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete.
2. IS: 800-1984 Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel.
3. IS: 801-1975 Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formal Light Gauge Steel.
Structural Members in General Building Construction:—

4. IS 875 (Part 2):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures Part 2 Imposed Loads.

87
Corrected vide Corrigendum No. 21/2/TCP/10/pt/12/3643 dated 1-11-2012.
88
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
89
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 42–

5. IS 875 (Part 3):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures Part 3 Wind Loads.
6. IS 875 (Part 4):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures Part 4 Snow Loads.
7. IS 875 (Part 5):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures Part 5 special loads and load combination.
8. IS: 883:1966 ―Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in Building.
9. IS: 1904:1987 ―Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Foundation‖.
10. IS 1905:1987 ―Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Masonry Walls.
11. IS 2911 (Part 1): Section 1: 1979 ―Code of Practice for Design and Construction of
Pile Foundation Section 1 Part 1: Section 2 Based Cast-in-situ Piles Part 1: Section 3
Driven Precast Concrete Piles Part 1: Section 4 Based precast Concrete Piles Part 2:
Timber Piles Part 3: Under Reamed Piles Part 4: Load Test on Piles.
For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection:—
12. IS 875 (3)-1987 ―Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for
Buildings and Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads‖.
13. Guidelines (Based on IS 875 (3)-1987) for improving the Cyclonic Resistance of
Low rise houses and other building.
For Earthquake Protection:—
14. IS: 1893-2002 ―Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures (Fifth
Revision)‖.
15. IS: 13920-1993 ―Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures subjected to
Seismic Forces - Code of Practice‖.
16. IS: 4326-1993 ―Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings - Code
of Practice (Second Revision)‖.
17. IS: 13828-1993 ―Improving Earthquake Resistance of Low Strength Masonry
Buildings - Guidelines‖.
18. IS: 13827-1993 ―Improving Earthquake Resistance of Earthen Buildings
Guidelines‖.
19. IS: 13935-1993 ―Repair and Seismic Strengthening of Buildings Guidelines‖.
For Protection of Landslide Hazard:—
20. IS 14458 (Part 1): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 1 Selection
of type of wall.
21. IS 14458 (Part 2): 1997 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 2 Design of
retaining/breast walls.
 – 43–

22. IS 14458 (Part 3): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 3
Construction of dry stone walls.
23. IS 14496 (Part 2): 1998 Guidelines for preparation of landslide – Hazard zonation
maps in mountainous terrains: Part 2 Macro-zonation.
Note: Whenever an Indian Standard including those referred in the National Building Code or
the National Building Code is referred, the latest revision of the same shall be followed except
specific criteria, if any, mentioned above against that code.

3.7. Grant or Refusal of permission/licence.— (a) Grant or refusal of the

permission/licence shall be governed by the relevant Acts, Rules and Regulations in
force.
(b) The Municipal Council/Village Panchayat 90[/Corporation] shall grant Building
Licence only after necessary Development Permission/Technical Clearance is granted
by PDA/Town Planning Department. No licence shall be granted without such
Development Permission/Technical Clearance.
(c) Grant of permission/licence shall be given in the following format:—
(i) PDA Development Permission in APPENDIX-C1.
(ii) Technical Clearance in APPENDIX-C2.
(iii) Municipal Licence as per APPENDIX-C3.
(iv) Panchayat Licence as per APPENDIX-C4.

(d) Refusal of the permission/license shall be given in the following format:–

(i) Refusal of Development Permission by PDA–APPENDIX-C9.
(ii) Refusal of Licence by Municipal Council Village Panchayat 91[/Corporation] –
APPENDIX-C11.

3.8. Deviation during development and revocation of permission.— (a) The holder
of any development permission issued under these Regulations shall follow the approved
plans and conditions laid down.
(b) In case deviation occurs which, in the opinion of the owner and his
92
[Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban
Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil] is within the framework of these
Regulations, the holder may carry out such deviation and should apply and obtain revised
approval, clearly showing such deviation in the plans, as soon as possible or at least at the
time of applying for Occupancy Certificate. However, this will not apply to Conservation
Zone, where no deviation shall be carried without prior approval of the Conservation
Committee.
(c) The Competent Authority may, subject to the provisions of the respective Act,
revoke any permission given under these Regulations, if it is found that subsequent
90
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
91
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
92
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 44–

deviations that have taken place during development violate any of these Regulations.
The Competent Authority may also proceed against the holder of the permission in the
manner laid down in the respective Act.
3.9. Duration of Sanction, Notification stages and Occupancy Certificate.— (a)
Permission for Development/Building permit granted under these Regulations shall,
subject to the provisions of the Act, be valid initially for a period of three years, and
renewable, on submission of a request letter, for a further period of three years at a time.
(b) Where the development permission/building permit is sought to be transferred
(alongwith the property), the owner of such property should intimate to the Competent
Authority in writing and obtain confirmation to that effect for the purposes of the Act.
(c) The applicant shall inform the Council/Village Panchayat 93[/Corporation] in
prescribed form APPENDIX-D1, about the commencement of the work for giving
alignment of the building.
3.10. Revocations of development permission.— The Planning and Development
Authority (PDA)/Municipal Council/Village Panchayat 94[/Corporation] may, subject to
the provisions of the relevant Act, revoke any development permission/building licence,
issued under the provisions of these Regulations, wherever there has been any false
statements suppression or any misrepresentation of material facts in the application or
plans on which the development permission/building licence was based or non-
-compliance of provisions.
3.11. Occupancy Certificate.— (a) No building hereafter erected, re-erected or altered
materially, shall be occupied in whole or in part, until the issue of Completion Order by
Planning and Development Authority (PDA) in whole or in part, as per APPENDIX-C5
or Completion Order by Town and Country Planning Department (TCPD) in whole or in
part, as per APPENDIX-C6, as applicable, as well as an Occupancy Certificate by the
Municipal Council in whole or in part, as per APPENDIX-C7 or by the Village Panchayat
in whole or in part, as per APPENDIX-C8, after making such scrutiny, site inspection and
affirming that such a building conforms in all respects the requirements of these
Regulations and as per the approved plans and any conditions laid down by the
PDA/Council/Village Panchayat on the Development Permission/Building Permit.
95
[(b) Clearance from the Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services before issue of
Occupancy Certificate shall be required for the buildings specified in regulation 15.2.1.].
(c) A Post Occupancy Audit: The Licencing Authority shall carry out Post Occupancy
Audit on a random basis, from time to time for group housing/residential multi dwelling
buildings and multistoried buildings but within five years of issue of Occupancy
Certificate.
The Audit will be checking only the following:
1. Availability of clear circulation space in the building required for movement and
parking as shown in the approved plans.

93
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
94
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
95
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 45–

2. Change of use of building & portions thereof, especially the diversion of parking
areas shown in the approved plans for any other uses.
Note: On finding any change of use of building or part thereof other than parking, the Licencing
Authority shall ensure that the Shop and Establishment licence or any other trade licence issued in
the parking areas is cancelled and the said area is restored for parking purpose only.

The Licencing Authority shall issue notices to the Owner/Developer to remove any
misuse of areas of buildings ensure that the circulation space and the stilted parking areas
as per the approved plans is made available on site for circulation and parking purposes
only.
3.11.1. Application for occupancy certificate.— For the purpose of obtaining
Occupancy Certificate under these Regulations, the owner (including Government
Department/Semi--Government or Local Authority), shall apply in the manner prescribed
below:—
(a) Category I – Areas under jurisdiction of PDA‘s and Municipal Council/Village
Panchayat 96[/Corporation].
Step-1. To apply first to PDA for Completion Order as per APPENDIX-A5,
enclosing therein—
97
(i) Completion Certificate, from the [Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/
/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor
(Civil)] as per APPENDIX-B6 to the effect that the work has been duly supervised
by him and is in conformity with the approved plans.
(ii) Structural Stability Certificate as per APPENDIX-B5, from the Structural
Engineer to the effect that the structural work has been carried out as per his design
and under his supervision and that the building is safe for occupancy. This
certificate shall be accompanied by a complete set of structural drawings ―as built‖
for record of PDA.
(iii) Revised drawings showing deviations, if any, carried out during the
construction (if applicable).
Step-2. To apply thereafter for Occupancy Certificate to Municipal Council or to the
Village Panchayat 98[/Corporation] as per APPENDIX-A6, enclosing therein the—
(i) Completion Order from PDA as per APPENDIX-C5 or from TCPD as per
APPENDIX-C6, obtained at Step 1.
(ii) Completion Certificate from the 99[Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer
/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor
(Civil)] as per APPENDIX-B6, to the effect that the work has been duly supervised
by him and is in conformity with the approved plans.

96
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
97
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
98
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
99
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 46–

(iii) Structural Stability Certificate as per APPENDIX-B5, from the Structural

Engineer to the effect that the structural work has been carried out as per his design
and under his supervision and that the building is safe for occupancy. This
certificate shall be accompanied by a complete set of structural drawings ―as built‖
for record of Council/Panchayat/Corporation.
(iv) Revised drawings showing deviations, if any, carried out during the
construction (if applicable).
(b) Category II – Areas under jurisdiction of Town Planning Department and
Municipal Council/Village Panchayat/Corporation.
Step-1. To apply first to Town and Country Planning Department for Completion
Order as per APPENDIX A5 enclosing therein—
(i) Completion Certificate from the 100[Architect /Engineer/Structural Engineer
/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma
/Supervisor (Civil)] as per APPENDIX B6, to the effect that the work has been
duly supervised by him and is in conformity with the approved plans.
(ii) Structural Stability Certificate as per APPENDIX B5, from the Structural
Engineer to the effect that the structural work has been carried out as per his
design and under his supervision and that the building is safe for occupancy. This
certificate shall be accompanied by a complete set of structural drawings ―as
built‖ for record of Town Planning Department.
(iii) Revised drawings showing deviations, if any, carried out during the
construction (if applicable).
Step-2. To apply thereafter to Municipal Council/Village Panchayat 101[/Corporation]
for Occupancy Certificate as per APPENDIX-A6, enclosing therein the—
(i) Completion Order from TCPD as per APPENDIX-C6, obtained at Step-1.
(ii) Completion Certificate as per APPENDIX-B6, from the 102[Architect/
Engineer/Structural Engineer/ Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban
Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] to the effect that the work has been
duly supervised by him and is in conformity with the approved plans.
(iii) Structural Stability Certificate as per APPENDIX-B5, from the Structural
Engineer to the effect that the structural work has been carried out as per his design
and under his supervision and that the building is safe for occupancy. This
certificate shall be accompanied by complete set of structural drawings ―as built‖ for
record of Council/Panchayat.
(iv) Revised drawings showing deviations, if any, carried out during the
construction (if applicable).

100
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
101
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
102
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 47–

103
[3.11 A. Development Permission/Technical Clearance/Completion Order in
respect of public projects.—
(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this regulations,—
(i) in case of Government buildings designed by office of Chief Architect, Public
Works Department, the Chief Architect shall grant the Technical
Clearance/Development Permission as the case may be and the Completion
Order.
(ii) In case of Material Recovery Facilities and Solid Waste Management Structures
of the Municipal Council/Corporation/Village Panchayats/Goa Waste
Management Corporation (GWMC), the concerned Municipal Council/
/Corporation, Engineer/Assistant Engineer of Directorate of Panchayats, Assistant
Manager having Engineering specialization of the Goa Waste Management
Corporation, as the case may be, shall grant the Technical Clearance/
/Development Permission and Completion Order.
(iii) Government may notify any other officer to grant the Technical Clearance/
Development Permission and Completion Order for public projects other than as
specified in (i) and (ii) above.
(b) The provisions contained in regulations 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10, 3.11 and 3.11.1 shall
mutatis and mutandis apply in all above cases.]
3.12. Responsibilities of the Owner and 104[Architect/Engineer/Structural
Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/
/Supervisor (Civil)].— (a) It shall be the responsibility of the Owner/holder of a
development permission/licence to ensure that the development he undertakes is properly
supervised by the 105[Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape
Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] who has signed the
plans for the job and shall be responsible for the execution as per approved plans.
(b) Where the 106[Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape
Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] disassociates with the
development, he shall be responsible to intimate to the Competent Authority of such
decision, in writing. The Competent Authority shall immediately require the Owner to
appoint another 107[Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape
Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] who shall then become
responsible for the project with effect from the date such appointment is intimated to the
Competent Authority, in writing jointly by the Owner and the new appointee.
(c) If the Owner fails to appoint another 108[Architect/Engineer/Structural
Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/
/Supervisor (Civil)] the Competent Authority shall suspend the permission granted until
such time the appointment is made and any work carried out without such appointment
shall be considered as not validly undertaken.

103
Inserted vide Amendment Regulation, 2021.
104
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019
105
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
106
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
107
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019
108
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019
 – 48–

4. General Requirements for Development.—

4.1. Development to be in conformity with respective Acts/Rules/Regulations.—
(a) Every development shall conform to the provisions of relevant Acts, Rules and
Regulations and appropriate Plan in force and no development shall be carried out
without obtaining prior permission from the Competent Authority in the manner
prescribed under these Regulations.
(b) Every building operation or sub-division of land shall be subject to the following
general regulations, wherever applicable and no land shall be used as a site for
development—
(i) If the site is found to be liable to liquefaction by the Goa State Disaster
Management Authority under the earthquake intensity of the area, in such case it shall
be ensured that the building site is away from such areas and a safe distance as advised
by Goa State Disaster Management Authority is followed except where appropriate
protection measures are taken.
(ii) If the Goa State Disaster Management Authority finds that the proposed
development falls in the area liable to storm surge during cyclone, in such case it shall
be ensured that the building site is away from such areas and a safe distance as advised
by Goa State Disaster Management Authority is followed except where protection
measures are adopted to prevent storm surge damage.
(iii) In hilly terrain, the site plan should include location of landslide prone areas, if
any indicated in Goa Disaster Management Plan, on or near the site, in such case it
shall be ensured that the building site is away from such areas and a safe distance as
advised by Goa State Disaster Management Authority is followed except where
protection measures are adopted to prevent landslides.
(iv) The site plan on a sloping site may also include proposals for diversion of the
natural flow of water coming from uphill side of the building away from the
foundation.
(c) Roof pattern in buildings.— All buildings in residential zone should have sloping
roof 109[of each building], flat type roof 110[of each building] may be permitted up to a
maximum extent of 111[50%] of covered area of the building.
4.2. Means of access to the building within the plot.— (a) Every person who erects
a building shall provide a means of access to such building a clear way of not less than
3.00 mts.
(b) Such pathway shall be kept open to sky and no projection or overhang shall be
permitted over it except a canopy or a balcony or a weather board or a chajja erected at
least 2.50 metres above the ground level.
(c) Steps, ottas or any raised platforms shall not be permitted in such pathway.
(d) Every such pathway shall be paved, drained and adequately lighted.

109
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
110
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
111
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 49–

(e) Any person who undertakes construction work or a building shall not reduce the
width of such pathway to building previously existing below the minimum requirements
prescribed under these Regulations.
(f) In case of level differences, the pathway could be in form of steps or ramp from the
road level to the entrances of the building. In case of steps, the tread of the step shall not
be less than 30 cms. and riser shall not be more than 20 cms. In case of ramp the gradient
shall be less than 1:6 for driveway and 1:12 for pathway. In case of steps, adequate
parking shall be provided nearby.
112
[(g) Every person who erects a building with no side setbacks or with 1.5 mts.
setback (or less) on both the sides, shall provide a means of access to the rear of (through)
such building within the property, a clear way of not less than 4.5 mts. in width for non-
high rise buildings and 6 mts. in width for high rise buildings for entry of fire fighting
vehicle. Such means of access is to be maintained free from any obstructions and at no
time shall any portion of the building be allowed to project or overhang into the passage
below the height of 4.5 mts. If arch or covered gate is constructed, it shall have a clear
headroom of not less than 5 meters.
113
[{For buildings having side and rear setbacks as per Regulation 4.4.2, Table IV, the
means of access to the rear is not required to be maintained. However, for high rise
buildings, means of access to the rear of minimum 6.0 mtrs. or applicable setbacks,
whichever is higher, is required to be maintained at least on one side. Further, access to
the rear shall not be applicable to the plots covered under the regulation 4.7.}]
(h) The applicant shall indicate upon the site plan required to be furnished by him, the
whole area of such means of access by distinguishing in colour and description.
(i) The person who undertakes development of a plot shall not do so as to deprive any
other plot of land of its means of access or easement and shall not reduce such means of
access to a width less than 3.0 mts. Such access could be through set back areas subject to
the condition that no projection shall be permitted within this access. The area of such
access shall not be deducted while computing the effective area of the plot.
(j) The applicant shall not at any time erect or cause to permit to be erected or re-erect
any building/structure even temporarily, which in any way encroaches or diminishes the
area so set apart for the purpose of public or traditional access.
4.3. Restriction on development within line of sight at the road intersections.—
No development including construction of buildings, compound walls, erection of
hoarding, etc. shall be permitted within the line of sight, upto 4.5 mts. height from the
level of adjoining roads. Any obstruction existing within the line of sight, natural or/and
manmade, shall also have to be removed from line before applying for occupancy
certificate.
Further, no development shall extend beyond the imaginary line drawn by joining
two points on the adjacent edges of the right of ways of the roads at a distance from
the point of intersection of the side of the corner of the effective plot as given in the
TABLE-II.

112
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
113
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 50–

TABLE-II
(Refer Sketch No. 3 at Chapter 28)
Right of way of road in More than 20 More than 10
More than 30 Less than 10
meters upto 30 and upto 20

Distance from point of 10.00 7.50 5.00 4.00

intersection in meters

4.4. Front, Side and Rear Setbacks:

4.4.1. Front setback.— Every building shall have minimum front setback as per the
TABLE-III given below:–
TABLE-III

Zone Setback in meters

Residential - S1, S2, S3, S4, 3.00
Commercial - C1, C2, C3, C4 3.00
Industrial - I1, I2, I3, 5.00
Public and Transport - P, T, 5.00
Recreation - R 5.00
Agriculture - A1, A2, 10.00
114
[Note: Whenever any use, other than residential is proposed in S1, S2, S3 or S4 zone, the
front setback shall be minimum 5.00 meters if the plot is located on a road of width of less than 10
meters. In commercial zones, plots which are abutting roads 10 meters wide and less shall have
front setback of 5 meters.]

4.4.2. Side and Rear Setbacks.—

115
[TABLE-IV]
Height of the building Side/Rear Setbacks
(1) (2)
7.60 m. 3.00 m.
9.00 m. 3.50 m
11.50 m. 4.00 m.
15.00 m. 5.00 m.
18.00 m. 5.50 m.
21.00 m. 6.00 m.
24.00 m. 6.50 m.
28.00 m. 7.40 m.
116
[32.00 m. 8.00 m.
36.00 m. 8.00 m.]

114
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
115
Titled as Table-IV vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
116
Added vide Amendment Regulation, 2018(September).
 – 51–

117
[Note: After 36.00 mts. height the side/rear setbacks shall be increased by 1.00 mtr., for
every 4.00 mts. additional height, provided further that the maximum setback which can be
insisted by the authorities shall be atleast 15.00 mts., irrespective of the height of the building.]
118
[(a) In existing Municipal areas notified prior to the commencement of these
Regulations, the building may be allowed with the side setbacks less than those specified
in table-IV limited to a minimum 1.5 meters provided that no light and ventilation is
taken from that side. However, in densely built up existing areas, where neighboring
building or building existing within the applicant‘s plot, are already touching the
boundaries, the building may be allowed to touch the boundary or keep 1.50 meters or
less on one or both sides, provided that no light and ventilation is taken from that side]
119
[(b) In industrial estates/industrial areas minimum 3.00 mts. side setback shall be
maintained in case the area of the plot does not exceed 1,000 sq. mts. and minimum 4.50
mts. side setback shall be maintained at least on one side for plot where the area of the
plot exceeds 1,000 sq. mts.].

4.5. Restrictions on development within setbacks.— The setbacks, as required to be

provided under these Regulations, shall be kept permanently open to sky and they shall
not be used for stacking materials or loose articles for the purpose of trade or otherwise,
nor they shall be used for putting up fixed or movable platforms or advertisement
hoarding boards or neon sign boards or for such similar uses.
However, plantations/orchards, septic tanks, pump, well, gardening 120[, rain water
harvesting/ground water recharge system] will be permitted in the said setbacks provided
no structure shall impede the access and circulation of vehicles.
4.6. Projections within the setbacks.— Following projections shall be allowed
within the setbacks provided that there is no obstruction/interference with line of sight or
street furniture, fixtures, lighting, access, etc.
(a) Within Front setback.— (i) An un-storeyed porch/canopy/cantilevered stair
landing projection, provided that a minimum setback of 2.00 meters is left between the
R/W of the road/street and the extreme edge of the canopy, there is a clear distance of
2.50 meters between the ground and the bottom of the porch/canopy/stair landing, and no
columns are located within the setback.
(ii) Balconies/verandah, floor projections which are cantilevered and there is a clear
distance of 2.50 meters from the bottom of such projections and ground and 2.00 meters
setback is left between the R/W of the road/street and such projection.
(b) Within Side and Rear setbacks.— Cantilevered weather board, sun shades,
chajjas, balconies, canopies or stair landing projections, provided that they are at a
minimum height of 2.50 meters from the ground, and not more than 1.5 m. in depth and
not more 1/3rd of the side setback. The minimum height shall be 4.50 meters along the
side giving access to the rear.

117
Inserted vide Amendment Regulation, 2018 (September).
118
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
119
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
120
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 52–

(c) Security cabin of not more than a size of 6.00 square meters of 2.50 meters height
provided it does not interfere with line of sight in a corner plot or road junction. Provided
the main gate is partially recessed by at least 1.00 meter.
4.7. Further restrictions/relaxations.— (a) 121[For original survey plots or
mundkarial plots or plots of approved layout having frontage up to 13.00 meters,
construction of single dwelling units may be permitted with side setbacks of 1.50 meters
allowing normal light and ventilation, provided the construction is limited to ground and
one upper floor only and that no projection shall be permitted except of weather board,
sun shades, roof projections or any architectural features not exceeding 30.00 cms. In
case of multi-dwelling units, side setbacks can be relaxed to 1.50 meters on one side only
with the above restrictions/control. Un-storied car porches of maximum length of 5.00
meters may be permitted to touch the boundary, provided rain water drain and disposal
are within the plot.]
(b) When the construction is permitted to touch the boundary under clause 4.4.2 (b) in
Municipal areas, the said setback shall be provided with a permanent wall/screen or any
architectural feature, extending to the boundary, on the face of the building abutting the
street, to maintain the continuity of the streetscape. An opening to serve as an emergency
access only, may be provided in this wall/screen at the ground floor. This shall be
applicable to any plot, irrespective of its size.
4.8. Distance between two buildings.— (a) The minimum distance between two
buildings within the same plot shall not be less than three meters in case no ventilation or
light is taken from facing sides.
(b) The minimum distance shall be half the mean height of the two buildings or three
meters, whichever is more, in case light and ventilation is taken from facing sides and this
distance shall be measured at point where such light and ventilation is taken. No
projections shall be permitted within the minimum distance 122[except chajjas/weather
boards].
4.9. Courtyard.— The sizes of the Courtyards provided in the development shall
conform to the following provisions:–
(a) If light and ventilation is taken to the habitable rooms from a courtyard, then the
minimum area of the Courtyard shall be 10.00 m2 and the smallest side shall be
determined, as per the Table-IV for side setbacks given at 4.4.2 above.
(b) If light and ventilation is taken to non habitable rooms from a courtyard, then the
minimum area of the courtyard shall be 6.25 sq. mts. with the smallest side not less than
2.50 mts. for courtyard having height upto 11.00 mts.
The minimum area of the courtyard shall be 9.00 sq. mts. with minimum side of 3.00
mts. for courtyard having height above 11.00 mts.
4.10. Regulations regarding development on sloping sites.— (a) When submitting
plans for development of a plot which has a gradient of 1:10 or more, the plan should

121
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
122
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 53–

indicate block levels at 5.00 m. centre to centre or alternatively contour plans at 1.00 m.
intervals.
(b) Block levels/contour plans are also to be submitted in case plot area exceeds 1000
sq. mts. for building operations.
(c) Block levels/contour plans are also to be submitted in case plot area exceeds 10000
sq. mts. for sub-division of land.
(d) The levels/contours should be drawn with reference to a bench mark clearly
indicated on the site plan.
(e) No development shall be permitted if the gradient exceeds 1:4.
(f) The Chartered Surveyor or Civil Engineer shall certify the contour plans and shall
be responsible for the accuracy of the said plan.
4.11. Development of Landlocked areas.— Development of any land locked area i.e.
area without access or with inadequate access shall be governed by the following
regulations:-
(a) If the area is accessible by a traditional access, passing through a property of
different owner or is proposed to be made accessible by an access having a width of 3 m.
or less, development shall be limited to a ground floor and one upper floor structure with
a maximum floor area of 200 m2 to be used for residential use only. Such access shall
have to be marked on the site plan.
(b) If the area is proposed to be made accessible by an access having a width of more
than 4.50 m. but less than 6 m. development shall be limited to a ground floor and one
upper floor structure with a maximum floor area of 350 m2 to be used for residential use
only. Such access shall have to be marked on the site plan.
123
[(c) If any property is made accessible by an access/road through a property of
different owner by his voluntary consent, the area used for such access/road shall not be
deducted from the effective area of the plot in which it is provided, for the purpose of
coverage and FAR calculations provided that the width of such access is 3.00 meters or
more and has concurrence of the Authority/Council/Panchayat.]
(d) In case such an access is not voluntarily made available, then the 124[Authority/
/Council/Panchayat/Town & Country Planning Department] at the request of the owner of
the landlocked property, shall acquire the area of such access based on the micro planning
of the area. The width of such access shall not be more than 6.00 meters and shall not
render the plot unfit for development. The cost of acquisition of the area alongwith 5%
service charges shall be borne by the said owner. The minimum service charges shall be
Rupees five thousand or as decided by the Authority from time to time. If due to such
acquisition, the owner is not able to develop his property with full benefit of FAR due to
other restrictions like coverage, setbacks, etc., the 125[Authority/Council/Panchayat/Town
& Country Planning Department] may relax such requirements on individual merit.

123
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
124
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
125
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 54–

4.12. Land Acquisition by the Competent Authority.— (a) The land zoned as P
(public, semi public and institutional) and the land zoned as R (parks, playgrounds,
recreational) may be acquired by the Competent Authority, to the extent of minimum size
of plot specified in the Regulations of the said zones, at the request of the institution for
the purpose of allowable development in the said zone.
(b) The land required for development of common facilities/services, such as a
crematorium, cemeteries etc., for the uses as permitted in specific zones, may be defined
and acquired by the Competent Authority on request of the Institution or local body.
5. Group Housing.— Group of buildings in an effective area of plot more than 4000
m² but less than 20,000 m²:
126
[(a) When a plot, having an area of more than 4000 m2 but less than 20000 m2,
is used for construction of building/group of buildings, an open space, as per the
provisions in sub-division Regulations (12) shall be provided, in addition to the
parking requirements. However, for calculating the coverage and FAR, the area of the
entire plot, inclusive of the open space, shall be taken as effective plot area. However,
this provision shall not be applicable to single family dwelling unit.]

(b) All the buildings should be provided with a minimum 127[ ] access of 3.00 m.
and minimum setback of 1.50 mts. on either side of the access shall be applicable.

(c) All parking areas shall be accessible by an internal road having a minimum
width of 6.00 meters. If such parking is provided within buildings, then the access to
these buildings shall also be 6.00 meters and a setback of 1.00 meter from the road
shall be necessary.
(d) A road of 6.00 m. width shall be extended to the rear of the plot or adjoining
plot, in case the same is without an access. The general regulations regarding the road
setbacks would not be applicable.

(e) Commercial use will be permitted as per the provisions of Regulation 6.A.1.
(f) 128[In case of plots exceeding 20,000 m2 in area, internal access roads shall be
provided as per sub-division regulations or a hierarchy of roads shall be followed,
subject to above Regulations 5 (a) to (d)].
(g) No part of building shall be allowed to be projected over the road/access
including balcony.
Note: In case of high rise building the regulations applicable for fire safety shall be adhered to.
129
[5A. Regulations for Shopping Mall cum multiplex.— (1) Definition:–
―Shopping mall cum multiplex‖ shall mean an integrated entertainment and shopping

126
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
127
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
128
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
129
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 55–

Centre/Complex consisting of small retail outlet, food courts, pubs, bowling alleys,
restaurants, fast food outlets, health spas/centers, convention centers, hotel, IT and ITES,
recreational activities, etc., with at least 2 cinema hall screens either within the complex
or in a separate building within the compound of the complex.
(2) Site requirement for shopping mall cum multiplex:– (i) The minimum size of plot
for a new shopping mall cum multiplex complex shall be 10,000 sq. mts.;
(ii) The minimum abutting road width for a shopping mall cum multiplex complex
shall be 15 mts. existing.
(3) Location criteria:– (i) The location of a shopping mall cum multiplex complex
shall be in a notified commercial area as per the statutory plans in force. The project shall
be further subject to the requirements of,—
(a) a traffic impact study and a traffic management plan, for such complex
undertaken through a qualified consultant in traffic and transportation.
(b) NOC from the Director of Fire and Emergency Services for considering the
building permission by the Authority granting the permission.
(4) General:–
Plot area – 10,000m2
Coverage – 50%
FAR – As per the permissible FAR in respective zone.
Height – Maximum height permissible shall be as per the permissible limits within the
respective zones. Maximum height of shopping mall cum multiplex having assembly
occupancy shall not exceed 30 mtrs. or the height permissible in the respective zones,
whichever is less. However, relaxation in height could be considered with the approval of
the Town and Country Planning Board for creating iconic or landmark tower which
would have tourist/public attractions and would enhance the image of the city by
following setback requirements up to a maximum height of 50.00 mtrs. only in C1
Special Zone (C1 Special), Commercial Special Zone (CS) and Special Commercial Zone
(SPC). This relaxation in height is subject to condition that uses in the tower shall be of
non-assembly occupancy. If such tower is attached to the main shopping complex cum
multiplex, it should have separate entry and exit from the ground level and overall height
of the building including the tower shall not exceed 50 mtrs. If the tower like building is
proposed as detached building within the same compound of the complex, maximum
height of 50 mtrs. could be considered, independently. The relaxation in height will be
further subject to the condition that the tower like building shall not cover more than 33%
of the overall plinth area of shopping mall cum multiplex.
Note: The additional height upto 50 mtrs. can be permitted subject to availability of fire
equipments capable of handling high rise building of such magnitudes by the Director of Fire and
Emergency Services. However, exemptions could be considered in case the prospective developer
donates the equipments as required by the Government and make available in house fire fighting
facilities within the complex.
(5) Parking:— One equivalent car parking space shall be provided for every 35
sq.mtrs. of built up area of the shopping mall cum multiplex.]
 – 56–

6. Zoning Regulations and use provisions.—

6.1. Introduction.— To regulate the development in terms of FAR, coverage, use of
building, height of building, and other zoning regulations, and the use of the plot within
the zone/use designated in—
(a) Regional plan of Goa.
(b) Development Plans (Notified).
(c) Development Plan of Withdrawn Notified Areas.
(d) Part-Regional Plan/Zoning Plans/Town Planning Scheme or any other plan
prepared for development control as the case may be.
6.1.1. The following Regulations shall be applicable in the respective zones.—
130
{The following Regulations shall be applicable in the respective zones:
(a) Regional Plan for Goa: The settlement zone areas means the areas which could be
brought under development for various uses and the compatibility of the said uses/zones
within the settlement level plans. FAR applicable shall be as per Table-V given below.
TABLE – V
VP Status Area of Plot FAR permitted Height
VP1 Area below 4000 m2 80 As per S2/R2
131
[ ]

VP2 Area below 4000 m2 60 9.00 mts. including stilt

132
[ ]

Note: 133[(1)] The above shall be applicable for all types residential, commercial, industrial and
institutional buildings.
134
[(2) The Government on recommendation of the Town and Country Planning Board
shall grant additional height and FAR to the proposals on case to case basis in
consideration of the locational aspect, nature of development, use proposed, information
available and on any such other criteria, if required. Such relaxation shall however not be
relaxed for more than 20% permitted in the prevailing Regulations.].
Any other provisions, the interpretation of which is not clear, shall be referred to the
Chief Town Planner/Member Secretary, Town and Country Planning Board of
Government of Goa and interpretation given by Town and Country Planning Board shall
be treated as final and shall form part of these Regulations.
(b) Outline Development Plans/Comprehensive Development Plans: These are plans
as notified/to be notified for existing planning areas declared under Section 18 of The
Goa Town & Country Planning Act, 1974. These Regulations shall be applicable for all
developments.

130
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
131
Omitted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
132
Omitted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
133
Numbered vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
134
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 57–

(c) Outline Development Plans of withdrawn planning areas/Zoning Plans: These are
the areas for which Outline Development Plans were prepared, when they were notified
as planning areas and subsequently withdrawn/de-notified under Section 19 of The Goa
Town & Country Planning Act, 1974. As the planning areas were de-notified (reduced)
and as per Government decision, the ODPs prepared remained in force. These
Regulations shall also be applicable for these areas/plans for all developments. In such
areas outside Planning & Development Authority jurisdiction, zone with FAR‘s beyond
80 if specified shall be reduced by 20% for development of plot areas of 4,000 m2 and
above. For example, 100 shall be 80, 150 shall be 120, 120 shall be 96.}
(d) Part-Regional Plan/Zoning Plan/Town Planning Scheme: For the zoning plan/
/regional plan/town planning scheme and any other plans prepared and in force, the use
provisions in those plan areas will be as per TABLE-VI below:
TABLE-VI
135
[Zoning Plan/Part Regional Plan/Town
Zones for provisions of Zoning Regulations
Planning Scheme
Residential S1/S2
Commercial C2/C3
Industrial I1
Institutional P
Recreational R

Note: In such areas outside the jurisdiction of Planning & Development Authorities where
F.A. R.s are specified more than 80% such F.A.R.s shall be reduced by 20% for development of
plots with areas of 4,000 m2 and above.]
Provided, that if any person intends to develop land in Goa that is not specifically
zoned or marked for specific use, or is according to the applicant wrongly designated, the
relevant Competent Authority under the Act shall, after giving opportunity to the
aggrieved person/persons to present their view point, refer the matter to the Government
and the Government may, subject to the provisions of the relevant Act, Rules and
Regulations, permit such development, subject to conditions as may be directed to be
imposed.

6A. Regular Zones.—

6A.1. Land use zones.— In these regulations, the land use shall be as per TABLE-VII
given below, for the zones marked in the Regional Plan/Outline Development Plan/Sub-
Regional Plan/Zoning Plan/Town Planning Scheme.
136
[Outline Development Plan shall have two additional land use zones i.e. a Special
Residential Zone and Special Commercial Zone having FAR of 200 and 300
respectively.]

135
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
136
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
 – 58–

TABLE-VII
USE ZONE
I Residential Urban Settlement S1
Residential Settlement S2
Residential Settlement S3
Residential Settlement S4
137
[Residential Special Residential SPR]

II Commercial Central Commercial C1

Commercial Local Commercial C2
Commercial Rural Central Commercial C3
Commercial Rural Local Commercial C4
138
[Commercial Special Commercial SPC
Commercial Central Commercial Special C1
Special;]

III Industrial Light Industrial I-1

Industrial Medium Industrial I-2
Industrial Heavy Industrial I-3
IV Public/Semi-public/ Public/Semi-public P
/Institutional
V Transport, Warehousing Transport T
& Communication
VI Parks, Playgrounds, Recreational Recreational R

VII Agriculture
139
VIII [Orchard/Natural Reserve Orchard and A1
Natural Reserve] A2
IX Conservation Superimposed zone F

Notes:– 140[(1) In case of SPC, C1 Special, C1, C2, C3 and C4, residential use shall be
permitted on upper floors and ground floor above stilts.]
(2) IT/ITES shall be allowed in S1 to S4, C1 to C4, I 1 to I 3 and P zones and on all
plots/premises fronting on roads having width more than 10 meter with a maximum FAR of 150.
(3) In IT Parks established by Department of Information Technology, Government of Goa,
IT/ITES shall be allowed on all plots/premises fronting on roads having width more than 10 meter
with a maximum FAR of 150.
(4) In Public/Semi Public/Institutional Use, Zone P building shall be allowed with FAR of 100
on all plots fronting roads having width less than 8 meter, on roads having width of more than 8
meter the FAR shall be 125. The maximum height of building in Zone P shall be 16 meters.
Note:– In special cases with the approval of T&CP Board and approval of the Government the
maximum FAR of 150 could be permitted on case to case basis.
137
Added vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
138
Added vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
139
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011
140
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 59–

(5) Any changes/interpretation regarding land use in various zones given by the Town and
Country Planning Board from time to time shall be read as part of these Regulations.

6A.2. Provisions governing the uses.—

6A.2.1. Uses prohibited: (Except those permitted with restrictions).— (a) Zones
141
[SPR, S1, S2, S3 & S4]:
Wholesale trade, warehousing, all kind of industries, gas works, fabrication and
assembly workshops, scrap yards, transport agencies, go-downs, automobile workshops.
142
[Fabrication unit, glass cutting unit, cement godown, tyres vulcanization units,
flour/masala mills, light engineering activities involving noise making machinery, offset
printing press, only those chicken/mutton stalls which involves slaughtering, only those
restaurants with bar, conducting business beyond 11 p.m., carpentry workshop engaging
heavy machinery and shops undertaking reconditioning of batteries.]
(b) Zones 143[SPC, C1 Special, C1, C2, C3 & C4]:
Extensive heavy and noxious industries and gas works.
(c) Zones I-1, I-2 & I-3:
(a) I-1:
Extensive, heavy and noxious industries.
(b) I-2:
Noxious and hazardous industries.
(c) I-3:
All uses other than industries with exception of those permitted with restrictions.
(d) Zone P:
All kinds of industries, wholesale trade, warehousing, storage provided the land is
not owned by the Government.
(e) Zone T:
Theatres, Auditorium, Cultural and religious institutions, heavy, noxious &
hazardous industries, sports stadia, crematoria, cemeteries, burial grounds and other
uses permitted under other zones.
(f) Zone R:
All uses permitted under other zones.
(g) Zone A1 & A2:
All uses other than agriculture, horticulture, farming and allied operations.
(h) Zone F:
All uses prohibited in the basic zone, since this is a superimposed zone.
141
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
142
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
143
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 60–

6A.3. Uses permitted.— All uses which are not specifically prohibited or not covered
in the category of uses with restrictions as per regulation above shall be permitted.
144
6A.3.1. Uses permitted with certain restrictions.— (a) Zone [SPR, S1, S2, S3 &
S4]:
145
[(i) Uses such as retail trade, banks, post offices, administrative offices, tailoring
shops, laundry, hair cutting saloons, beauty saloons, IT/ITES establishments,
kindergarten/crèche, abutting on main street and professional offices including IT/ITES
shall be permitted as auxiliary to the main use:
Provided, that the total covered area occupied for such uses, shall not exceed 50% of
the proposed covered area, if the property derives access from a road having 8.00 meters
right of way or more:
Provided further that if more than one building is proposed, then all the proposed area
for commercial use as above, may be located either in one building or more than one
building, as desired by the owner.]
(ii) In addition to the above, use of personal residence to the extent of 10% of the
carpet area of the residence could be allowed to be used as professional office including
IT/ITES shall be allowed on all plots/premises fronting on roads having width more than
10 meter.
(iii) Rice and flour mill shall be permitted on ground floor only, with no floor above,
not occupying an area in excess of 25 m2 and not employing more than 5 persons, is
driven electrically and the motor capacity does not exceed 15 H.P.
(iv) Bakeries on ground floor, not occupying an area in excess of 75 M2 and not
employing more than 9 persons, if the power requirement does not exceed 4KW, where
only electrical equipment is used and additional heating load upto 12KW is permitted.
146
[(v) In case of group housing, the commercial use may be allowed in one or more
buildings on upper floors restricted to 50% of the proposed coverage, provided building is
abutting the public road.]
(b) Zone 147[SPR, S1, S2, S3, S4 & SPC, C1 Special, C1, C2, C3, C4]:
Nursing Homes/Hospitals or Doctor‘s Clinic with in patient wards, cultural,
educational and religious institutions as main use and their administrative offices in the
entire building:
Provided that the plots have an area of more than 300 m2 with a frontage of 15.00 m.:
and
Provided further that the plots should be accessible by a road having a minimum width
of 8.00 m. and minimum front setback of 5.00 m. is maintained.
(c) Zone 148[SPR, S1, S2, S3, S4 & SPC, C1 Special, C1, C2, C3, C4]:
144
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
145
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
146
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
147
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
148
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 61–

Bus terminals, parking yards, cinemas, burial grounds, helipads, hotel/boarding houses,
hospitals, swimming pools, gymnasiums, sports complexes:
Provided that the plots have an area of more than 500 m² with frontage of 20.00 m.:
Provided further that the plots shall be accessible by a road having a minimum width
of 8.00 m. and a minimum front setback of 5.00 m. is maintained.
(d) Zone 149[{ SPC, C1 special, C1, C2, C3, C4}]:
Service workshops, service industries, and light industries, only as auxiliary to main
use. 150[ ].
(e) Zone I-1, I-2, I-3:
Residences for staff, administrative office, canteens, medical centers, banks,
convenience shopping, only as auxiliary to the main use, upto the extent of 15% of the
permissible floor area ratio (FAR). 151[The retiring room/rest room/changing room for
staff, administrative office, canteen, medical centers, only as auxiliary to the main use
upto the extent of 15% of the built up area in case of industrial estates/industrial areas.
Provided that no permission shall be given for 152{accommodation for staff}, unless the
area of the plot exceeds 153{5,000 m2} and where maximum 154{7.5%} of built up area is
permissible.]
(f) Zone P:
Canteen, banks, convenience shopping and staff residences, only as auxiliary to the
main use, to the maximum extent of 25% of permissible Floor Area Ratio (F.A.R.),
provided the land does not belong to Government.
(g) Zone T:
Boarding houses, restaurants, professional offices, residences for watch and ward and
utility services, retail trade, only as auxiliary to the main use, to the maximum extent of
25% of permissible Floor Area Ratio (FAR).
(h) Zone R:
Restaurants, public utilities incidental to main use, room for watch and ward, only as
auxiliary to the main use, to the maximum extent of 5% of the effective area of the plot,
PROVIDED that the structures are single storied only.
(i) Zone A1 & A2:
155
[(i)] Roads and sub-division of lands for agricultural purposes only subject to
specific restrictions in the regulations for sub-division of land 156[ ].
157
[(ii)] Uses ancillary to agriculture such as irrigation, land reclamation, pump and

149
Substituted vide Regulations, 2019 and Omitted vide Corrigendum No. 21/1/TCP/2021/Steering Committee dated
9-11-2021.
150
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
151
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
152
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
153
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
154
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
155
Numbered vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
156
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
157
Numbered vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 62–

other electrical installations, bio-gas plants, farm houses, poultry, 158[dairy and
processing units allied to agro products].
159
[(iii) Uses such as Agricultural Research Centre/Development Centre/
/Agricultural Educational Institute/Educational Institute/Bio-Technology unit shall be
permitted provided that the plot has minimum area of 2,00,000m2, the maximum
Coverage, FAR and height of building permissible shall be 5%, 5% and 7.60 m
respectively.
(iv) Yoga or meditation centre shall be permitted provided that the plot has
minimum area of 50,000m2, the maximum Coverage, FAR and height of building
permissible shall be 5%, 5% and 7.60 m respectively.]
Note: (applicable to all zones)
(1) The development charges will be as applicable to the Zone or to the use whichever is
higher.
(2) Development charges shall be applicable for the mezzanine floors also.
6A.4. Regulations applicable to various zones.—
The minimum width of access, the permissible coverage, F.A.R., and the maximum
height, shall be regulated by the standards given in the TABLE-VIII below:—
160
[TABLE-VIII
ZONE Min. Max. perm. Max. perm. Min. front Max.
width of coverage F.A.R. setback perm.
road height
CRZ area:
Vide Note 9 below.
RECREATIONAL:
R 6.00 m 5% 5 5.00 m 5.00 m or
as per
technical
require-
ment of
the use
AGRICULTURAL:
A-1 6.00 m 5% 5 10.00 m 7.60 m
A-2 6.00 m 5% 5 10.00 m 7.60 m
TRAFFIC & TRANSPORTATION:
T 10.00 m 33 1/3% 60 5.00 m 15.00 m
PUBLIC (INSTITUTIONAL & GOVERNMENT)
P 6.00 33 1/3% 100 5.00 m 15.00 m
INDUSTRIAL:
161
[I-1
I-2 10.00 m 50% 100 5.00 m 15.00 m.]
I-3 60% 150 4.00 m. for plot

158
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
159
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
160
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
161
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
 – 63–

(In industrial (In industrial upto 1000 sq.mts.

estates/indust- estates/indus- and 5.00 m. for
rial areas) trial areas) plot above 1000
sq. mts.
(In industrial
estates/industrial
areas and for I.T.
and knowledge
based industrial
use)
RESIDENTIAL (ODP/Zoning Plan)
S-4/R-4 6.00 m 40% 50 3.00 m 07. 60 m
S-3/R-3 6.00 m 40% 60 3.00 m 09. 00 m
S-2/R-2 6.00 m 40% 80 3.00 m 11.50 m
S-1/R-1 6.00 m 40% 100 3.00 m 15.00 m
162
[SPR 10.00 m 40% 200 3.00 m 28.00 m]
(Special
Residential)
163
[COMMERCIAL
C-4 8.00m 40% 80 5.00m 9.00m
C-3 8.00m 40% 100 5.00m 15.00m
C-2 8.00m 40% 150 5.00m 20.50m
C-1* 10.00m 40% 200 5.00m 24.00m
164
{CS 10.00m 40% 250 10.00m 32.00m}].
165
[SPC 10.00 m 40% 300 10.00 m 40.00 m]
(Special
Commercial)
166
[C1 special 10.00 m 40% 250 10.00m 32.00m]
Notes: (1) C-1* zones shall be restricted to Central Business District (CBD) areas of Municipal
Council/Corporation areas of Panaji, Margao, Mormugao, Mapusa and Ponda only. ODP‘s shall
demarcate such areas in the plans.
(2) 167[Wherever commercial use is proposed in Zones S1, S2, S3 and S4 (R1, R2, R3 and R4),
the minimum front setback shall be 5.00 meters, if plot is located along a road with width of less
than 10.00 meters except in the case of an individual villa/bungalow. In the case of Commercial
Zones, for plots which are located along roads which are more than 10.00 meters wide, the front
set back may be relaxed to 3.00 meters. (See Table-III)]
(3) In Industrial Zones, the maximum height shall be relaxed as per the processing requirements.
168
[(4) Farm houses within A1 and A2 zones shall be permitted within maximum permissible
FAR and other parameters as provided in Annexure – XI, provided these lands are not classified as
―rice‖ (Paddy field) in Survey Records and ―forest‖.];

162
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2023.
163
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2016.
164
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
165
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
166
Added vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
167
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
168
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 64–

(5) In zones where the coverage is specified as 40%, the same may be relaxed to 50% if the
construction is restricted to ground and one upper floor only.
(6) Wherein basement is not provided 50% of the covered area in buildings falling in zones C1
and C2 have to be compulsorily reserved for parking on stilts.
(7) In case prescribed parking area is provided on the plot itself, Compulsion of Stilt/Basement
should not be insisted upon.
(8) Wherever construction of basement is possible beyond the ground floor coverage, for
parking purpose, additional basement area extending beyond the ground floor coverage may be
permitted, which shall not be considered in coverage calculation.
(9) In case of areas falling within CRZ shall be strictly governed as per CRZ Regulations in
force.
(10) In the Settlement Zone in Regional Plan, the normal uses permitted are Residential and its
complimentary uses, Commercial and its complimentary uses, Recreational, Public utilities and
Services only. Any other uses may be permitted on special grounds by the Government on merit of
each case.
(11) In case of special commercial the clear space of the 5 mts. shall be left all around the
building. In case of a building with dead wall on one side a clear way of 5 mts. shall be kept and
the clear height of 4.5 mts.
(12) 169[In any building, only one stilt floor either on ground floor or on any other floors shall
be counted free for height purpose, whereas all stilt floor shall be free for FAR purpose. However,
in case of a site having a slope, the stilt height may be relaxed and additional stilt level may be
permitted below the road level to avoid cutting/filling, provided no public access is drawn or
available at the lower level].
(13) All the areas outside the ODP (Outline Development Plan) shall conform to the
classification of settlements as approved in the finally notified Regional Plan 170[in force.].
171
[(14) In IT Parks established by Department of Information Technology, Government of
India or Goa, IT/ITES shall be allowed on all plots/premises abutting on roads of more than 10
meters with a maximum FAR of 200 with height upto 24.00 mts.]
(15) In Zone P building shall be allowed with FAR of 100 on all plots fronting roads having
width less than 8 meter, however on roads having width of more than 8 meter the FAR shall be
125. The maximum height of building in Zone P shall be 16 meters.
Note: In special cases with the concurrence of the Town and Country Planning Board and
approval of the Government the maximum FAR of 150 could be permitted on case to case basis.
172
[(16) Permission for construction shall be granted to all projects based on proposed road
widths as per the prevalent ODPs/RP. 173[Notwithstanding minimum width of road in zones I-1 to
I-3 and S-4/R-4 to S-1/R-1 specified in regulation 6A.4, TABLE-VIII, the minimum width of road
requirements for buildings shall be as per ANNEXURE-XII]. This shall be applicable only for
multi-family dwelling units and not for single family dwelling units. While computing the width of
the right of way available at the site the following structures shall not be considered as reducing
the available access: illegal structures, religious structures, illegal encroachments, culverts, trees,
public utility installations and the like. In case the proposed development is affected by any
bottlenecks such as an existing compound wall and old structures which do not exceed 75 meters
in length at any given point, permission may be granted.

169
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
170
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
171
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
172
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
173
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 65–

(17) Any development including sub-division of plot/plots approved prior to coming into force
of these Regulations shall not be subject to access specified in these Regulations.
(18) In ODPs or zoning plans all settlement zones (residential) shall be termed as R1, R2, R3
and R4 instead of S1, S2, S3 and S4. Further Recreation/Open Space termed as R shall be
henceforth termed as ―RG‖.
(19) In case of development of plots falling under two zones, regulations as respects height
shall be as applicable for the respective zone. However, F.A.R. may be allowed to be utilized as
entitled for the entire plot].
174
[(20) An additional FAR of 175[30%] for 4 and 5 star hotels may be granted on the
recommendations of the following Committee and on the approval of the Government.

(1) Secretary (TCP) … Chairman

(2) President, TTAG … Member
(3) Director of Tourism … Member
(4) A person nominated by the Government from the field of … Member
Architecture/Engineering
(5) Chief Town Planner …Member Secretary.

Any other further relaxations required to accommodate the additional higher FAR, such as
height of building, minimum required set back and coverage may be considered by the
Government for buildings either existing or under advance stage of construction based on the
provisions contained in Annexure XIII.176[No additional FAR, if provided under any other
regulations shall be applicable/availed by the project proponent, whoever has availed of this 30%
FAR, other than which is already available under floor area].
The Committee shall discharge functions as specified by the Government.

(21) Structures on agricultural lands, including cultivable land, orchard land may be permitted
by the Government for the purpose of promoting agricultural activities. The uses permissible and
the type of structure (temporary or permanent) that may be permitted are provided in Annexure
XI-A.

(22) An additional FAR upto 20% of the permissible FAR may be granted with the approval of
the Government, for educational institutions recognized by the Education Department/Goa
University/University Grant Commission/All India Institute of Technical Education/Higher
Education/Technical Education of Government of Goa, as provided in Annexure-XIV.

(23) The construction/re-construction/repair of houses belonging to Tribal people may be

permitted under the Atal Asra Yojana, for welfare of tribal people of Goa as provided in Annexure
XV].
177
[(24) In Outline Development Plan, Special Residential Zone shall have FAR of 200 and
Special Commercial Zone shall have FAR of 300.]

174
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2015.
175
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
176
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
177
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
 – 66–

178
[(25) In SPR and SPC two stilts for parking shall be allowed free of FAR and also free from
calculation of building height. The provision of access of 10.00 meters right of way may be
relaxed for proposal of redevelopment, where there is no scope of expansion of existing road,
provided that minimum 8.00 meters access is available. The front setback may be relaxed subject
to maintaining a minimum of 7.00 mts. in SPC on special circumstances due to practical
difficulties in re-development of existing buildings in plots having a depth upto 50 mts. The front
setback may be relaxed, subject to maintaining a minimum of 5.00 mts. in SPC on special
circumstances due to practical difficulties in redevelopment of existing buildings in plots having
depth less than 30 mts. with the approval of the Town and Country Planning Board and
Government, provided they satisfy the requirement of fire safety for which prior clearance of
Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services shall be mandatory before issuing development
permission. In case of varying depths (sides perpendicular to the road), the average depth shall be
taken into consideration.]
179
[(26) In C1 Special zone, two stilts for parking shall be allowed free of FAR and also free
from calculation of building height. The provision of access of 10.00 meters right of way may be
relaxed for proposal of re-development, where there is no scope of expansion of existing road,
provided minimum 8.00 meters access is available. The front setback may be relaxed subject to
maintaining a minimum of 7.00 mts. in C1 Special zone on special circumstances due to practical
difficulties in redevelopment of existing buildings in plots having a depth upto 50 mts. The front
setback may, further be relaxed, subject to maintaining a minimum of 5.00 mts. in C1 Special zone
on special circumstances due to practical difficulties in re-development of existing buildings in
plots having a depth less than 30 mts. with the approval of the Town and Country Planning Board
and the Government, provided they satisfy the requirement of fire safety for which prior clearance
of Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services shall be mandatory before issuing development
permission. In case of varying depths (sides perpendicular to the road), the average depth shall be
taken into consideration.]
180
[(27) Permissions/clearances in zones SPR (Special Residential), CS and SPC (Special
Commercial) shall be subject to approval of the Government and fulfillment of the requirement of
fire safety by Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services.

(28) Incentives for Indian Green Building Council (IGBC) Certified Green Building: An
additional FAR of 10% may be granted with the approval of the Government, for Green Building
projects which will be pre-certified/provisionally certified by IGBC. All such project proponents
availing this additional FAR shall be issued Completion Certificate with the approval of the
Government post certification by IGBC and this IGBC Certification shall be renewed every 5
years by IGBC.].

6A.5. Calculations of Building Height.— ―Height of the Building‖ means the vertical
distance measured from the top of the plinth of the building not exceeding 0.90 meters
from the adjoining road level to the top of the finished level of the top most roof slab in
case of flat roofs and to the eaves level of the top most roof slab in case of sloping roofs.
Calculation of building heights in different geographical conditions are detailed
hereunder:—
178
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018 (September).
179
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
180
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 67–

(a) In case of flat land, height of the building shall be measured vertically from top of
the plinth level to the top most part of the slab of top most floor in case of flat roof.
(i) If the building is provided with the stilts at the ground level, the height shall be
measured from top of the stilt floor.
(ii) If the building has partly stilt and partly covered, then it shall be treated as
building with varying heights and shall be measured from top of the stilt where stilt
is provided and adjoining grounds/roads level where ground floor is covered,
provided further that, if stilt area exceeds 75% of plinth area of such building, total
building may be treated as on stilts.
(b) In case of pitched/sloping roofs, the height of the building shall be measured up to
the point where external surface of the outer wall intersects the finished surface of sloping
roof.
(c) Architectural features serving no other function except that of decoration shall be
excluded for the purpose of measuring building heights. The height of the building shall
be taken upto the terrace level for the purpose of fire safety requirements. Elevated water
tanks, stair cabins, lift cabins and other features serving no other purpose except that of
decorations and/or services such as water supply, air-conditioning, dish antennae, tower
for cellular telephone service, solar heaters etc., shall be excluded while determining the
total height of the building, provided that the additional height referred herein does not
exceed 7.50 meters above top most level.
(d) In case of buildings on different levels (slopes upto 25%), the building shall be
treated as having different plinths, provided that, if the lower part of the building is
provided with stilts to maintain the floor level, then the top of such stilts shall be treated
as plinth level.
(e) In case of plot/building on slope having only one access from lower portion of the
plot, the average level of the highest level and lowest level of the plot shall be considered
as the plinth height for the purpose of calculating building height.
(f) In case of plot building having only one access/road from higher part of the slope,
such road level shall be treated as adjoining ground level for the purpose of calculating
height of such building.
(g) In case of plot building having two or more access/road, then the owner shall have
the right to have buildings with varying heights measured at each level from the adjoining
road/ground level, provided such building does not fall under the categories of (e), (f) and
(g) above.
Note:– (1) In case of sloping site, the height of the plinth should not exceed 1.50 meters.
181
[(2) In case of building on stilts or building with basements, the height of the
buildings shall be measured from the top of the stilts/basement. However, if the building
height is 15 meters or more from the ground, Fire and Life Safety Regulations shall be
applicable.].

181
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 68–

6B. SPECIAL ZONES:

6B.1. Conservation Zone (F).—
6B.1.1. General Regulations.— (a) All cases dealing with any development/
/re-development/repairs/demolition falling within Conservation Zone, designated as such,
in any Plan in force, shall be referred to the Conservation Committee by the concerned
Planning and Development Authorities/Town and Country Planning Dept. The decision
of the Conservation Committee shall be binding on the Planning and Development
Authorities/Town and Country Planning Dept.
(b) Prior permission for the demolition of any such structure, repairs of facades/of
compound walls, change in colour or any other changes in the external appearance of a
building or structure, shall be obtained from the Planning and Development
Authorities/Town and Country Planning Dept. who shall grant/refuse permission after
reference to the Conservation Committee.
(c) A Completion Order shall be necessary from the PDA/TCPD, who shall
grant/refuse the Completion Order 182[ ].
6B.1.2. Uses Permitted (ZONE-F).— (a) The existing uses have to be preserved in all
its respects and which is in harmony with the surrounding buildings/areas. Maintenance
to the existing buildings and alterations to the facades, which have no aesthetical value or
are in a totally dilapidated and weak condition, may be allowed, provided these are
matching with the adjoining structure.
(b) (i) Uses prescribed in the respective use zone will be permitted subject to the
regulation mentioned below.
(ii) The existing use found compatible may be allowed to continue.
(c) Restrictions:
In settlement areas, shops dealing with household needs and a provision store may be
allowed, provided they occupy less than 25% of front facades. However where traditional
trades like goldsmiths, crafts, etc., are being followed the same may be allowed to
continue, provided they do not constitute any nuisance to the neighbourhood.
6B.1.3. Uses Prohibited (ZONE-F).— All other uses, not specified under uses
permitted in the respective zone, are prohibited. Further no commercial activities will be
permitted in settlement zone except the uses permitted above.
6B.1.4. Preservation Area.— (a) In preservation area no new development shall be
permitted, except repair work for maintenance of the existing structure and uses therein.
The repair works shall be carried out only after obtaining written permission from the
Competent Authority.
(b) No demolition of any structure or/development of any kind shall be carried out
without the prior permission of the Competent Authority.

182
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 69–

6B.1.5. Relaxations.— Relaxation shall be granted where the existing building/front

part of the building/front façade is being maintained for conservation reasons.
The Conservation Committee shall have power to relax the following regulations in
conservation areas upto the maximum limits given below, based on the physical
verification and environmental considerations.
Setbacks:
(a) Front setback may be relaxed in case where it is desirable to maintain the street-
scape and old facades are to be retained. However in case of buildings located at
intersections and junctions, the desirable minimum setback upto 3.00 meters will be
applicable.
(b) Side setbacks - Where existing building have setback less than permissible,
relaxation may be allowed, based on existing conditions, subject to a minimum of 1.50
meters. However side setbacks may be relaxed if the building is taken upto the boundary,
provided blank walls are not visible from the road. For plots with a frontage upto 10.00
meters side setbacks of minimum 1.50 meters shall be permitted, provided that the F.A.R.
is restricted to 100.
(c) Rear setback - Minimum rear setback of 3.00 meters shall be permitted for
structures upto Ground + one (7.60 mts.) 183[ ].
6B.1.6. Other regulations.— (a) Access to rear: The height of the access to the rear
may be relaxed upto 3.0 mts. and width to the extent of 2.5 mts. wherever required from
aesthetic consideration.
(b) Size of chowk/internal courtyard: In case of building with width of 10 mts. or
less the internal courtyard for light and ventilation may be permitted of minimum size of
2.0 mts. x 2.5 mts. for single storeyed structures and 2.5 x 3.0 mts. for two storeyed
structures.
(c) Shop openings: Where shops are permitted, their external openings shall be
rectangular or arched. In both cases, no rolling shutters shall be used for such openings
instead shutters shall be hinged/folding type.
(d) Roof form: A sloping roof with Mangalore type tiles roof with an angle of 20
degrees to 30 degrees shall be provided. However, a portion of flat roof not exceeding
25% of area may be allowed.
(e) R.C.C. chajjas, weather protection boards: Straight R.C.C., chajjas should be
avoided as far as possible and sloping chajjas provided instead. They shall be covered
with tiles.
(f) Cantilever projection: Cantilevered floor projections on upper floors shall not be
permitted with the exception of balconies, of open type with light railing.
(g) Overhead water tanks: Overhead water tanks should be as far as possible be
located at the rear and be less obstructive. Alternatively they may be provided within a
sloping roof.
183
Deleted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 70–

(h) Land use restrictions: In settlement areas no commercial, service industrial or other
industrial activities shall be permitted. However commercial activities in the form of
shops dealing only in household needs like provisions, groceries, laundries, etc., and also
professional offices may be permitted to the extent of ¼ (one quarter) of the frontage and
1/10 (one tenth) of the coverage. Also where traditional trades like goldsmiths, crafts,
etc., are being practiced in the area, the same may be permitted to continue.
(i) Repairs: Major repairs and internal modifications may be permitted maintaining the
existing coverage and F.A.R. even if the same exceeds the permissible limit.
(j) Stepped formation: Where a completely new development is being proposed or
extra floors are being added to the existing building, then each upper floor shall be
setback along its front by a minimum of 2.50 m. from the immediate floor below. This
rule may be relaxed if it is necessary to maintain the height of the existing building line
along a street.
6B.1.7. Procedure for obtaining permission for renovations/repairs/re-
-construction/new development Conservation Zone.— (a) Application for
development shall be submitted to the Competent Authority as per the normal procedure
stipulated in these Regulations.
(b) The Competent Authority shall, before granting Development Permission/
/Technical Clearance, refer the proposal to the Conservation Committee and obtain its
opinion. Development permission/Technical clearance shall be granted only if the
proposal has been consented to by the Conservation Committee.
(c) All applications for development in Conservation Committee shall be accompanied
by the following drawings/documents in addition to the ones prescribed in general
regulations:-
(i) Detailed drawings of the proposed external elevations of the building and type of
compound wall – 2 copies.
(ii) Coloured postcard size photographs of the existing building, if any on the plot
and the adjacent buildings on either side – 2 sets.
(iii) Colour scheme of the exterior elevations including compound walls.
6B.1.8. Guidelines.— The design of buildings/structures in the Conservation area
shall be prepared keeping in mind the total built up surroundings of the area and the
immediate neighbouring buildings, so as to maintain the character of the area.
Following guidelines may be followed:—
(a) The existing skyline and roofing patterns/formation shall be generally followed,
in order to maintain conformity with the precincts/adjacent buildings.
(b) The existing landform, alongwith any vegetation or landscape features, which
lend character to certain area, should not be drastically or materially altered.
 – 71–

(c) External elevation features, including motifs, eaves boards, balustrades, pillars
and cornices and compound walls could be discretely used, so as to integrate the new
development/redevelopment with the existing façade and streetscape in general.
TABLE IX
Regulations applicable to Conservation areas
Panaji Conservation Areas
Area of plot Maximum Maximum Maximum height Remarks
permissible permissible in meters
coverage FAR
1 2 3 4 5
Commercial Zone
Plot below 300 m2 70% 200 12.00 (G+3) An additional floor
could be allowed in
Plot between 301 60% 180 12.00 (G+3) special cases in
to1000 m2 stepped formation
Plot above 1001 m2 60% 180 12.00 (G+3) not exceeding a total
height of 15.00 meters
Settlement Zone
Plot below 300 m2 70% 140 7.60 (G+1) An additional floor
could be allowed in
Plot above 301 m2 60% 120 7.60 (G+1)
special cases in
stepped formation not
exceeding a total
height of 9.00 meters
Institutional Zone
Plot below 500 m2 60% 120 7.60 (G+2)

Plot above 501 to 50% 100 7.60 (G+2)

m2
Note: In cases of existing 100% coverage, additional FAR totaling to max of 200 FAR could be
considered and granted by the Conservation Committee on case to case basis in Commercial
Conservation Zone in Panaji.
Regulation applicable to Conservation Areas
Margao Conservation Areas
Type of Area Area of plot Maximum Maximum Maximum Setback Remarks
permissible permissible height in meters
coverage FAR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Central Not applicable 60% 80 G+2 upper floors As in Central Building
Commercial (9 m to eaves, Commercial may be
10.50 overall) Zone fully
utilized
for
commer-
cial use.
 – 72–

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Local Not applicable 60% 80 G+1 upper floor As in Building
Commercial (8 m to eaves, Settlement may be
9.50 overall) Zone fully
utilized
for
commer-
cial use.
Settlement Not applicable 60% 80 G+1 upper floors As in Building
(7.60 m to eaves) Settlement may be
Zone utilized
for
resident-
ial use.
No other
uses shall
be
permitted.
Institutional Not applicable 60% 80 G+2 upper floors As in Building
Settlement may be
Zone utilized
for
educati-
onal
religious,
social
service or
resident-
ial. No
other uses
shall be
permitted.

(a) Central commercial areas are along Rua Abade Faria from Gomantak Niketan
Hall to ABC Club branch road. In cases of existing 100% coverage, additional
FAR totaling to max 100 FAR could be considered and granted by the
Conservation Committee on case to case basis in Commercial Conservation Zone in
Margao.
(b) Local commercial area is the Old Market area from traffic circle to the garden in
front of the Judicial Court Bldg. (Old Gaol).
(c) Institutional area is the area of the Holy Spirit Church bounded by roads on all
four sides but excluding the Church square.
(d) All the other areas are settlements.
6B. 2. Archaeological sites:
(A) Any development of Protected Monuments and within areas up to minimum
300.00 meters from the Protected Monuments or as notified under Ancient
Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 (Central Act No.
24 of 1958), as amended from time to time, shall require N.O.C. from The
 – 73–

Director General, Archaeological Survey of India, New Delhi or any Authority

constituted under the Central Act. An application has to be made with all
documents as prescribed by the Authority for obtaining the NOC which is a pre-
requisite before for making an application for development permission/licence
under these regulations.
(A) LIST OF PROTECTED MONUMENTS OF ASI, GOA CIRCLE, GOA:
As notified from time to time under the Central Act
Sr. No. Locality Name of Monument/Site
1. Goa Basilica of Bom Jesus, Old Goa
2. Goa Se Cathedral, Old Goa
3. Goa Chapel of St. Cajetan, Old Goa
4. Goa Church and Convent of St. Francis of Assisi, Old Goa
5. Goa Chapel of St. Catherine, Old Goa
6. Goa Church of Our Lady of Rosary, Old Goa
7. Goa Portal remains of St. Paul‘s College, Old Goa
8. Goa Arch of Viceroy, Old Goa
9. Goa Arch of Adil Shah Palace, Old Goa
10. Goa Church of St. Augustine, Old Goa
11. Goa Aguada fortress (Upper), Candolim
12. Goa Safa Masjid, Ponda
13. Goa Rock Cut Caves, Aravalem
14. Goa Mahadev Temple Tambdi Surla
15. Goa Mahadev Temple, Kurdi
16. Goa Excavated site, Chandor
17. Goa Fortification wall of Aguada Fortress (Lower), Candolim
18. Goa Chapel of St. Francis Xavier and connected buildings, Old Goa
19. Goa House of Bull, Old Goa
20. Goa Largo of St. Francis Xavier, Old Goa
21. Goa Largo of St. Cajetan together with other monuments, Old Goa

(B) Any development of Protected Monuments and within areas up to 100 mts. from
the Protected Monuments as notified under Goa, Daman & Diu Ancient Monuments and
Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1978 (Goa Act 1 of 1979) or as amended from
time to time shall require N.O.C. from the Director of Archives and Archaeology, Panaji,
Goa or any Authority constituted under the State Act. An application has to be made with
all documents as prescribed by the authority for obtaining the NOC which is a pre-
requisite before making an application for development permission/licence under these
regulations.
List of protected monuments under the Director of Archives and Archaeology,
Panaji, Goa: As notified from time to time under the State Act
Sr. Survey Sub divison/ Ownership of the
Name of Monument/Site Village Taluka
No. No. Chalta No. Monument/Site
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1. Ruins of Bhramapuri Ella Tiswadi 128 Private
2. Chapel of St. Xavier Ella Tiswadi 97 Private
 – 74–

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3. Chapel of Our Lady of Ella Tiswadi 86 Private
Monte
4. Convent of St. Monica Ella Tiswadi 153 1 Private
and Chapel
5. Ruins of College of St. Ella Tiswadi 14 Private
Populo
6. Church of St. Peter Ella Tiswadi 1 2 Private
7. Casa do Polvora Panvelim Tiswadi 4 3 Government
8. Fort Nanora Narora Tiswadi 50 Government
Divadi
9. Site of the Temple of Narora Tiswadi 14,15,16 1(part) Private
Saptakoteshwar Divadi
10. Chapel of St. Madel Tiswadi 172 Private
Jeronimus Chodan
11. British Cemetery at Dona Paula Tiswadi Ch No. 4 PTS No. Private
Dona Paula 182
Ch No. PTS No.
1,2,3 11
Ch No. 1 PTS No.
189
12. The Site of Fortress of St. Estevam Tiswadi 114 1,2,3,4 & Government
St. Estevam
13. Site where the ancient Colvale Bardez 244 5, 16 Private
image of Buddha was
discovered at Colvale
14. Fortress of Colvale Colvale Bardez 74 23 Government
15. Reis Magos Fort Reis Magos Bardez 90 1&2 Government
16. Church of Reis Magos Reis Magos Bardez 88 B,6,7 & 8 Private
17. Chapora Fort Chapora Bardez 357 Government
(Caisua)
18. The Fortress of Khorjuve Bardez 102,103 1 to 21 Government
Khorjuve & 104
19. Caves at Narora Nanora Dicholi 155 Private
20. Temple of Aarora Dicholi 1 1 to 39 Private
Saptakoteshwar
21. Site of Gujir Kudnem Dicholi 75 & 76 Private
22. Fort of Sanquelim Sanquelim Dicholi 31 41 & 44 Private
23. Namazgah Dicolim Dicholi 78 2 Private
24. The Cave of Sidhanath Surla Dicholi 1 1(Part) Government
at Tar Surla
25. The Mosque and Tank Surla Dicholi 4 1(Part) Private
at Tar Surla
26. Site of Ruins of Cortalim Salcete 1 1&2 Private
Manguesh temple
 – 75–

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
27. Site of Ruins of Quelossim Salcete 215 Private
Shantadurga Temple
28. Site – Ruins of Loutolim Salcete 223 5 Private
Ramnath Temple
29. Ruins including Tank Verna Salcete 38 & 39 3, 107 Private
of the Temple of
Mahalasa
30. Gate of Rachol Fortress Rachol Salcete 74 1 Private
31. Caves of Aquem Margao Salcete 54 227 Private
32. Frontispices of Sancoale Mormugao 226 83 Private
Sancoale Church
33. The Fort of Marmagoa Vasco Mormugao PTS No. Ch No. Government
7 13
34. The Site of Kaivailya Cortalim Mormugao 162 1(part) Government
Math at Consua
35. Shri Chandranath Paroda Quepem 85 6 Private
Temple
36. Site of Rock Carvings Kazur- Quepem 10 18 Devasthan
of Kazur Cavare
37. Cabo de Rama Fort Cabo de Canacona 259,260 All sub- Government
Rama 262,263 -
divisions
38. Caves at Rivona Rivona Sanguem 60 54 Private
39. Site of Rock Carving at Colomb, Sanguem 107,108 Including Government
Pansaimal Rivona & 109 all sub-
divisions
40. The Cave at Shigao Shigao Sanguem 2 1(Part) Private
41. The Site of Narayandev Vichuendre Sanguem 11 2,4,8 & Private
at Vichundre 10 (Part)
42. Caves at Khandepar Khandepar Ponda 170 2 Private
43. Cave at Ishwarbhat Khandepar Ponda 30 (part) Private
44. Cave at Mangueshi Mangueshi Ponda 45 (part) Private
45. Shri Naguesh Temple Bandora Ponda 1 1&2 Private
46. Shri Kamakshi Temple Shiroda Ponda 1 Private
47. Shri Sapatakoteshwar Khandepar Ponda 157 (part) Private
Temple
48. Shri Mahadev Temple Durbhat Ponda 82 2 Private
49. Ruins of Jaina Basti Bandora Ponda 5 1,2,3 & 4 Private
50. Fort of Alorna Alorna Pernem 242 & Government
253
51. Fort of Terekhol Terekhol Pernem 1 Government
 – 76–

(C) List of Buildings and Sites of Historic and Aesthetic Importance in State of
Goa to be notified under these regulations
Note: Surveyed and listed by the Conservation Study Committee constituted by Government vide
an order No. 4/64/82-LAWD dated 21-1-1984, the preservation of which would be
desirable and listed for Conservation as Annexure VIII c in the Draft Regional Plan for Goa
2021 notified u/s 15 of the Goa Town & Country Planning Act, 1974 and further as listed
and graded for conservation/preservation as Heritage building/site by the Competent
Authority.

I. BARDEZ TALUKA
Churches and Temples:
1. St. Thomas Church, Aldona
2. St. Micheal‘s Church, Anjuna
3. St. Anthony‘s Church, Vagator
4. Temple at Arpora
5. St. Cajetan‘s Church, Assagao
6. St. Clare‘s Church, Assonora
7. Church of Our Lady of Miracles, Badem
8. St. Cajetan‘s Church, Bastora
9. St. Alex‘s Church, Calangute
10. St. Sebastian‘s Church, Calvim
11. St. Rita of Cassia Church, Camorlim
12. Our Lady of Hope Church, Candolim
13. St. Francis of Assisi Church, Colvale
14. Ram Mandir, Colvale
15. Our Lady of Fight Church, Cunchelim
16. St. Diogo‘s Church, Guirim
17. St. Jerome Church, Mapusa
18. Hanuman Temple, Mapusa
19. Our Lady of Immaculate Conception Church, Moira
20. Bom Jesus Church, Nachinola
21. Holy Spirit Church, Nagoa
22. Our Lady of Remedios, Nerul
23. Shantadurga Temple, Reis Magos
24. Our Lady of Sea, Oxel
25. St. Anne‘s Church, Parra
26. Our Lady of Penha de Franca Church, Penha de Franca
27. St. John the Baptist Church, Pilerne
28. Our Lady of Mae de Deus Church, Pompurba
29. Reis Magos Church, Reis Magos
30. Maruti Mandir, Reis Magos
31. Our Lady of Victory Church, Revora
32. Hanuman Temple, Revora
 – 77–

33. Our Lady the Mother of God Church, Saligao

34. Saviour of the World Church, Salvador da Mundo
35. St. Lawrence Church, Sinquerim
36. St. Anthony‘s Church, Siolim
37. Our Lady of Consolation of the Persecuted Church, Tropa, Siolim
38. Kalika Temple, Siolim
39. Jai Bhavani Temple, Siolim
40. Our Lady of Succour Church, Socorro
41. St. Anne‘s Church, Bodiem, Tivim
42. St. Christopher‘s Church, Tivim
43. St. Elizabeth‘s Church, Ucassiam

Houses:
1. Mr. Auspico Rodrigues, Aldona
2. Mr. Fernando Rebelo, Anjuna
3. Mr. Joe Albuquerque, Anjuna
4. Mr. Joao Xavier Pinto, Anjuna
5. Mr. Sertorio Frias, Arpora
6. Mr. Alexio Gomes, Calangute
7. Mr. Miguel Mascarenhas, Baga, Calangute
8. Dr. Alexio Proenca, Calangute
9. Mr. Matias Lemos, Candolim
10. Dr. Gustavo Monteiro, Candolim
11. Dr. Jose Frias Costa, Candolim
12. Mr. Pedrinho Gonsalves, Guirim
13. Mr. Mario Frias Pinto, Socorro

Chapels:
1. Our Lady of Good Success, Candolim
2. Our Lady of Candelaria, Pilerne

Sites, Forts and Monuments:

1. Fortress of Corjuem, Aldona
2. Fort of Chapora, Anjuna
3. Site of Colvale Fort, Colvale
4. Spring at Pompurba, Pomburpa
5. Spring at Cunchelim, Mapusa
6. Ranechem Juem, Revora
7. Aguada Fort, Sinquerim
8. Reis Magos Fort, Reis Magos

Institutional Buildings:
1. Asilo, Candolim
2. Asilo, Mapusa
3. Administracao das Communidades of Bardez, Mapusa
 – 78–

4. St. Mary‘s High School, Mapusa

5. Civil Court, Mapusa

II. BICHOLIM TALUKA

Temples and Churches:
1. Saptakoteshwar Temple, Naroa
2. Chamundeshwar Temple, Vargoan, Pilgaon
3. Kalikadevi Temple, Cansarpal

Houses:
1. Desai of Lamgaon, Lamgaon
III. CANACONA TALUKA
Temples and Churches:
1. Mallikarjuna Temple, Gaundongrem
Houses:

1. MMP Boruskar, Borus, Poinguinim

Sites:
1. Fort of Cabo da Rama, Cabo da Rama

IV. MORMUGAO TALUKA

Temples and Churches:
1. St. Anne‘s Church,Vasco da Gama
2. St. Thomas Church, Cansaulim
3. St. Francis Xavier Church, Chicalim
4. St. Jacinto Church, St. Jacinto

Houses:
1. Mr. Walfrido Antao, Arossim
2. Mr. Bosset Barros Pereira, Cansaulim
3. Dr. Tristao Braganza de Cunha, Cuelim
4. Mr. Barbuno de Menezes, Cuelim
5. Mr. Marcal Barreto, Velsao
6. Mr. Benicio Rebelo, Velsao
7. Dr. Blasio de Souza, Velsao
8. Mr. Eleuterio De Souza, Velsao
9. Mr. Fransico Maria De Souza, Velsao

Chapels:
1. Three Magi, Velsao
2. Ruins of Church of Our Lady of Health, Cortalim

Sites:
1. Fort of Mormugao
2. Old Shantadurga Temple, Quelossim
 – 79–

V. PERNEM TALUKA
Churches and Temples:
1. Shantadurga Temple, Dhargal
Houses:
1. Rau Raje Deshprabhu, Pernem
VI. PONDA TALUKA
Churches and temples
1. Kapileshwari Temple, Kapileshwari, Ponda

Houses:
1. Savai Sadashiv Basaling Raje Vader (Saunda), Bandora

Sites:
1. Kodar Caves, Kodar
2. Cundaim Caves, Cundaim

VII. QUEPEM TALUKA

Churches and Temples:
1. Chandranath Temple, Paroda
VIII. SALCETE TALUKA
Churches and Temples
1. Holy Spirit Church, Margao
2. Our Lady of Grace Church, Margao
3. Regina Martirum Church, Assolna
4. St. John the Baptist Church, Benaulim
5. Our Lady of Remedios Church, Betalbatim
6. Immaculate Conception Church, Betul
7. Our Lady of Candelaria Church, Ambora, Camurlim
8. Our Lady of Succour Church, Carmona
9. Holy Cross Church, Cavelossim
10. Our Lady of Bethlehem Church, Chandor
11. Chandraath Temple, Chandor
12. Our Lady of Hope Church, Chinchinim
13. Our Lady of Merces Church, Chandor
14. Our Lady of Health Church, Cuncolim
15. St. Alex Church, Curtorim
16. St. Rita de Cassia Church, Maina, Curtorim
17. St Joseph‘s Church, Dramapur
18. St. Jose de Areal Church, St. Jose de Areal
19. Saviour of the World Church, Loutolim
20. St. Fransico Xavier Church, Macazana
21. Mother of God Church, Majorda
22. Our Lady of Good Success Church, Nagoa
23. Our Lady of Rosary Church, Navelim
24. Mother of Poor Church, Nuvem
 – 80–

25. St. Micheal Church, Orlim

26. Our Lady of Conception Church, Paroda
27. Our Lady of Glory Church, Rachol
28. Our Lady of Snows Church, Rachol
29. Our Lady of Snows Church, Raia
30. Our Lady of Assumption Church, Sarzora
31. Our Lady of Pilar Church, Seraulim
32. Our Lady of Lourdes Church, Utorda
33. Our Lady of Glory Church, Varca
34. St. Roque Church, Tollecanto, Velim
35. St. Francis Xavier Church, Velim
36. St. Anthony‘s Church, Veroda
37. Holy Cross Church, Verna
38. Shri Mahalasa Temple, Verna

Houses:
1. Dr. Eurico de Silva, Margao
2. Aires de Costa, Margao
3. Orlean Mirnada, Margao
4. Kashinath Damodar Naik, Margao
5. Dr. Tito Vaz, Assolna
6. Correia Afonso, Benaulim
7. Armando Lima Pereira, Benaulim
8. Eucher Pereira, Benaulim
9. Joaquim Pereira, Benaulim
10. Antonio Rosario Rodrigues, Benaulim
11. Prof. Teotonia Aremao, Betalbatim
12. Zacarias Antao, Betalbatim
13. Prof. Julia Godinho Gonsalves, Calata
14. Menezez Braganza, Chandor
15. Late Vicente Paula Fernandes, Chandor
16. Dr. Alvaro Loyola Furtado, Chinchinim
17. Dr. Jose Silva Pereira, Colva
18. Olga Costa, Curtorim
19. Santo Menezes, Curtorim
20. Dr. Adelia Costa, Loutolim
21. Mario de Miranda, Loutolim
22. Trifonio Jaques, Majorda
23. Cosme Cabral, Nagoa
24. Fransico Gama, Nagoa
25. Solar dos Jose Paulo da Costa Morgado, Utorda
26. Filip Abranches, Verna
27. Cosme Araujo, Verna
28. Grisolio da Gama, Verna
29. Caetano Salvador Vaz, Carmona
 – 81–

Chapels:
1. Holy Spirit, Margao
2. Mae de Deus, Loutolim
3. Our Lady of Angustias, Sernabatim

Monuments and Sites:

1. Christ the King, Assolna
2. Monument in front of the Church at Chandor
3. Spring at Camorlim
4. Temple and Fort, Chandor
5. Mahalasa Tank, Verna
6. Nupur Spring, Verna

Institutional Buildings:
1. Hospicio Hospital, Margao
2. Nursing School, Margao
3. New Municipality, Margao
4. General Post Office, Margao
5. St. Pius Convent, Orlim
6. Seminario, Rachol

IX. SANGUEM TALUKA

Churches and Temple
1. Damodar Temple, Zambaulim

X. SATARI TALUKA
Churches and Temples:
1. Vithal Mandir, Sanquelim
Houses:
1. House of Ranes, Sanquelim
Sites:
1. Old Fort Nanuz
2. Pissurlem Caves, Pissurlem

XI. TISWADI TALUKA

Churches and Temples:
1. Mary Immaculate Conception Church, Panaji
2. Nossa Senhora de Porto Seguro Church, St. Inez
3. Maruti Temple, Fontainhas, Panaji
4. St. Lourenco Martyr Church, Agasaim
5. Apostle St. Mattews Church, Azossim
6. St. Simon Church, Batim
7. Our Lady of Guadalupe Church, Batim
8. Shri Sateri Temple, Batim
9. St. John the Baptist Church, Carambolim
 – 82–

10. Lord Brahma Temple, Carambolim

11. St. Barbara Church, Chimbel
12. Shri Ram Temple, Chimbel
13. Our Lady of Grace Church, Chorao
14. St. Bartolomeo Church, Chorao
15. St. John Facundo Church, Corlim
16. St. Anne‘s Church, Talaulim, Curca
17. Our Lady of Rosary Church, Curca
18. Holy Spirit Church, Divar
19. St. Mathais Church, Divar
20. Our Lady of Piedade Church, Divar
21. Santo Cristo Church, Divar
22. St. Andre Church, Goa Velha
23. Nossa Senhora de Amparo Church, Mandur
24. Our Lady of Merces Church, Merces
25. St. John the Evangelist Church, Neura
26. St. Monica Convent and Church, Old Goa
27. Basilica of Bom Jesus, Old Goa
28. St. Francis Assisi Church and Convent, Old Goa
29. St. Cajetan Church, Old Goa
30. Se Cathedral, Old Goa
31. Our Lady of Rosary Church, Old Goa
32. Our Lady of Ajuda Church, Ribandar
33. St. Cruz Church, Santa Cruz, Calapur
34. St. Stephen‘s Church, St. Estevam
35. S Pedro Church, S Pedro
36. Church of Siridao, Siridao
37. St. Miguel Arcanjo Church, Taleigao
184
[38. Church and Convent of Our Lady of Mount Carmel (Nossa Senhora do Carmo),
Chimbel.]

Houses:
1. Mr. Valadares, Altinho, Panaji
2. Mr. Pascoal Menezes, Altinho, Panaji
3. Mr. Veira Vehlo, Portais, Panaji
4. Mr. Mario Rebeiro Santana, Fontainhas
5. Mr. Lima Fernandes, Fontainhas, Panaji
6. Mr. Cristovam Nazareth, Fontainhas, Panaji
7. Mr. Diogo Fonseca, Fontainhas, Panaji
8. Mr. Rodrigues, Portais, Panaji
9. Mr. Ivo Andrade, Fontainhas, Panaji
10. Mr. Victor Dias, Old Mint House, Panaji
11. Residence of Superintendent of Post Offices, Panaji

184
Inserted vide 27/15-3/857/TCP/19-20/2258 dated 7-12-2020 published in the Official Gazette Series I No. 37 dated
10-12-2020.
 – 83–

12. Hotel Republica, Panaji

13. Mr. Paulo Mesquita, Campal, Panaji
14. Prof. Leao Fernandes, Campal, Panaji
15. Mr. Camilo Palha, Campal, Agasaim
16. Mr. Eistein Cota Memezes, Agasaim
17. Mr. Lima Ferandes, Chorao
18. Mr. Abel Periera e Silvera, Divar
19. Mr. Teofilo Pinto, St. Cruz
20. Mr. Dempos, St. Cruz
21. Mr. Maximo Menezes, Goa Velha
22. Fr. Conceicao Rosa, St. Estevam
23. Mr. Aries Abilio Noronha, Neura
24. Mr. Romolo Noronha, Neura
25. Conde de Brucellos, Ribandar
26. Mr. Alberto Colaco, Ribandar
27. Mr. Jose Maria Ataide and Mr. Numenio Souza, Ribandar

Sites, Forts and Monuments:

1. British Cemetery, Dona Paula
2. Ruins of Seminary, Chorao
3. Curca Spring, Curca
4. Spring at Fontainhas, Panaji
5. Boca de Vaca Spring, Panaji
6. Statue of Abade Faria, Panaji
7. Statue of Dr. Fransico Luis Gomes, Campal, Panaji
8. Azad Maidan, Panaji
9. Arch of Viceroy, Old Goa
10. Siridao Bridge, Siridao
11. Monument of Christ the King, St. Estevam
12. Gazebo, Dona Paula
13. Four Pillars, Panaji
14. Pergola, Miramar, Panaji

Institutional Buildings
1. Secretariat, Panaji
2. Fazenda Building, Panaji
3. High Court, Panaji
4. Civil and Criminal Court, Panaji
5. Custom House, Panaji
6. Communidade of Tiswadi, Panaji
7. Army Headquarters, Panaji
8. Cabo Raj Niwas, Dona Paula
9. Lyceum Building Complex, Panaji (Including flight of steps)
 – 84–

6B.3. Coastal Regulation Zone under Environment Protection Act, 1986:

All development in these zones shall be governed by the CRZ regulations
published under Environment Protection Act, 1986 or as amended from time to
time. See Annexure-I at 27.I.
7. Mining, quarrying and brick kiln operations.—
The following regulations, shall govern the mining, quarrying and brick kiln
operations:-
(a) No mining, quarrying or brick kiln operations, where no blasting is
involved, shall be permitted within a distance of 50.00 meters from the
boundary or any public road, railway line, canal or any building.
b) No mining, quarrying or brick kiln operations, which involve blasting, shall be
permitted within a distance of 200 m. from the boundary or any public road,
railway line, canal, or any habitable building except non habitable structures
related to quarry operations.
(c) The mining, quarrying and brick kiln operations shall be permitted for a
stipulated period of not exceeding three development permission terms.
(d) The operations shall not be permitted substantially below the average ground
level, if the operations are for the extraction of stones, earth or murrum, the
feasibility report of Geotech Consultant on such operations shall be
mandatory.
(e) The operations shall neither endanger the foundations of neighbouring
building/structures nor disturb the slope stability of existing hills, slopes or
embankments.
(f) At the expiry of the period permitted, the land should be brought back to its
original condition, which existed prior to the development, after ensuring
proper soil conservation measures as per the report of Geotech Consultant on
the operation.
(g) The operations will in no case be permitted within 500 mts. of the High Tide
Line in coastal areas.
(h) The site plan submitted in quadruplicate should also furnish the contours at an
interval of 5 mts. prepared by a Chartered Surveyor alongwith the report of
Geotech Consultant on the operation.
(i) The activities indicated in Regulation 7 above, shall mandatorily obtain NOC/
/approvals of Goa State Pollution Control Board, prior to the application to the
local body for licence/NOC.
(j) The Competent Authority under the provisions of appropriate Act, Rules and
Regulations to give licence/permission for the activity shall have the power to
stop the ongoing works if it is found to be detrimental to the environment,
public health and safety of the surrounding area.
 – 85–

8. Fuel filling stations, service stations and filling-cum-service stations.—

These will be governed by provisions specified by Indian Road Congress norms
and further to the provisions contained in these Regulations. Provided further that
the norms of IRC shall prevail in case of any conflicting provisions.
The installations of filling stations, service stations and filling-cum-service
stations, shall be governed by the following regulations:-
(A) Fuel Filling Station:
(a) Location:
(i) A distance of minimum 45.00 meters shall be necessary between the
filling station and the tangent point of the intersection of the minor
roads.
(ii) A distance of minimum 90.00 meters shall be necessary between the
filling station and the tangent point of intersection of the major roads.
Note: All roads with right of way of 20.00 meters and more shall be
considered as major roads for the purpose of these regulations.

(b) Space requirements:

(i) The minimum effective size of plot for the location of filling station
shall be 600.00 square meters, with minimum frontage of 30 m,
provided that this requirement may be relaxed if it is located in Zones
C1, C2, C3, C4, where the minimum size of the plot shall be 500.00
square meters with the minimum frontage of 25.00 meters.
(ii) Except in hilly terrain, the plot shall be on a level ground.
(c) Parking requirements:
Every filling station shall provide for one car parking space for every
600.00 square meters of plot area or part thereof, subject to a minimum of
two car parking spaces.
(d) Other requirements:
(i) The pump island should have a minimum front set back of 6.00 meters
from the effective plot boundary and 10.00 meters side set back on
either side. The distance between the pump island and any built up
area above ground within the plot should be a minimum of 6.00
meters.
(ii) The decision of the Competent Authority regarding the location and
setting of the filling station shall be final. The exit and entrance drive
way kerbs, the location of the filling kiosks shall be designed as
directed by the Competent Authority.
(B) Filling-cum-Service station:
(a) Location requirements:
These shall be as per filling station.
 – 86–

(b) Space requirements:

The minimum size of plot shall be 1000.00 square meters with the minimum
frontage of 30.00 meters.
(c) Parking requirements:
The minimum parking to be provided shall be four car parks for a plot area of
1000.00 square meters or part thereof and additional one car park for every
additional 200.00 square meters of plot area or part thereof.
(C) Service Station:
(a) Location requirements:
These shall be as per filling station.
(b) Space Requirements:
The minimum size of plot shall be 500.00 square meters, with minimum
frontage of 25.00 meters.
(c) Parking requirements:
These shall be as per the filling-cum-service station.
(D) Wayside facility with Filling-cum-Service Station:
(a) Location requirements:

These shall be as per filling station.

(b) Space Requirements:

The minimum effective area of plot shall be 8,000.00 square meters, with
minmum frontage of 50.00 meters.
Parking requirements:
These shall be as per the filling-cum-service station, in addition any other activity
shall be as per the relevant type of use and the minimum parking requirements
thereof.

(E) The Fire Safety Measures shall be as per Petroleum Rules, 1976 as amended or
substituted from time to time for (A), (B), (C) and (D) above.

9. Special Development/Structures.
9.1. Theatres and Stadia:
All buildings for Cinemas, Theatres including Motion Picture Houses, Exhibition
Halls and other Public Assembly Buildings which come under Group-D-
Classification of Building based on occupancy as per National Building Code of
India shall conform with Fire & Life Safety as per Fire Protection (Part IV) Fire
& Life Safety of National Building Code of India, 2005 as amended from time to
time and shall conform to IS 4878-1986 for construction of Cinema Buildings
(First Revision)(Reaffirmed in 1991) and Goa Cinematography Rules.
 – 87–

9.2. Cemetery/Graveyard/Crematorium:
Existing
In existing crematorium a buffer/safety zone of 30.00 meters between cremation
platform and for cemeteries/graveyard, a buffer/safety zone of 15.00 meters
between grave yard and the nearest settlement area.
Proposed
Any proposal for development of crematorium shall provide, within the plot area
itself, a buffer/safety zone of 30.00 meters between cremation platform and the
nearest settlement area.
For grave yards/cemeteries shall provide, within the plot area itself, a
buffer/safety zone of 15.00 meters between grave yard and the nearest settlement
area.
Note: The buffer/safety zone in the existing crematoriums may be relaxed up to 15.00
meters in case the various constraints and needs of the area, provided that such
relaxation is specially requested, and may be placed before the Board by the
Chief Town Planner with his comments and thereafter the Board may consider
the relaxation on case to case basis.

9.3. Structures for Non-Conventional Energy Sources:

Any structures proposed for installation of any non-conventional energy, shall be
exempted from coverage, FAR, height, use, etc.
Note:
Special Buildings not covered:

Any building/structures which are not specifically defined or covered under these
Regulations shall be treated as Special Buildings. Such buildings/structures shall be dealt
with as per the provisions contained in the National Building Code of India.

10. Parking.—
(a) Off street parking spaces for vehicles shall be provided in case of every new
building proposed to be constructed or when new additions are made to the
existing building, as specified in 185[TABLE-IX-A], depending on the use of
the building.
186
[TABLE-IX-A
Type of Use Minimum Parking Requirement
I. Residential buildings/ Flats/Apartments 1.00 for every Upto floor area of 75 m2
dwelling unit
1.25 for every Floor area more than 75
dwelling unit m2 up to 100 m2
1.50 for every Floor area more than 100
dwelling unit m2 upto 150m2
2.00 for every Floor area above 150 m2
dwelling unit

185
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
186
Substituted vide notification No.21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 88–

II. (a) Five & Four star hotels One space for two rooms
(b) Other hotels and motels One space for four rooms
III. Cinemas, Theatres, Dance Halls, One space for floor area of 20 m2 or part
Public Assembly Halls thereof
IV. Retail Business Markets including One space for floor area of 50 m2 or part
restaurants, office buildings, thereof
professional offices, banks, hospitals
and nursing homes
V. Wholesale ware housing, wholesale Parking area of 50 m2 for floor area of 100 m2
market and market yards or part thereof
VI. Schools and Colleges Parking area of 25 m2 for floor area of 100 m2
or part thereof
VII. Industrial premises Parking area of 50 m2 for floor area of 200 m2
or part thereof
VIII. Stadia Parking area of 50 m2 for 50 seats or part
thereof
IX. Retail markets Parking area of 25 m2 for floor area of 100 m2
or part thereof]
(b) One off street parking space shall have the minimum area of 12.50 m2 (2.50 m x
5.00 m) and all parking spaces shall be provided with adequate vehicular circulation
and maneuvering space from the street. Wherever areas of parking are as specified
in the Table IX, these areas should not be converted into open spaces; the minimum
being the one specified above and shall not include circulation space.
(c) The parking layout plan to be submitted with the application shall fulfill the
following conditions:-
(a) The minimum width of the access to the street shall be 3.00 m and which
shall be a no parking zone.
(b) The car parking area shall have two independent accesses leading to the
street, if its capacity exceeds 19 parking spaces. However only one such access
may be permitted if its minimum width is 5.00 meters and which shall be a no
parking zone.
(d) Developments providing for off street parking in excess of the minimum
requirements may be considered favorably by the Competent Authority for
relaxation of other requirements.187[In no case F.A.R, coverage, height and setback
shall be relaxed].
(e) The requirement of stilt parking on the ground floor, full or part, may be
exempted, provided the builder/developer provides a separate structure only for
parking within the same plot. The said structure shall be allowed free of FAR but
shall be counted in the coverage and shall follow all other regulations in force.
(f) In case parking spaces are provided in the basement, at least two ramps of
adequate width and slope shall be provided, located preferably at opposite
end.188[However only one ramp may be permitted if the width of the ramp provided

187
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
188
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 89–

is at least 5.0 meters. Alternatively a car lift shall be provided in case provision of a
ramp is not feasible.]
189 190
{ [(g)] All new and renovated non-residential buildings and other residential
buildings, Co-operative Housing Societies and Colonies managed by Residents
Welfare Associations (RWAs), with parking demarcated for more than 10
equivalent car spaces (‗ECS‘) shall have atleast 20% of such ‗ECS‘ to be made
‗Electric Vehicle ready‘ ECS spots with conduits installed as per the GOA
ELECTRIC MOBILITY PROMOTION POLICY – 2021 as amended from time to
time.

Note: Independent house on single holding shall be exempted from the above
regulation.}
11. Compound wall and gates.—
11.1. Permission for construction of compound wall and gates may be sought
separately or alongwith the application for permission for construction/
/building operation/development within a plot. Detailed drawings of
compound wall and gates shall be submitted alongwith the application for
development permission drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 1 m.
11.2. Maximum height of a compound wall along the boundary other than that
abutting on a street may be permitted up to a maximum height of 1.80 mts. and
along the boundary abutting on a street up to a height of 1.50 mts. only and
may be of closed type up to a height of 90 cms. only. However, no compound
wall shall be permitted in front of commercial establishments
existing/proposed in the building, unless separate entry and exit points are
provided.
11.3. Compound wall, at street junctions shall be so located, as not to disturb the
minimum sight distances as prescribed in these regulations and along the
intersections of streets no compound wall shall be raised to a height of more
than 1.00 mts. from the crown of the road for a length of 9.0 mts. From the
intersection corner of the plot, on both sides of the plot.
11.4. In case of Government/Semi Government Blocks etc., which require special
security requirements, mills, factories, industrial units, storage depots and
warehouses, the compound wall may be allowed to be raised to a height not
exceeding 3.0 mts. from the crown of the road, provided that no obstruction to
the line of sight for traffic is caused.
11.5. All gates of compound wall shall open inward only, unless the gate is recessed
into the plot to a depth, which will not cause the gate to protrude beyond the
compound wall line.
11.6. The entry or exit, to the plot situated at the intersection of the roads having a
width of 10.00 mts. or more, shall be located at least 15.00 mts. away from the
tangent point of such intersection. If the length of any side of such a plot is less
189
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
190
Corrected vide Corrigendum No. 21/1/TCP/2021-23/Steering Committee/157 dated 3-11-2023.
 – 90–

than what is prescribed above, then the entry or exit shall be provided at the
farthest end of the plot from the intersection.
11.7. No barbed wire fence or cactus hedge shall be permitted along the boundaries
abutting on a public road.
11.8. A sheet metal fence along the boundaries of a plot abutting a street or streets
shall not be erected until the design thereof has been approved by the
Licensing Authority.
11.9. No compound wall shall obstruct the right of way of the roads as prescribed in
the designated plan/map and shall not block the traditional access passing
through the property.
191
[11.10. In case of industrial estates/industrial areas, the compound height shall be
maximum 3.00 mts. With maximum construction height upto 2.00 mts. And
barbed wire or chain linked for remaining 1.00 mt. subject to clearing of line
of sight.]
12. Sub-division regulations.—
The sub-division of land shall conform to the provisions given below regarding
roads, surface and storm water drainage, sloping sites, open spaces, size of plots
and their frontage and means of access.
These regulations shall be applicable to new sub-divisions in all zones 192[( , except
in zones A1 & A2)], which shall be governed under ‗Other Regulations‘ at
193
[12.7].
Provided that sub-division regulations regarding minimum size of plot, Frontage
etc. shall not apply to the original plots having independent surveys No./chalta No.
for the purpose of permitting any development within the plot in terms of zoning
and land use provisions. Also appropriate provisions shall be made for garbage,
sewerage, water supply, electric supply, telephone lines, cable television, etc. and
other essential services as required in the Regulations.
12.1 Regulations regarding roads:

(a) All road right of ways shall have the carriage widths and other widths specified
in the following TABLE-X:
194
[TABLE - X
Right of way (road width) in 6 8 10 15 with 20 with
meters median median
Carriage width in meters 3.5 4.5 7 9 with 12 with
median median
Shoulder/footpath width in meters 1.10 on 1.35 on 1.10 on 2.50 on 3.50 on
each side each side each each side each side
side
Width of road side drain in meters 0.30 on 0.40 + 0.40+ 0.50+0.50 0.50+0.50].
one side 0.40 0.40

191
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
192
Bracketed vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
193
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
194
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
 – 91–

(b) No roads shall have a gradient of more than 1:8 along its longitudinal section.
195
[However, the same may be relaxed up to 1:6 for the length of a road not
more than 100 meters in case construction of a road of lesser gradient is not
possible, provided that road surface is constructed with higher specifications
and with non-slippery surface material].
(c) All roads within the layout or sub-division shall be of water bound macadam
with asphalt topping and shall follow the relevant P. W. D. specifications.
(d) All road corners should be worked out in a smooth curve of 3.00 m. radius for
roads up to 10.00 m. R/W and that of 5.00 m. radius for roads above 10.00 m.
R/W width (Refer Sketch No. 3 at Chapter 28).
(e) In case of road inter-sections involving roads of different R/W, the corners
should be worked out as per the specifications prescribed for the road having
wider R/W.
(f) All the cul-de-sac head provided shall have the minimum size of 12.00 meter
X 12.00 meter shall touch the plot boundary to provide access to the adjacent
properties. However, a 3.00 meter road serving a single plot may not be
provided with a cul-de-sac head.
196
(g) [All sub-division roads shall be treated as deemed public roads unless the
same are part of a co-operative housing or maintenance society or a gated
community.]
12.2 Regulations regarding surface and storm water drainage:
(a) All drains should have adequate slope to facilitate surface water drainage
effectively.
(b) All drains should be constructed, lined, cemented and finished as per PWD
specifications.

(c) All drains shall have minimum sizes as specified in Table X and should be
constructed on one side for roads up to 6.0 m. R/W and on both sides for
wider roads.
(d) Cross drains and culverts shall be provided as per site conditions wherever
required and shall be either of pipes of minimum diameter of 300 mm.
embedded in Plain Cement Concrete or RCC slab drain supported on laterite
masonry with PCC lining at the bottom.
(e) All surface drains, storm water drains, cross drains and culverts should be
clearly indicated in the sub-division plans indicating the route of flow of water
along the proposed drains and its ultimate discharge on to public drains, public
nallah or natural water courses.

195
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
196
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 92–

(f) The open space/spaces left shall be provided with lined drains to drain out
water in satisfactory manner as approved by the sanctioning authority.
(g) The sub-division plans should show the cross section and other construction
details of the road drains, cross drains, culverts etc.

12.3 Regulations regarding sloping sites:

(a) When submitting plans of sub-division of land or layout of private street
proposals in a plot which has a gradient of 1:10 or more, the plan should
indicate block levels at 5.00 m. centre to centre or alternatively contour plans
at 1.00 m. intervals prepared by a Chartered Surveyor.
(b) The levels/contours should be drawn with reference to a bench mark clearly
indicated on the site plan.
(c) Such block levels/contour plans prepared by a Chartered Surveyor are
obligatory in case the site exceeds 10,000 m2 in area.
(d) No part of the plot which is having an inclination of more than 25% slope shall
be permitted for development as useable 197[ ] plots. 198[This however shall not
be applicable to the sub-divided plots already approved prior to the coming
into force of these Regulations,]
12.4 Regulations regarding open spaces:
(a) When a plot is to be sub-divided, certain areas shall be set apart as usable open
space in the proportion given as detailed in TABLE- XI below. Further such
open space provided in any sub-division of land shall not be further sub-
divided under these regulations.
199
[Provided that the Goa Industrial Development Corporation may re-align,
revise or reduce the open spaces maintained by it in any existing Industrial
Estate or Industrial Area as per the standards specified in the Table below.]
TABLE-XI
Area to be
Zone Open space to be provided
sub-divided
S1, S2, 4000 m2 and 15%
S3, S4 above
C1, C2, 4000 m2 15%, out of which 10% is to be developed as recreational open
C3, C4, and above space and 5% as general pool parking which is open to sky and
shall not be built upon.
P 4000 m2 and 15%, out of which 10% is to be developed as recreational open
above space and 5% as general pool parking which is open to sky and
shall not be built upon.

197
Omitted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
198
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
199
Inserted vided Amendment Regulations, 2020.
 – 93–

200
[I1, I2, 10,000 m2 15%, out of which 7.5% is to be developed as recreational open
I3 and above space and 7.50% as general pool parking which is open to sky and
shall not be built upon.
In GIDC developed industrial estates/industrial area, 7.5% of the
total area shall be reserved for open space, out of which 2.5% shall
be kept for recreational landscaping such as park/garden/tree
plantation and 5% can be used for general utility like OHR, pump
house, sump and general parking open to sky.]
201
[The open space area that may be available to be released over
and above the requirement of 7.5% of the total area shall be deemed
to be zoned as industrial area.]
T 20,000 m2 15%, out of which 10% is to be developed as recreational open
and above space and 5% as general pool parking which is open to sky and
shall not be built upon.
202
[(b) The open spaces can be provided in more than one parcel. However, the
area of each such parcel shall not be less than 500 square meters and the
minimum length of any side shall not be less than 15.00 meters.

Further, in case of triangular open space/any open space having irregular shape,
the minimum dimension shall be that of a circle, having 15 meters diameter,
inscribed within such an irregular shape (refer sketch No. 7).]

(c) All open spaces shall have a means of access as though it is an independent
plot.
203
[(d) The open spaces shall be used for recreational and community purposes
of the occupants of the sub-divided plots and/or for installations of public
utilities, provided that such installations do not cover more than 5% of each of
the open space or they may cover by combining the 5% of each of the various
existing/proposed open space parcels within the existing/proposed sub-division
layout and utilize in one bigger parcel of the existing/proposed sub-division
open space, a minimum of 3.00 metre setback from all edges of the plot is kept
and the maximum height of any construction is restricted to 6.00 m only. In
case of water tower, the height restriction will not be applicable.]

(e) The open spaces shall be deemed to be zoned as zone ―R‖ and shall be governed
by the following provisions:-
204
[(i) The open spaces may be transferred to the local authority by a gift deed
by the owner/developer before obtaining final approval. If the open spaces are
transferred to the local authority the same shall be developed and maintained
by such local authority for the purpose mentioned in sub-clause (d) above.

200
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
201
Added vided Amendment Regulations, 2020.
202
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2015/Steering Comm/16/5145 dated 21-12-2016.
203
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
204
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 94–

However, purchasers of the plots shall be entitled to free access and use of the
open spaces].
(ii) In case of Group Housing wherein open spaces are required to be kept,
then, such open spaces shall be jointly held by the owners of the premises/
/Co-operative Housing Society. The owners of the premises or Co-operative
Housing Society shall be deemed to have an undivided share in such open
spaces proportionate to the area of their premises. Its use however shall remain
unchanged as stipulated at sub-clause (d) above.
While enclosing the area by a compound 205[or boundary] wall, adequate
provision shall be made to ensure that access is not obstructed to any
adjoining] 206[property thereby making it a land locked property.]
(f) In commercial zones, if bye-lanes of width not less than 7.50 m. are provided
adjoining public roads, to be used for parking, the area of such bye-lanes may
be computed in the open space up to 50% of the total requirements of open
space.
(g) In case of partial development of a plot, 15% open space should be set apart of
only that part of the plot undertaken for development provided that this part of
the plot as well as the remaining part is not less than 4000 m² in area.
(h) General pool parking provided in the regulations at Table XI shall be only of
open to sky type and shall not be built upon.
12.5 General requirements regarding development of plots, open spaces and roads:
(a) All plots should be properly developed to make them suitable for
construction and so as to prevent water logging.
(b) The roads and open spaces should be developed so as to prevent water
logging and flooding.
(c) Every sub-divided plot as well as all open spaces should have an independent
motorable means of access from a public road.
(d) All plots and open spaces shall be clearly demarcated with boundary stones
fixed at all corners.
12.6 Regulations regarding minimum size of the plot, frontage, means of access
and right of way of roads:
All sub-divided plots shall have minimum sizes, frontage, means of access and
widths of roads shall be as given in the Table XIII, Table XIV and Table XV
respectively.
(a) Minimum area of plot and minimum length of side of plot:

205
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
206
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 95–

TABLE-XII
Min. size of the plot Min. area of the plot in sq. mts. Min. length of the side of plot
ZONE sq. mts. mts.
S1, S2, S3, S4 225.00 15.00
C1, C2, C3, C4 500.00 20.00
I-1 600.00 20.00
I-2 1000.00 25.00
I-3 5000.00 50.00
P 1000.00 20.00
T 1000.00 25.00
R 500.00 15.00
A1 & A2 4000.00 20.00

(b) (i) Existing plots with the independent survey numbers or already approved
plots as on the date of adoption of these Regulations shall be exempted
from the above limits.

(ii) The length of any side of the plot may be relaxed to 10.00 meters in case
of sub-division of an approved plot, provided the areas of further sub-
divided plots are not less than 200 m2.
207
[]
(c) Accessibility to the plot to be sub-divided.
TABLE-XIII

Effective area of the plot to be Minimum width of Road/Right of

I-1, I-2, I-3 & T
sub-divided way other zones

Up to 7500.00 m² 6.00 m. 10.00 m.

7501.00 m² to 20,000 m² 8.00 m. 10.00 m.
20,001 m² and above 10.00 m. 15.00 m.

Note:

(1) In case of existing plots having an area up to 5000 m2 and is abutting on a public road of
3.00 m only, development may be permitted by relaxing the minimum road/right of way
requirement, provided the length of the road/right of way to the plot does not exceed 100.00 m
from the main road.

(d) Minimum width of roads within the sub-division of land:

207
Omitted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 96–

208
[TABLE-XIV
Maximum area served R/W if the road is looped R/W if the road ends in cul-de-sac
Up to 2500 m 2
6.00 mts. 6.00 mts.
2501 m2 up to 5000.00 m² 6.00 mts. 8.00 mts.
5001.00 m² to 20,000.00 m² 8.00 mts. 10.00 mts.
Above 20,000.00 m² 10.00 mts. 12.00 mts.

[In this TABLE, R/W means ―width of a road‖.]

Notes:
(1) In settlement zones, 3.00 m. road serving only one plot of 500.00 m² or less shall be
permitted. No cul-de-sac head shall be required to be provided.

(2) In Industrial and Transport zones, the minimum width of the road shall be 10.00 m. if
the road is looped and 15.00 m. if the road ends in cul-de-sac head.

(3) In commercial zones, the minimum width of road shall be 8.00 m. if the road is
looped and 10.00 m. if the road ends in cul-de-sac head.

12.7 Other Regulations:

(a) If the effective plot to be sub-divided is more than 5 ha. and less than 50 ha. in
the settlement zones, an area of 5% of the total plot area should be reserved
for the provision of amenities and utilities such as schools, community centers,
commercial centers, etc., and the same shall be regulated as follows:-
209
[(i) The owner shall be permitted to propose any of the following amenities
in case of proposed sub-division as well as existing sub-division to be
revised as per the requirement like schools, community centers, commercial
centers, sports complexes, parking lots and charging stations, health clubs,
hospital, nursing homes, dispensary, post office, police station, electrical
sub-station, ATM of bank, library, open market, garbage bins/MRF, assisted
living and hospice together, senior citizen housing and orphanage, project
affected persons housing, water supply, electric supply installations and
includes other utilities, services and conveniences.];

(ii) The ownership of such reserved areas shall continue to remain with the
owner of the property until these are transferred by him to any other
person for its development only for the purpose for which it is earmarked.

(iii) The use earmarked for each of the reserved area shall remain unchanged.
210
[except for amenities mentioned at (i) above.].

208
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
209
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
210
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 97–

(iv) In addition to above, the development will be subject to other special

conditions as the Authority may decide to impose in connection with the
drainage, garbage and waste disposal, water supply and other require-
ments, amenities, common facilities, etc.
(b) In I-1, I-2, I-3 & T zones and for the effective plot area between 2 ha. to 5 ha.,
5% of the total area should be reserved for parking of vehicles, fuel/POL
dispensing units, garbage disposal and scrap yards.
(c) For areas above 5 ha. an area of 7.5% of the total area is to be reserved for
parking of vehicles, fuel/POL dispensing units, garbage disposal and scrap
yards, retail trade, Post office, Bank and other ancillary commercial activities
and an additional 10% of the area may be reserved for the industrial housing.
211
[(d) In industrial estates/industrial areas, an additional area of 5% of the total
plot area should be reserved as Utility Area for the provision of amenities and
utilities such as post offices, telephone exchange, electric sub-stations and
electrical office, drainage works, sulabhshauchalaya, pollution control
laboratories only if set by Pollution Control Board/Government.]
212
[ ]
13. Building By-Laws.—
13.1. Minimum Ceiling Height of Rooms:
(Refer Sketch No. 4 at Chapter 28)
(a) Every habitable room in any building shall be in every part at least 2.80 meters
in height from the floor to the finished underside of roof slab or ceiling,
provided that in case of sloped roof the height at any point shall not be less
than 2.10 meters.
(b) Wherever the height of a room in any building is more than 5.00 m, the FAR
of such a room shall be calculated at twice its area. However this shall not
apply to institutional/religious buildings, theatres/auditoriums/atrium/foyer,
industrial buildings and alike where such requirements are for operational
reasons.
(c) Height of the room for Information Technology/ITES Industry building,
notwithstanding anything contained in these regulations any telematic
equipment storage erection facility can have a height as required for effective
functioning of that system.
213
[(d) In case of industrial estates/industrial areas, the height and roofing shall be minimum
as required under the Factories Act, 1948 (Central Act 63 of 1948) and the rules made
thereunder.
Note: Any heights more than that as prescribed under Factories Act, 1948 and Rules
made thereunder shall be permitted.]

211
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
212
Regulation 12.8 omitted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
213
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
 – 98–

13.2. Minimum size of Rooms:

(a) No habitable room shall have a carpet area of less than 10.00 square meters
except in the case of hostels attached to the recognized educational/
/cultural/sports institutions/associations for which the minimum area of a
habitable room may be 8.00 square meters.
(b) The relaxation in minimum size of habitable rooms to 8.00 square meters
may also be permitted in case of housing projects for economically weaker
section category undertaken by the Government, Semi Government,
Public/Local Authorities.
(c) The minimum width of a habitable room shall be 2.50 mts. Further 25% of
the area of the room may be 2.20 meters wide if any one wall forming this
portion opens directly to external air through an opening formed in that wall.
(d) Non-habitable rooms like store room/laundry room/prayer room, which do
not meet the minimum requirements of light and ventilation, shall be
permitted with minimum sizes of carpet area of 3.00 m2 and maximum size
of carpet area of 5.00 m2.
(e) Non-habitable rooms of sizes exceeding 5.00 m2 and all other rooms which
are not mentioned in these Regulations shall also be of sizes prescribed for
habitable rooms in these Regulations and shall have light and ventilation as
per habitable room.
13.3. Lighting and Ventilation of Rooms:
(a) Every habitable room shall have for the admission of light and air, one or more
apertures, such as windows, fan-lights, etc., opening directly to external air or
into balcony or verandah and of aggregate area inclusive of frames of not less
than 1/10th of the carpet area, excluding doors, except in case of hospital
wards, dormitories and schools when such apertures are to be not less than
1/6th of the floor area.
Note: No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than 7.50 meters
away from the external façade. However, this rule on 7.50 meters shall not be
applicable in case of cultural and institutional buildings and buildings of commercial
offices, banks etc. In such cases 1/6th of the floor area shall be kept for the window
openings inclusive of frames and exclusive of doors.
(b) Cross ventilation 214[may] be provided in at least one habitable room of a
dwelling, either by means of window or ventilator in opposite or adjacent
walls.

13.4. Bath Room and Water Closet: Compartment:

(a) Every bathroom or water closet compartment shall—

214
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 99–

(i) Be so situated that at least one of its walls shall be open to external air or
open verandah/open balcony not more than 2.00 meters in width or
interior open air space as prescribed in these Regulations.
(ii) In case of bathroom inclusive of water closet compartment the floor area
shall not be less than 3.00 m2 for which the smallest side shall not be
less than 1.25 meters.
(iii) In case of a bathroom exclusive of water closet compartment the floor
area shall not be less than 1.50 m2 and the smallest side shall not be less
than 1.00 meters.
(iv) In case of separate water closet compartment the floor area shall not be
less than 1.25 m2 and the smallest side not less than 1.00 meter.
(v) Have a window or a ventilator open to external air, of a superficial area
of not less than 215[0.60 m2] for bathrooms, not less than 0.50 m2 for the
water closet if separate and not less than 216[0.80 m2] for bathroom
inclusive of water closet.
(vi) Have a ceiling height of not less than 2.20 meters.
(vii) In case of cultural and educational institutions, cinema and hotels
buildings, water closet compartments and bathrooms may be allowed
without any of their sides directly abutting to an external air provided
they are placed within the room, one side of which shall open to external
air with a total opening of at least 1/10th of the floor area of the room and
provided the ceiling height of such a room is not less than 2.50 meters
and the partition height of the water closet compartment and the partition
height of the water closet compartment as bathrooms are not more than
2.20 meters from the floor level.
217
[(viii) In case of industrial estates/industrial areas, for each industrial unit,
minimum one toilet block each for ladies and gents shall be provided
separately in addition as required under the Factories Act, 1948 (Central
Act 63 of 1948) and the rules made thereunder.]
(b) Every bathroom or water closet compartment shall—
(i) not be directly over or under any room other than another bathroom or
water closet compartment, washing place, terrace or bathroom unless it
has water tight floor;
(ii) be closed by walls or partitions of bricks or stones or other similar
materials. The surface of every such wall or partition shall be finished
with a smooth impervious surface up to the height of 1 meter above the
floor level or by glazed tiles or any other suitable materials to a height of
one meter above the floor level of such room;

215
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
216
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
217
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
 – 100–

(iii) have an impermeable floor having a suitable drainage towards the

building sewer.
(c) No room containing a water closet compartment shall be used for any purpose
other than a lavatory and no such room shall open directly into any kitchen or
cooking space. Every room containing water closet shall have a door
completely closing the entrance to the water closet;
Note:
(1) In the case of hotels, bathrooms and water closet compartments may abut on to
and obtain ventilation from an internal passage having width of not less than 1.80
meters. Provided that the bathrooms and water closet compartments have an
exhaust ventilation through a duct whose smaller side shall not be less than 0.80
meters, and the other side not less than 1.50 meters, and provided such duct is
ventilated at the top and bottom and the duct is accessible from the ground floor
level except where mechanical ventilation is used.
(2) RCC slab or loft over a bath and WCC may be permitted above the height of
2.20 meters.
(d) Minimum number of bathrooms, water closet compartments and urinals to be
provided for various types of buildings shall be:-
(i) For a single dwelling unit, one bathroom and one WCC either
independent or combined;
(ii) For shops, one WCC and one urinal for every 6 shops or part thereof and
one additional WCC for ladies.
(iii) For go-downs, service repair garages, workshops, petrol pumps with or
without service station, one WCC and one urinal for each building.
(iv) For cinemas, theatres, public assembly halls, 1 WCC for 100 seats or
part thereof, 2 urinals for 75 seats or part thereof at each sitting level. In
each sanitary block at least 2 washbasins shall be provided. The above
facilities shall be suitably apportioned between males and females.
(v) For schools, colleges and other institutional buildings 1 WCC for 100
students or part thereof and 2 urinals for 150 students or part thereof;
besides wash basins.
(vi) For markets, business buildings, office buildings, banks, restaurants, etc.
1 WCC and 1 urinal for every 100.00 square meters of floor area or part
thereof.
(vii) For residential hotels, lodging houses, etc., 1 WCC and 1 bathroom for
every 50.00 square meters of floor area or part thereof besides wash
basins.
(viii) For hospitals, nursing homes, one WCC and one bathroom for every
50.00 square meters of floor area or part thereof; besides wash basin.
(ix) For industrial premises, one WCC for every 150.00 square meters of
floor area or part thereof; besides wash basin.
 – 101–

13.5. Kitchens:
(a) A kitchen shall have a carpet area of not less than 7.00 m2 and shall not be less
than 2.00 meters in width;
(b) Every room to be used as a kitchen shall have—
(i) a height of not less than 2.80 meters except for the portion to
accommodate floor trap/toilet drop of the upper floor provided that in
case of sloping roof, the height at any point shall not be less than 2.50
meters;
(ii) Window opening of at least 1/10th of the carpet area; and
(iii) An impermeable floor.
(c) Every dwelling unit shall be provided with a kitchen, either as a separate room
as above or as part of any other room, having a designated minimum area of 3
m2, which shall be over and above the area of the habitable room in which it is
contained and having provision for light and ventilation adjacent to this area
without having any separating partition.

13.6. Shops:
(a) The minimum carpet area of a shop shall be 6.00 m2 and the least dimension
of 2.00 mts.
(b) Shops having carpet area between 6.00 m2 and 9.99 m2 shall not be permitted
with any mezzanine. The minimum frontage/width shall be 2.00 mts.
(c) Shops having area of 10.00 m2 and above the minimum width shall be 2.50
mts.
(d) All shops shall have full opening on its front for the purpose of ventilation.
(e) Shops having depth of more than 7.50 meters shall be provided additional
ventilation from other side, as required for a habitable room 218[unless
mechanically ventilated].

13.7. Minimum accommodation to be provided:

In case of dwelling units, the minimum accommodation to be provided shall be
one living room, one kitchen and one WCC except in case of Economically
Weaker Section Housing by Government/Semi-Government/Public/Local
Authorities where requirements of WCC may be relaxed and institutional common
toilets may be provided.
13.8. Lofts, Mezzanines, Basements and Attics:
(a) Lofts may be allowed provided the total area of such lofts shall not be more
than 20% of the floor area of the room in which such lofts are provided except
in case of bathrooms and water closets where lofts may be permitted over the

218
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 102–

whole of bathrooms/water closets. The clear height at which loft may be

allowed to be constructed shall be 2.20 meters from the floor level of the room
in which it is contained.
(b) Mezzanine floor may be permitted in a room or a hall provided that—
(i) it is so constructed that the minimum requirements of ventilation for the
room as per these Regulations are maintained;
(ii) such mezzanine is not enclosed but is kept open with only a parapet or
railing of not more than 1.00 meter in height on the sides overlooking
the main room;
(iii) such mezzanine floor is not divided into smaller compartments unless
adequate light and ventilation is provided as prescribed in case of
habitable rooms;
(iv) such mezzanine floor or any part of it shall not be used as a kitchen;
(v) The mezzanine floor should not have an area more than 1/3 of the entire
floor area;
(c) Attic floor may be allowed provided that—
(i) the total area of such floor does not exceed half of the area of the room
in which it is contained and the total floor of the attic floor does not
exceed half of the total area of the topmost floor of the building.
(ii) It is used for the purpose of storage only and in case it is permitted for
habitable purpose, then the minimum ceiling height allowed will be 2.50
meters;
(iii) The clear width of stair leading to the attic floor shall not be less than
0.90 mtrs; and
(iv) Adequate light and ventilation shall be provided for the attic floor.
(d) Basement— The general requirements for basement shall be as per Annexure-
VI - 27.VI.
13.9. Height of Plinth:
A minimum height of plinth shall be 45 cms. from the top surface of the means of
access or pathway near the entrance of the building in case of residential buildings.
In case of other buildings this may be relaxed by the Competent Authority,
provided that the ground floor of a building may be permitted on pillars or stilts
instead of a solid plinth.
The sanitary block, pump room, air conditioning plant room etc., may be allowed
with minimum plinth of 45 cms. and that a motor garage for parking vehicles only
without any plinth.
13.10. Staircase, corridors and passages:
(a) Staircase—
Every staircase flight shall have a minimum width of 90 cms. clear of handrail,
pardi, etc., for residential units.
No step shall have a riser of more than 17.5 cms. and a tread of less than
27 cms.
 – 103–

The minimum depth of landing shall be the same as the width of the staircase
flight.
A clear space of 2.2 meters should be made available as headroom within the
staircase.
In case of subsidiary service or spiral staircase, clear width shall not be less
than 70 cms.
The minimum width of the staircase flight clear of handrails etc. shall be
governed by the following tables in relation to areas served by such staircase.
219
[No electrical shafts, AC ducts, gas pipes and the like shall obstruct the
staircase. Lift shall not open in staircase mid landing].
Beams/columns and other building features shall not reduce the head
room/width of the staircase.
(i) Residential units/buildings

TABLE-XV
Clear width of staircase flight No. of dwellings served by the staircase
90 cms. Upto 4 dwellings
100 cms. Upto 8 dwellings
115 cms. Upto 12 dwellings
220
[120 cms]. Upto 16 dwellings
221
[120 cms]. Above 16 dwellings
(ii) Commercial buildings

TABLE-XVI
Clear width of staircase flight Floor area served by the staircase
100 cms. Up to 300 sq. mtrs.
110 cms. Up to 600 sq. mtrs.
125 cms. Up to 900 sq. mtrs.
140 cms. Up to 1200 sq. mtrs.
160 cms. Above 1200 sq. mtrs.

(iii) Industrial/Hazardous building–The regulations applicable to Industries or

Hazardous buildings shall be as specified in the National Building Code 2005
or as amended by time to time.
(iv) Public utility buildings and institutional buildings.

219
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
220
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
221
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 104–

TABLE-XVII
Clear width of staircase flight Floor area served by the staircase
150 cms. Upto 1200 sq. mtrs.
180 cms. Upto 1200 to 1800 sq. mtrs.
200 cms. Above 1800 sq. mtrs.
(b) Other requirements:
(i) No room other than those ground floor level shall be more than 22.50 meters
away from a staircase;
(ii) No flight shall consist of more than 14 risers without landing, 222[except in
case of an individual self contained unit/single family dwelling unit];
223
[]
(iv) The light and ventilation for the staircase shall be provided from an external
air, by providing openings of not less than 1/10th of the area of the staircase
and such openings shall be provided at each landing stage 224[except in single
family dwelling unit].
(c) Corridor or Passage:
No corridor or passage shall have a clear width of less than 0.90 mtrs. in case of
residential buildings, 1.20 mtrs. in case of commercial buildings and 1.50 mtrs.
incase of public utility and institutional buildings.
Provisions
Exit corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate
require width of exit doorways, leading from them in the direction of travel to the
exterior.
Where staircase discharge through corridors and passageway, the height of the
corridors and passageways shall not be less than 2.40 meters.
All means of exit including staircases, lifts lobbies and corridors shall be
adequately ventilated.
Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway or a horizontal exit of a
corridor or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress.
No exit doorway shall be less than 1.00 meter width except in assembly buildings
where door width shall not be less than 2.00 meters. Doorways shall not be less
than 2.00 meters in height.
Exit doorways shall open out outwards that is away from the room, but shall not
obstruct the travel along any exit. No door, when opened, shall reduce the required
width of passage, width of staircase or landing to less than 0.90 meter; overhead or
sliding doors shall not be installed.

222
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
223
Omitted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
224
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 105–

Note: In case of buildings where there is a central corridor, the doors of the rooms shall
open inwards to permit flow of traffic in the corridor.
Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stair; a landing equal to at
least the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway; the
level of landing shall be same as that of the floor which it serves.
Exit doorways shall be openable from the side they serve without the use of key.
Mirrors shall not be placed in exitway or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding
the direction of exit.
13.11. Lifts:
(a) If the vertical travel distance of the building exceeds 12 meters from the
ground floor at least one lift shall be provided in the building.
(b) If the vertical travel distance of the building 225[ ] from the ground floor
exceeds 18 mts., at least two lifts shall be provided in the building 226[if the
area served per floor is more than 500 sq. meters].
227
[(c) The requirements for installation of Lifts, Escalators and Moving Walks
shall be as per provisions of part 8 of the National Building Code of India
2016.].
Provisions
Wherever applicable, fire lifts shall be provided with a minimum capacity of
for 8 passengers and fully automated with emergency switch on ground
level. In general, buildings 15 meters in height and above shall be provided
with fire lifts.
In case of fire, only fireman shall operate the fire lift. In normal course, it
may be used by other persons.
Each fire lift shall be equipped with suitable inter communication equipment
for communicating with the control room on the ground floor of the
building.
The number and location of the fire lifts in a building shall be decided after
taking into consideration various factors like building population, floor areas
compartmentations etc.
14. Building Services.—
14.1. Water Supply and Sanitary Installation:
14.1.2 Water Supply:
(a) All premises intended for human habitation, occupancy or use group shall
be provided with the supply of pure and wholesome water, neither
connected with polluted or unsafe water supply nor subject to the hazards
of back flow or back siphonage;

225
Omitted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
226
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
227
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 106–

(b) No connection from any source of public water supply to any water supply
installation in any new construction/re-construction/alteration as specified
in these rules shall be sanctioned by the P.W.D. (Water Supply) Division
without prior sanction of construction licence/occupancy certificate by the
Competent Authority.
(c) Application for the supply of water supply connection may however, be
entertained without insisting on production of a No Objection Certificate
from Competent Authority as prescribed at (b) above, provided that the
applicant fulfils all the formalities as required by the PWD–Water Supply
Division and tenders an undertaking to the effect that connection so granted
shall in no way give any legitimacy to any such construction or structure,
which if unauthorized or illegal shall continue to be so even after such
connection is released.
(d) The design of the pipe system shall be such that there is no possibility of
back-flow towards the source of supply from any cistern or appliance
whether by siphonage or otherwise and reflux or non-return valves shall not
be relied upon to prevent such back flow.
(e) Where a supply of wholesome water is required as an alternative or standby
to a supply of less satisfactory water or is required to be mixed with the
latter, it shall be delivered only into a cistern and by pipe or fitting
discharging into an air gap at a height above the top edge of the cistern
equal to twice its nominal bore and in no case less than 15 centimeters. In
all appliances or taps used in water closets a definite air cap shall be
maintained.
(f) The bottom of the water service-pipe at all points, shall be at least 30
centimeters above the top of the sewer-line at its highest point, if laid closer
than 30 meters horizontally from the building sewer.
(g) No pipe, carrying wholesome water, shall be laid or fixed so as to pass into
or through any pipe or fitting, secure outlet or drain or any manhole,
connected therewith nor through any ash pit, manure pit, fouled, soiled or
porous material or any material of such nature that is likely to cause
deterioration of the pipe. Provided that where the laying of such pipe is
unavoidable, the piping shall be properly, protected from contact with such
soil, material or surrounding matter by being carried through an exterior
cast-iron tube or by some other suitable protective covering as approved by
Panchayat or P.W.D. (Water Supply) Division. Provided further that any
existing piping or fitting laid or fixed which does not comply with the above
requirements, shall be removed immediately by the owner and re-laid by
him in conformity with the above requirements and to the satisfaction of the
P.W.D. (Water Supply) Division.
(h) All pipes including all bends, junctions, tees and elbows and all fittings used
in connection with, or forming part of the sanitary installations of a building
shall be made of such material and be of such weight and pattern be fixed,
joined and painted in such a manner as per specifications laid down by
P.W.D.
 – 107–

(i) The planning design and installation of water supply system shall conform to
Part IX–Plumbing Services, Section I-Water Supply of National Building
Code of India, 2005 unless otherwise specified in these rules.
(j) The per capita requirement of water supply for various occupancies shall be
determined as specified in TABLE-XIX below. The overhead tanks shall have
adequate capacity of storage for flushing as well as domestic storage.
TABLE-XIX
Per Capita
requirements -
Group Type of occupancy Consumption per
head per day in
liters
Group Residential 135
A1
Group Special Residential 180
A2
Group B Educational
a) Day schools 45
b) Boarding schools 135
Group C Institutional/Medical
a) No. of beds not exceeding 100 340
b) No. of beds exceeding 100 450
c) Medical quarters and hostels 135
Group D a) Assembly (per seat of accommodation) other than 15
restaurants
b) Assembly (per seat of accommodation) for restaurants 70
Group E Government or Semi-Public 45
Group F Mercantile business (Commercial)
a) Restaurants (per seat) 70
b) Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed) 180
c) Other business buildings 45
Group G Industrial 45
Group H Storage (including Warehousing) 30
Group I Hazardous 30

(k) A tank or cistern for storage of water shall be water tight properly covered
over and shall be constructed of reinforced concrete; G.I. steel, stone masonry
or brick work in cement mortar and shall be rendered inside with cement
mortar.
(l) In the case of underground storage tanks, the design of the tank shall be such
as to provide for the drainage of the tank when necessary and water shall not
be allowed to collect round about the tank.
(m) The tank shall be provided with, an overflow pipe, tap or other apparatus, the
invert of which shall not be less than 5 centimeters higher than the bottom of
the tank.
(n) The tank shall be provided with a draw off which shall-
(i) be so located and fitted as to prevent entry of animals and insects;
 – 108–

(ii) not be connected to a drain or sewer;

(iii) have an open end to permit the overflow pipe to serve as a warning pipe.
(o) All water mains, communication pipes, service and distribution pipes used for
water for domestic purposes shall be thoroughly and efficiently disinfected
before being taken into use and also after every major repair.
(p) Overhead water tanks and sumps should be provided with mosquito proof lids
and their vents shall be covered with mosquito proof nylon mesh. All the
structures created for water supply i.e. over head tanks/loft over head tanks
and sumps has to abide by the provisions of the design and specifications as
laid down in Goa Public Health Act, 1985 (Goa Act 25 of 1985) for prevention
of Vector Borne Diseases.
(q) The extent of water to be stored for the fire fighting purpose in the case of
multi-storeyed buildings shall be in accordance with Part IV, Fire Prevention
and Fire Protection of National Building Code of India, 2005 or as amended
from time to time.
14.1.3 Wells:
(a) Wells intended to supply water for human consumption or for domestic purpose
shall be–
(i) Not less than 15 meters away from any ash pit, refuse pit, soak pit, earth
closet or privy and shall be located on a site upward from the earth
closet or privy;
(ii) so situated that contamination by the movement of sub-soil of other
water is unlikely;
(iii) of a minimum internal diameter of not less than 1.00 meter;
(iv) of permanent and sound quality construction throughout.
(b) Wells without internal lining shall be permitted only in fields and gardens for
purpose of irrigation.
(c) The parapet wall on the head of all wells shall be raised to height not less
than 1 meter above the level of the adjoining ground to form a parapet or
kerb with a minimum thickness of 20.00 centimeters and shall be surrounded
with a paving constructed of impervious material which shall extend for a
distance of not less than 1.00 meter in every direction from the parapet
framing the well head and the surface of such a paving shall be sloped
outward from the well. All such structures created has to abide by the
provisions of the design and specifications as laid down in Goa Public Health
Act, 1985 (Goa Act 25 of 1985) for prevention of Vector Borne Diseases.
(d) The interior surface of the well or lining of the well shall be rendered
impervious to a depth of 3.00 meters measured from the level of the ground
immediately adjoining the well head.
 – 109–

(e) A well from which water is drawn by means of a bucket or other similar
means shall be provided with a stand for the bucket raised not less than 15.00
centimeters above the level of the paving.
14.1.4 Drainage and Sanitation:
(a) No person shall install or carry out any water-borne sanitary installation or
drainage installation or any work in connection with any existing or new
building or any other premises without obtaining the previous sanction of the
Competent Authority.

(b) Every sanitary/drainage installation from any existing building shall be

connected to a public sewer wherever available. All the structures created for
Drainage and Sanitary installation i.e. inspection chambers and septic tank
has to abide by the provisions of the design and specifications as laid down in
Goa Public Health Act, 1985 (Goa Act 25 of 1985) for prevention of Vector
Borne Diseases.

(c) No connection to any public sewer line from any new construction/
/reconstruction/alteration as specified in these rules shall be sanctioned by the
PWD-Sewerage Division prior to the sanction of building permit/Occupancy
Certificate by the Competent Authority.

(d) Wherever public sewer is not available, the sanitary installation shall be
connected to septic tank/soak pit and the drainage of waste water to a soak pit
or any other waste water recycling/treatment unit of adequate size, to be
located within the plot in such manner that it is away from any existing well
or water body 228[indicated on the survey plan].
(e) The drainage from the water closet compartment shall be connected to the
septic tank through a system of pipes and inspection chambers, laid to a slope
sufficient enough to ensure smooth flow.

(f) The drainage of waste water from the bathrooms, kitchen and any other
source shall be connected to the soak pit or any other waste water recycling/
/treatment unit through a system of pipes and inspection chambers, laid to a
slope sufficient enough to ensure smooth flow.

(g) The size of septic tank and soak pit should be proportionate to the number of
users. Following design criteria are recommended by the Directorate of
Health Services for the Septic Tank:-

(i) Capacity-A capacity of 20 to 30 gallons (2.5 cft to 5 cft) per person is

recommended for household septic tanks. The minimum capacity should
be 500 gallons. Septic tanks are not recommended for large
communities.
(ii) Length/Breadth-The length shall usually be twice the breadth.

228
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 110–

(iii) Depth-It should vary from 1.50 mts to 2.00 mts.

(iv) Liquid depth-The recommended liquid depth is only 1.20 mts.
(v) Air space-There should be a minimum air space of 30 cm. between the
level of liquid in the tank and the under surface of the cover.
(vi) There should be an inlet and outlet pipe which would be submerged.
(vii) Cover-The septic tank shall be covered by a concrete slab of suitable
thickness and provided with a manhole.
(h) The planning, design and installation of all drainage of waste water and
sanitary installation shall conform to Part IX, Plumbing Services, Section 2,
Drainage and sanitation, of National Building Code of India, 2005, as
amended from time to time, unless otherwise specified in these rules.
(i) Every room to be used as Kitchen shall have facility for the washing of
kitchen utensils, the exit pipe of which shall lead directly to, or through a
sink, to a grated and trapped connection to the waste disposal pipe-Provided
that this facility may not be installed, if separately provided in a pantry.
(j) Sinks: Sink shall be so located that at least one of its sides shall be against an
external wall or in a window recess or in a position to ensure suitable
plumbing. Sinks shall be constructed of glazed stoneware, enameled,
stainless steel, fire clay or other equally suitable material. Sinks shall be of
such shape as will facilitate their maintenance in a state of cleanliness. No
woodwork shall be used for covering any such sink. The bottom of the sink
shall slope towards the outlet.
229
[14.1.5 Sewage Treatment Plant.— Sewage Treatment Plant is mandatory for
residential complexes having 50 flats/residential units and above. Sewage Treatment
Plant will not be required if the area is already served by existing sewer lines.]
14.2. Electric Supply:
(a) No connection from any source of public electric supply to any electric supply
installation in any new construction/re-construction/alteration as specified in
these rules shall be sanctioned by the Electricity Department without or prior
to the sanction of construction licence/completion certificate by the Competent
Authority.
(b) In buildings where multiple connections are likely to come up, the owner/
/promoter of the building shall assure a built-up premises of 2 x 2 sq. meters,
nearest to the public road in the ground floor. Buildings having 1000 m2 of
floor area or above have to compulsorily provide built-up room of size 2 mts.
x 3 mts. with fire barriers on the ground floor nearest to the public road to put
transformer and distribution board or as may be permitted by Electricity
Department.

229
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2015/Steering Comm/16/5145 dated 21-12-2016.
 – 111–

(c) Whenever underground system exists, any person or persons intending to

construct multi-storied building or buildings, having a carpet area of 1000 m2
or more, shall require to enter into an agreement with the Government,
wherein he will give an undertaking that he or she or they will provide on the
ground floor, an outhouse facing the public road, built-up premises of area of
21 m2 (7mts. x 3mts.), for setting up departmental indoor sub-station and
control switch gear or as may be permitted by Electricity Department.
The said premises shall be placed at the disposal of the Electricity
Department and the Department shall reserve the right to extend supply to any
consumer by laying underground/overhead electric lines from the said indoor
sub-station.
(d) Any building or structure whether permanent or temporary shall maintain
clearances from the electric lines as specified in the TABLE-XX below.

TABLE-XX
Detail of clearance Distance in meters
Vertical clearance
a) For high voltage lines upto and including 3.70
33000 volts.

b) For extra high voltage lines 3.70 plus 0.30 for every additional 33000
volts or part thereof.
Horizontal clearance
a) for high voltage lines upto and including 1.20
11000 volts
b) for high voltage lines above 11000 volts 2.00
and upto and including 33000
c) for extra high voltage 2.00 plus 0.30 for every 33000 volts or part
thereof

14.3. Other Services:

14.3.1 Solar water heating/Solar energy capturing system in buildings:
The Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy is encouraging use of solar water
heating/solar energy capturing system in buildings. This should be considered
while designing the buildings keeping in view the saving in normal electricity
consumption or for heating of water.
Schemes covering Government subsidy for such installation should also be
considered.
Note: The Government may decide to give incentives in form of a rebate in
infrastructure tax to be assessed and collected on the building in addition to the
subsidy on such installation under the Schemes of Ministry of Non-Conventional
Energy.
 – 112–

(a) No new building in the following categories in which there is a system of

installation for supplying hot water/Solar energy capturing system, shall be
built, unless the system or the installation is also having an auxiliary solar
assisted water heating system:—
(i) Hospitals and Nursing homes with ten or more beds.
(ii) Hotels, lodges and guest houses with twenty or more beds with twenty
or more beds.
(iii) Hostels/Dormitories/arracks of Schools, Colleges, Training centers
and others.
(iv) Group Housing having 50 and more units.
(v) Functional buildings of railway stations and airports like waiting
rooms, retiring rooms, rest rooms, Inspection bungalows and catering
units.
(vi) Community centre/Hall, Banquet halls, and buildings of public
assembly and similar use.
(b) Installation of solar water heating system/Solar energy capturing system:—

(i) New buildings – All building plans shall indicate on roof top, adequate
space for installation of the solar water heating system, Solar energy
capturing system and water supply to the same as per requirements.
(ii) Existing buildings-Installation of solar assisted water heating systems/
/Solar energy capturing system in the existing buildings shall be
mandatory in case the use is proposed to be changed to the above said
categories.
(iii) Industrial buildings - Installation of solar assisted water heating
systems/Solar energy capturing system in the buildings is mandatory.
230
[(c) Norms for roof top solar PV installation shall be as under:–
Sl. No. Category of building/area Area standards Generation requirement
(1) Group Housing all proposals of Group Minimum 5% of
Housing having more thanconnected load or
40 dwelling units 20W/sqft for available
roof space, whichever is
less.
All other buildings defined under clause (20A) of regulation 2 (mandatory for buildings having
shadow free rooftop area > 50 sq.mt.).
(2) Educational Plot size of 500 sq.mt. and Minimum 5% of
(3) Institutional above connected load or
(4) 20W/sq. ft. for available
Commercial
roof space, whichever is
(5) Industrial less.]
(6) Mercantile
(7) Recreational

230
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 113–

14.3.2 Rain Water Harvesting:

231
[Rain water harvesting tank for storage and re-use of water shall be mandatory
for private buildings in case the plot area is more than 4000 sq. meters and having 40
units and more for secondary use such as flushing of WC, gardening, landscaping, car
washing and the like through a separate parallel line in the plot/premises. Similarly,
for public/institutional buildings/complexes in plots having areas of more than 4000
sq. meters and having a floor area of more than 2000 sq. meters and all
commercial/industrial developments in plots having areas of more than 4000 sq.
meters shall be provided with rain water harvesting tanks for storage and re-use. In all
other constructions, such provision shall be recommendatory. For availing subsidies,
the provisions of rain water harvesting policy notified by the Water Resources
Department shall be complied with].
However, Rain Water Harvesting for recharging of ground water specially deep
aquifers shall be permitted in areas identified and designated for the purpose in the
State of Goa by the Water Resource Department, Government of Goa.
The details of the structures and their design shall be as per the provisions indicated
in Annexure-V (27.V).
232
[Rain Water Harvesting in industrial estates and industrial areas shall be decided
by Goa Industrial Development Corporation as per availability of space and
requirement in each case.]
233
[14.3.3. Arrangement for treatment of waste:—
Arrangement for treatment of biodegradable waste through aerobic, vermin
composting or bio-gas plant shall be mandatory for development of group housing
schemes in plots having area of more than 4000 sq. meters and having 40 units and
more. Structures for covering the chambers for sorting the waste having a height of
not more than 2.5 meters and open on at least two sides shall be excluded from
coverage and FAR calculation and also from setback distances. Designated spots for
collection and treatment of non bio-degradable waste shall be shown in the site plan.]
234
[14.3.4. In Building Solutions for Common Telecommunication Infrastructure
(CTI):
A. Multi dwelling units, commercial complexes, public buildings and Transport
facilities:
1. New building constructions shall have to properly demarcate section (area) within
buildings and on roof tops for installing broadband/digital connectivity
infrastructure/antenna. These areas should have access to power supply for
reliable, un-interrupted services.
2. Provisions of In-building Solutions (IBS) components in building premises:

231
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
232
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2018.
233
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
234
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 114–

(a) Entrance facilities (EF)/lead-in conduits: Minimum 1.2m x 1.83m space to

be allocated for each Telecom Service provider adjacent to the EF, if a
separate space is required for service providers.
Underground conduits/pipes to Main Distribution Frame room shall be
through min 100mm dia encased conduits.
(b) Main Distribution Frame (MDF)/Equipment Room: The minimum
recommended size for ER is 14m2 with L:W ratio between 1:1 to 2:1, with
proper lighting for vision of equipments and ventilation of room. This room
shall be located at a level above from the Natural Ground Level to avoid
incidence of flooding. Necessary Electric distribution panels, isolaters,
sockets and earthing shall be provided as per specific requirements.
(c) Telecommunications Room (TR): At each building block unless provided
with MDF Room with appropriate numbers and size (length x width) of
Service/Telecom risers (vertical shafts) for all multi-storeyed buildings w.r.t.
the area proposed for Coverage (DUs/service subscribers) with access door at
each floor.
(d) Telecommunications Enclosures (TE): At each floor of a block or TR.
(e) (i) Telecom room space norm for buildings with built-up area (floor space)
greater than 465 sq. mts.
Sl.No. Area* to be covered by IBS Size of Telecom Room (all dimension in m)
1 Upto 465 sqmt 3.0 x 2.4
2 465.0 sqmt to 930.0 sqmt 3.0 x 3.4
3 More than 930.0 sqmt Additional TR required with same space
rooms
*usable floor space to be served.
(ii) Space requirements for smaller buildings with built-up area less than 465
sq. mts.
Sl. Area to be covered by IBS Space provisions (all dimensions in m)
No.
1 Upto 93.0 sqmt Wall cabinets, self-contained enclosed
cabinets
2 93.0 sqmt to 465.0 sqmt Shallow Room (0.6 x 2.6)
Walk-in Room (1.3 x 1.3)
3. For the purpose of floor area calculation, the above said room area(s) of IBS
components in building premises shall be exempted as per sub regulation (63) (k) of
regulation 2.
4. Occupancy certificate/Completion Order to a building shall be granted only after
ensuring that an undertaking is given by the Architect or Engineer or other professional
who is competent to submit application for issue of completion order/occupancy
certificate under GLDBCR-2010 certifying that building has ensured common access to
all digital infrastructure to all service provider at building level and in-building
components are in accordance with plan of creation of CTI.
 – 115–

B. At layout level (sub-division): (1) Layout plans should clearly indicate the telecom
as utility infrastructure lines. Telecommunication cables should be placed in a duct/pipe
that can be accessed at frequent service points with sufficient spare capacity to enable
scaling and future expansion and empty popes (large size hume popes/HDPE pipes)
should be laid before planting trees in order to accommodate additional infrastructure.
(2) Telecommunication cables should ideally be placed below the parking area or
service lane. Where this is not possible, the cables may be placed at the outer edge of the
right-of-way. Telecom boxes if required, should be placed after leaving 2m space for
pedestrian path (foot path).
(3) Final NOC for sub-division shall be granted after ensuing that an undertaking is
given by the Architect or Engineer or other Professional who is competent to submit
application for issue of NOC for sub-division under GLDBCR-2010 certifying that the
layout has all the Telecommunication cables to service provider in accordance with plan
of CTI.
(4) For any other necessary detailing of building components and service
installations with respect to common Telecom/Digital Connectivity Infrastructure
architects/engineers/planners/other professionals may be advised to refer the above said
Addendum to Model Building Bye-laws/Part 8 – Section 6: Information and
Communication Enabled Installations of Volume 2 of the National Building Code, 2016].
235
[15. Fire and life safety requirements.—
15.1.1. General Provisions:
Buildings specified in regulation 15.2.1 shall be planned, designed and constructed to
ensure adequate fire safety of the buildings, property and inhabitants and this shall be
carried out in accordance with the provisions of Part 4 of the National Building Code of
India, 2016 except clauses 3.2 and 3.4.4 thereof and any other provisions of the fire
safety made in these regulations. Fire Fighting requirement arrangement and installations
required in the building shall also be as per the provisions of the Part 4 of the National
Building Code of India, 2016. All the technical terms shall have the meaning as defined
in Part 4 of the National Building Code of India, 2016 except the terms which are defined
in these regulations.
15.1.2. Notwithstanding anything contained in regulation 4.2. (g) and 4.4.2 for
high rise buildings, the following provisions of means of access and open spaces
(setbacks) shall be ensured:
(a) The width of the main street on which the building abuts shall not be less than
10 meters;
(b) The approach to the building and open spaces on all its sides shall be not less
than 6 meters in width, the layout for the same shall be done to the satisfaction of the
Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services and the open space shall be of hard surface
capable of taking the mass of fire engine weighing up to 45 tonnes. A turning radius of
atleast 9 meters shall be provided for movement of fire service vehicles. The said open
235
Regulation 15 substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 116–

space shall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable, further no projections
shall be allowed in the said open spaces. In case of buildings with no side set backs or
setbacks with 1.5 meters or less, a clear height of atleast 5meters shall be maintained
below the bottom of lowest structural member and the open space as aforesaid shall be
made available through the building on all sides for movement of fire service vehicles.
(c) The main entrance of the plot shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to
the fire service vehicles and in no case it shall measure less than 6 meters. The
entrance gate shall fold back against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving
the exterior access way within the plot free for movement of fire service vehicle. If the
main entrance at the boundary wall is built over, the minimum clearance shall be 5
meters.
15.2. Requirement for Fire Dept Clearance:
15.2.1. The NOC from Director, Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services shall be
obtained by the Owner/Developer before applying for construction license to the local
authority and also before applying for occupancy certificate to local authority in case
of,—
(a) high rise buildings; and
(b) special building such as
(i) hotel, educational, institutional, business, mercantile, industrial, storage,
hazardous and mixed occupancies, where any of these buildings have floor
area more than 500 square meter on any one or more floors;
(ii) educational building having height of 9 meters or above;
(iii) institutional building having height of 9 meters or above;
(iv) assembly building;
(v) building, having area more than 300 square meter of incidental assembly
occupancy on any floor; and
(vi) building with two basements or more, or with one basement of area more
than 500 square meters.
15.2.2. Above buildings shall be as per Part 4 of the National Building Code of India,
2016.
15.2.3. Any alterations/modifications/renovation for floor area exceeding 500 square
meters for all high rise buildings shall also require No objection certificate from Director,
Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services (DFES) before applying for license to the
local authority.
15.3. Records, documents, application forms, fees, fire drills and appointment of fire
officer at the premises, if any, shall be as specified by the Directorate of Fire and
Emergency Services for issue of Clearance (NOC).
15.4. Classification of Buildings Based on Occupancy:
15.4.1. All buildings, whether existing or hereafter erected shall be classified according
to use or the character of occupancies in the following groups:
 – 117–

Group Occupancy
Group A Residential
Group B Educational
Group C Institutional
Group D Assembly
Group E Business
Group F Mercantile
Group G Industrial
Group H Storage
Group J Hazardous

15.4.2. The above classification of buildings is for the purpose of Fire and Life Safety
and the same is as per clause 3.1.1 of Part 4, of the National Building Code of India,
2016. The details of each occupancy and example of buildings in each group are as per
clause 3.1.2 to 3.1.10 and Mixed occupancy if any shall be as per clause 3.1.1.2 and
3.1.11 of Part 4 of the National Building Code of India, 2016.
15.5. Fire Resistance of various Types of Construction/Building Components:
The minimum fire resistance ratings of structural and non-structural members for
various types of construction shall be as specified inclause 3.3, of Part 4 of the National
Building Code of India, 2016 and to the satisfaction of the Directorate of Fire and
Emergency Services.
15.6. Glazing:
The glazing shall be in accordance with provisions contained in section 8 of Part 6 of
the National Building Code of India, 2016. The entire glazing assembly shall be rated to
the type of construction as given in Table I as specified in clause 3.4.1 of Part 4 of the
National Building Code of India, 2016. The use of glass shall not be permitted for
enclosures of exits and exit passageway.
15.7. Glass facade:
Glass facade shall be in accordance with clause 3.4.10.2 of Part 4 of the National
Building Code of India, 2016.
15.8. Occupant Load:
15.8.1. For determining the exits required, the number of persons within any floor area
or the occupant load shall be based on the actual number of occupants declared, but in no
case less than that specified in Table XXI. The occupant load of a mezzanine floor
discharging to a floor below shall be added to that floor occupancy and the capacity of the
exits shall be designed for the total occupancy load thus established.
15.8.2. The occupant load of each storey considered individually shall be required to
be used in computing the number of means of egress at each storey, provided that the
required number of means of egress is not decreased in the direction of egress travel.
 – 118–

15.8.3. The capacity of any open mezzanine/balcony shall be added to the capacity of
the floor below for the purpose of determining exit capacity.
15.8.4. The assembly occupancies and call centres shall be required to display, limiting
occupant load details positioned in a conspicuous place near the entrance of each of such
respective occupancy to avoid possible overcrowding and overloading to the satisfaction
of the Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services. The display shall preferably be
engraved on a metal plate of not less than 300 mm X 200 mm, with letters of height and
width not less than 50 mm, with detail of occupancy, area and occupancy load (see
Sketch No. 10.).

TABLE-XXI
Occupant Load
Sr. No. Group of Occupancy Occupant Load Factor
(m2/person) (See Note 1)
1 Group A: Residential 12.50
2 Group B: Educational 4.00
3 Group C: Institutional (see Note 2)
a) Indoor patients area 15.00
b) Outdoor patients area 10.00
4 Group D: Assembly:
a) Concentrated use without fixed seating 0.65
b) Less Concentrated use without fixed seating 1.40
(see Note 3)
c) Fixed Seating See Note 4
d) Dining areas and restaurants with seating 1.80
and table
5 Group E: Business 10.00
6 Group F: Mercantile
a) Street floor and sales basement 3.00
b) Upper sale floors 6.00
c) Storage/warehouse and the like 20.00
6 Group G: Industrial 10.00
7 Group H: Storage (see Note 5) 30.00
8 Group J: Hazardous 10.00
Notes:
(1) Gross area shall be the area of the floor within the inside perimeter of the outside walls of the
floor of the building under consideration with no deductions for corridors and passage-ways,
stairs, closets, thickness of interior walls, columns, lifts and building shafts or other features.
However the proponent may consider the area including the outside wall thickness, if he so
desires. All factors expressed are in gross area unless marked net.
(2) Occupant load in dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages, insane asylums, etc,
where sleeping accommodation is provided, shall be calculated at not less than 7.5 m2 gross
floor area per person.
(3) These shall include gymnasium, table tennis room, billiard room and other gaming rooms,
library, swimming pool and like.
(4) In case of assembly occupancy having fixed seats, the occupant load shall be determined by
multiplying the number of seats by 1.2.
 – 119–

(5) Car parking areas under occupancy other than storage shall also be 30 square meter per
person.

15.9. Exit Requirements:

15.9.1. Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with exits
sufficient to permit safe escape of occupant, in case of fire or other emergency as per
clauses 4.2 to 4.4.2.5 of Part 4 of the National Building Code of India, 2016/this part of
regulations.
15.9.2. General Requirements:
The following general requirements shall apply to exits.—
(a) Unless otherwise specified, lifts, escalators, moving walks and revolving
doors shall not be considered as exits and shall not constitute any part of the required
exit.
(b) Every exit, exit passageway and exit discharge shall be continuously maintained
free of all obstructions or impediments to full use in the case of fire or other
emergency.
(c) Every building having human occupancy shall be provided with exits sufficient
to permit safe egress of occupants in case of fire or other emergency.
(d) In every building or structure, exits shall comply with the minimum
requirements of this Part of regulations, except those not accessible for general public
use.
(e) No building shall be so altered as to reduce the number, width or protection of
exits to less than that required.
(f) For non-naturally ventilated areas, fire doors with 120 minutes fire resistance
rating shall be provided and particularly at the entrance to lift lobby and stair well
where a ‗funnel or flue effect‘ may be created, inducing an upward spread of fire, to
prevent spread of fire and smoke.
(g) Exits shall be so arranged that they may be reached without passing through
another occupied unit/passage in others control, if they pose challenge or restriction in
means of egress.
(h) Doors in exits shall open in the direction of exit. In case of Group D Assembly
Buildings and Group C Institutional Buildings (Sub division C-1 Hospitals and
Sanatoria), exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stair and all such
entries to the stair shall be through a landing, so that such doors do not impede
movement of people descending from a higher floor when fully opened (see Sketch
No. 8A).While for other occupancies, such doors shall not reduce the pathway in the
landing by more than half the width of such staircase (see Sketch No. 8B). Overhead
or sliding doors shall not be installed.
(i) At least half of the required exit stairs from upper floors (rounded to the next
higher number) shall discharge directly to the exterior or through exit passageways.
 – 120–

(j) Unless otherwise specified, all the exits and exit passageways to exit discharge
shall have a clear ceiling height of at least 2.4 meter. However, the height of exit door
shall be at least 2.0 meter (see Sketch No. 9.)
(k) Where changes in elevation of more than 300 mm are encountered in the exits,
ramps or sloped surfaces shall be used with handrails and floor finish materials that
contrast with the adjacent finish materials.
(l) The capacity of the means of egress required from any storey of the building
shall not be reduced along the path of egress travel until arrival to the exit discharge.
(m) The lifts, escalators, moving walks, turnstiles and revolving doors shall not be
considered in determining the required capacity of means of egress for the individual
floors or the building.
(n) Turnstiles or similar devices that restrict travel to one direction or that are used
to restrict unauthorized entry shall not be so placed as to obstruct any required means
of egress. Alternative door openings of required exit width shall be available within 3
meter of such devices, if installed.
(o) Suitable means shall be provided so that all access controlled exit doors,
turnstiles, boom barriers and other such exits shall automatically operate to open mode
during emergencies like fire, smoke, acts of terrorism, etc., so that people can safely
and quickly egress into safe areas outside. If required, a master controlling device may
be installed at a strategic location to achieve this.
(p) Penetrations into and openings through an exit are prohibited except those
necessary like for the fire protection piping, ducts for pressurization and similar life
safety services. Such openings as well as vertical passage of shaft through floors shall
be protected by passive systems.
(q) Walking surfaces in exit access shall comply with the following requirements for
smooth exit:
(i) Walking surfaces shall be nominally levelled.
(ii) The slope of walking surface in the direction of travel shall not exceed 1 in
20 unless the ramp requirements are met.
(iii) Slope perpendicular to the direction of travel shall not exceed 1 in 48.
(iv) Walking surfaces shall be slip resistant along the entire path of travel.
15.9.3. Number of Exits: The minimum required number of exits in a building shall be
determined based on occupant load (see Table XXI as specified in regulation 15.8.1) and
width required per person (see Table XXII as specified in regulation 15.9.5) as
appropriate to the type of exit for respective occupancies, subject to complying with
maximum travel distance requirement (see Table XXIII as specified in regulation 15.9.6).
15.9.4. Arrangement of Exits:—
(a) Exits shall be so located that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed the
distance given in Table XXIII as specified in regulation 15.9.6.
 – 121–

(b) Travel distance shall be measured from the most remote point within a storey or a
mezzanine floor along the natural and un-obstructed path of horizontal or vertical
egress travel to the door to an exit.
(c) The dead end corridor length in exit access shall not exceed 6 meters for
educational, institutional and assembly occupancies. For other occupancies, the
same shall be 15 meter (see Sketch No. 11.).
(d) Exits shall be placed as remote from each other as possible and shall be arranged
to provide direct access in separate directions from any point in the area served.
15.9.5 Capacity of Exits:
(a) Exit capacity is the number of people that can pass through a stairway, level
components (door and corridor) and ramps. The total capacity of all the
respective means of egress serving a floor shall be sufficient to allow egress of
the entire population of the floor.
(b) The unit of exit width, used to measure the capacity if any exit, shall be 500 mm.
A clear width of 250 mm shall be counted as an additional half unit. Clear width
less than 250 mm shall not be counted for exit width.
(c) Width per person for stairways, level components and ramps shall be determined
using the capacity factors in accordance with Table XXII.
Note: If an exit doorway measures 1,000 mm in clear width, it would be defined as providing
exit capacity for 1,000/6.5 occupants, that is, 153 persons (say 150 persons) and number of such
exit doorways can then be calculated depending on the occupant load.
TABLE-XXII
Capacity Factors
Sr. No. Occupancy Group Width per Person mm
Stairways Level Components and Ramps
1 Residential (Group A) 10 6.5
2 Educational (Group B)
3 Institutional (Group C) 15 13
4 Assembly (Group D)
5 Business (Group E)
6 Mercantile (Group F) 10 6.5
7 Industrial (Group G)
8 Storage (Group H)
9 Hazardous (Group J) 18 10
(d) When calculating stairways, level components and ramps and other exit means,
the capacity of the entire system shall have to be based upon the minimum
capacity available from any part of the system. The corridor, if so provided shall
also to be planned with consideration of exit access adequacy for the number of
occupants. Further, the situation of doors opening to an exit stairway shall be
considered. If the stairway provides an exit capacity of 150 persons, and the
doors leading into the stairway provide an exit capacity of 153 persons, the
overall exit system would be considered to provide the minimum exit capacity of
 – 122–

only 150 persons afforded by the stairway. The exit planning will be limited by
the most restrictive exit calculation under the means of egress.
(e) In the procedures for determining required egress capacity, the number of
required means of egress is based on a floor-by-floor consideration, rather than
the accumulation of the occupancy loads of all the floors. However, the number
of means of egress cannot decrease as an occupant proceeds along the egress
path.
15.9.6 Types of Exit access and exits: Various types of exit access and exits are
doorways, corridors and passageways, horizontal exits, internal staircases, exit
passageways, external staircases and ramps.
TABLE-XXIII
Travel Distance (Based on Occupancy and Construction Type)
Sl. No. Occupancy Group Maximum Travel Distance (m)
Types 1 and 2 Types 3 and 4
1 Residential (Group A) 30.00 22.50
2 Educational (Group B) 30.00 22.50
3 Institutional (Group C) 30.00 22.50
4 Assembly (Group D) 30.00 30.00
5 Business (Group E) 30.00 30.00
6 Mercantile (Group F) 30.00 30.00
7 Industrial (Group G)
G-1, G-2 45.00
G-3 22.50
See Note c
8 Storage (Group H) 30.00
9 Hazardous (Group J) 22.50

Notes: (a) For fully sprinklered building, the travel distance may be increased by 50 percent of
the values specified.
(b) Ramp shall not be counted as an exit in case of basements below the first basement in car
parking.
(c) Construction of Type 3 or Type 4 is not permitted.
15.9.7. Doorways:
(a) Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway or a horizontal exit of a
corridor or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress (see Sketch
No. 12. on unaccepted arrangement of doors in a stair).
(b) No exit doorway shall be less than 1,000 mm in width except assembly buildings,
where door width shall be not less than 2,000 mm (see Sketch No. 13.). Doorways shall
not be less than 2,000 mm in height (Doorway for bathroom, water closet etc. shall not be
less than 750mm in width. However in case of disabled friendly, the door widths in case
of toilets shall be as specified in Rights of Persons with Disabilities Rules, 2017 as
amended from time to time, and for other uses they shall be 1000mm or as per Rights of
persons with Disabilities Rules, 2017 whichever is higher).
 – 123–

(c) Exit doorways shall be operable from the side which they serve, without the use of
a key.
(d) Mirrors shall not be placed on exit doors and in exits to avoid confusion regarding
the direction of exit.
(e) Revolving doors can be accepted as a component in a means of egress where the
following requirements are fully complied with, namely:—
(i) Doors shall be capable of collapsing to a book fold position with parallel egress
paths, of width not less than 1,000 mm.
(ii) Doors shall not be located within 3 meters of the foot or top of stairs or
escalators. A dispersal area shall be provided between the stairs or escalators and the
doors.
(iii) Each revolving door shall be provided with a hinged door in the same wall
within 3 meters thereof, with same exiting capacity.
(iv) Each revolving door shall be considered as capable of exiting only 50 persons.
(f) All fire rated doors and assembly shall be provided with certificate and labels
prominently indicating the manufacturer‘s identification, door details covering door type,
serial/batch number, month and year of manufacture, fire resistance rating, etc. The doors
and assembly shall be certified with all prescribed hardware such as hinges, locks, panic
bars, door closer and door viewers.
(g) Access controlled doors – Access controlled doors and electromagnetic doors shall
meet the following requirements, namely:—
(i) Doors shall have fire rating as per the requirements at the location of installation.
(ii) Activation of the building automatic sprinkler or fire detection system, if
provided, shall automatically unlock the doors in the direction of egress, and the doors
shall remain unlocked until the automatic sprinkler system or fire-alarm system has
been manually reset.
(iii) Loss of power to the part of the access control system that locks the doors shall
automatically unlock the doors in the direction of egress.
(iv) A manual release device shall be provided in the readily accessible vicinity of
the egress door with a signage ‗PUSH TO EXIT‘ and when the same is operated, it
shall result in direct interruption of power to the lock, independent of the access
control system electronics.
(h) Turnstiles – Turnstiles or similar devices that restrict travel to one direction or are
used to collect fares or admission charges shall not be placed so as to obstruct any
required means of egress unless door openings of required width are available within 3
meters thereof and they shall be disengaged through automatic or manual intervention to
allow egress in the direction of exit.
(i) Doors in folding partition shall not be treated as approved means of egress.
15.9.8 Corridors and passage ways:—
(a) Corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the calculated aggregate
width of exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel to the exit (see table
XXII and table XXIII as specified in regulation 15.9.5 and 15.9.6 respectively.)
 – 124–

(b) In the case of buildings where there is a central corridor, which is part of exit
access, the doors of rooms (except for rooms having assembly occupancy) shall open
inwards to permit smooth flow of traffic in the corridor.
15.9.9. Staircases:
(I) General:
(A) The requirements of number of staircases shall supplement the requirement of
different occupancies as per clause 6.1 to 6.9 of Part 4 of the National Building Code of
India, 2016.
(B) All buildings, as specified in regulation 15.2.1 shall have a minimum of two
staircases. The actual number of staircases shall comply with the requirement of 15.9.3.
(C) All exit staircases shall discharge, at the level of exit discharge, to the exit
discharge, either,—
(i) directly, or
(ii) through an exit passageway, or
(iii) through a large lobby.
(D) At least 50 percent of the staircases shall discharge as per (i) and/or (ii) above.
(E) The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 250 mm for staircase of
residential buildings. This shall be minimum 300 mm for assembly, hotels, educational,
institutional, business and other buildings. The treads shall be constructed and
maintained in a manner to prevent slipping. The maximum height of riser shall be 150
mm.
(F) The number of risers shall be limited to 12 per flight. The staircases may be
internal staircases or external staircases.
(G) Only enclosed staircase including its door of required fire resistance and rating
shall be considered for the purpose of this part of regulations (and shall have details as
per regulation 15.9.7 (f).
(II) Internal Staircases:
The internal staircases may be constructed with an external wall, or otherwise, and
shall comply with the following requirements, namely:-
(a) Internal stairs shall be constructed of non-combustible materials throughout, and
shall have fire resistant rating of minimum 120 minutes.
(b) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.
(c) Exits shall not be used as a portion of a supply, return or exhaust air system
serving adjoining areas. Any opening(s) shall not be permitted in walls or in doors,
separating exits from adjoining areas.
(d) No flue chimney, electromechanical equipment, air conditioning units, gas
piping or electrical panels shall be allowed in the stairway.
(e) Notwithstanding the detailed provision for exits in accordance with Regulations
15.8 and 15.9. The following minimum width shall be provided for staircases for
respective occupancies:
(i) Residential (A-2): 1.00 meters
 – 125–

(ii) Residential (A-1, A-3 and A-4): 1.25 meters

(iii) Residential Hotel (A-5 and A-6): 1.50 meters
(iv) Assembly : 2.00 meters
Note:– The width of stairs may be accepted to be 1.50 meter in case of assembly occupancy
having less than 150 persons.
(v) Educational : 1.50 meters
(vi) Institutional : 2.00 meters
(vii) All other occupancies : 1.50 meters.
(f) A handrail shall be provided on one side of the staircase of width less than 1,500
mm, and on both sides of the staircase of width 1,500 mm and more. The projection of
handrail(s) in the staircase width shall not be more than 115 mm.
(g) Handrails may project inside the measured width by not more than 90 mm.
(h) The design of staircase shall also take into account,—
(i) The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase and
under the staircase shall be 2.2 meters.
(ii) Access to exit staircase shall be through a fire door of a minimum 120
minutes fire resistance rating.
(iii) Openings if any shall have a fire rating of atleast 120minutes. The
staircase shall be pressurized/Naturally ventilated or cross ventilated as per
provisions of Table 6 of clause 4.4.2.5. of Part 4 of the National Building Code of
India, 2016. For buildings having height more than 30 meters they shall have
cross ventilation (through opposite/adjacent walls or the same shall be ventilated
through the corridor) or pressurized.
(iv) No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into staircase.
(v) The exit (including staircases) shall be continuous from refuge floors or
terrace level, as applicable, to the level of exit discharge.
(vi) No electrical shafts/air conditioning ducts or gas pipes, etc, shall pass
through or open in the staircases.
(vii) Lifts shall not open in staircase.
(viii) No combustible material shall be used for decoration/wall paneling in the
staircase.
(ix) Beams/columns and other building features shall not reduce the head
room/width of the staircase.
(x) The floor indication board, indicating the location/designated number of
staircase, respective floor number and direction to exit discharge shall be placed
inside the staircase, on the wall nearest to the fire door. It shall be of size not less
than 300 mm x 200 mm (see Sketch No. 14.).
 – 126–

(xi) Individual floors shall be prominently indicated on the wall outside the
staircase and facing it.
(xii) All staircases shall terminate at the level of exit discharge. The access to
the basement shall be by a separate staircase. However, in case of separation of
stairs leading from ground (exit discharge) to the upper floors and stairs leading
to the basement by fire protection wall and both the stair flights are accessible by
separate entries, then access to the basement need not be by a separate staircase.
(xiii) Scissors type staircases shall not be treated as part of exit.
(III) Curved Stairs:
Curved stairs shall not be treated as part means of egress. However, these may be used
as part of exit access provided the depth of tread is not less than 280 mm at a point 350
mm from the narrower end of the tread and the smallest radius is not less than twice the
stair width.
(IV) External Staircases:
The external staircases are the staircases provided on the external wall/façade, which
shall comply with the following requirements, namely:—
(a) External stairs shall always be kept in sound and usable condition.
(b) All external stairs shall be directly connected to the ground.
(c) Entrance to the external stairs shall be separate and remote from the internal
staircase.
(d) Where an external staircase is provided, it shall be ensured that the use of it at the
time of fire is not prejudiced by smoke and flame from openings (for example,
windows, doors) in the external face of the building. Care shall be taken to ensure
that no external wall or window opening opens on to or close to an external stair. If
such openings exists within 3 meters from an external staircase, they shall be
protected with fire rated doors/window assemblies with rating of at least 60 minutes.
(e) The external stairs shall be constructed of non-combustible materials, and any
doorway leading to it shall have minimum 120 minutes fire resistance.
(f) The light and ventilation for the staircase shall be provided from an external wall
by providing openings of not less than 1/10th of the area of the staircase and such
openings shall be provided at each landing stage. The openings shall have a fire
rating of atleast 120 minutes.
(g) No external staircase flight of steps shall be inclined at an angle greater than 45
degrees from the horizontal.
(h) External stairs shall have straight flight not less than 1,500 mm wide.
 – 127–

(i) Handrails, to be provided on both sides, shall be of a height not less than 1,000
mm and not exceeding 1,200 mm. There shall be provisions of balusters with
maximum gap of 150 mm.
(V) Spiral Stairs:
The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building not
exceeding 9 m in height. A spiral staircase shall be not less than 1,500 mm in diameter
and shall be designated to give adequate headroom.
15.9.10. Ramps.— (a) In addition to the provisions contained in clause 6 of Part 4 of
the National Building Code of India, 2016, ramps shall comply with all the applicable
requirements for staircases regarding enclosure, capacity (see Table XXII as specified in
regulation 15.9.5) and limiting dimensions.
(b) The slope of a ramp shall not exceed 1 in 12 (8 percent).
(c) Ramps shall be surfaced with approved slip resistant materials that are securely
attached. No perforations are permissible on the ramp floors.
(d) Any changes in travel direction in ramp shall be preceded by landings of 1.5 meters
x 1.5 meters size.
(e) Ramps and intermediate landings shall continue with no decrease in width along
the direction of egress travel.
(f) Outside ramps and landings shall be designed to minimize water accumulation on
their surfaces.
(g) Ramps shall have landings located at the top, at the bottom, and at doors opening
onto the ramp.
(h) Every landing shall be not less than 1,500 mm long in the direction of travel.
(i) Where the ramp is not part of an accessible route, the ramp landings shall not be
required to exceed 1,250 mm in the direction of travel, provided that the ramp has a
straight run.
(j) Handrails shall be provided on all ramps on both sides [see regulation 15.9.9 (IV)
(i)].
(k) The Minimum width of vehicular ramp to basement shall be 3.60m wide, atleast
two ramps shall be provided, located preferably at opposite ends and the maximum
gradient of vehicular ramp shall be 1 in 8 (12.5%).
Note: Above requirements at (a) to (j) shall not be applicable to basement car parking ramps.
15.10. Fixed Fire Fighting Installations.—These shall be provided in all buildings
depending upon the occupancy use and height in accordance with the provisions of clause
5 of Part 4 of the National Building Code of India, 2016.
15.11. Miscellaneous.—Wherever applicable, Lightning protection of buildings,
Compartmentation, Smoke Control, and Additional Occupancy Wise Requirements shall
be as per clause 3.4.6.5, 4.5, 4.6 and 6 of Part 4 of the National Building Code of India,
2016. Fire Requirements for Basement and Building Services shall be as per Annexure-
III, 27.III. Lightning Protection shall be required for buildings specified in regulation
 – 128–

15.2.1 and also for buildings having Ground or Stilt + 2 floors or more, or for buildings
having height 9 meters and above when measured from adjoining Ground. Lightning
protection of building shall be installed to the satisfaction of the Electricity Department.].
236
[16. Facilities for the Persons with Disabilities and elderly persons.—
16.1. All buildings and recreational spaces including beaches under the occupancies
listed below at (i) to (vii) which have access to the public, shall be provided with facilities
for persons with disabilities and elderly persons.
(i) Assembly Building.
(ii) Business/commercial/office building/mercantile building.
(iii) Educational buildings.
(iv) Industrial buildings (Arrangement for employees with disabilities are directly
related to the type of work they perform. Arrangement for persons with
disabilities need not be considered in heavy manufacturing Industry.
Arrangement for all persons with disabilities should be incorporated into the
design of new light manufacturing factories where persons with disabilities may
be employed).
(v) Institutional buildings.
(vi) Residential buildings with 24 dwelling units and more or having 2,000 sq. mts. of
built up area and more, at least 20% of the number of units shall comply with the
space standards and facilities as per the Harmonised Guidelines and Space
Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Persons with Disability and
Elderly Persons.
(vii) Recreational (Playground, parks, gardens and beaches).
16.2. The above occupancies shall provide the following facilities, namely:—
(1) Every such building shall have easy access to the main entrance through a
ramp with railing on both the sides as specified in clause (3).
(2) Every such building shall have a lift or separate approach through a ramp
intended for persons with disabilities to each floor, provided that, the entrance door
width for such lift shall not be less than 90 cm and its minimum size should be 1500
mm wide by 1500 mm deep; wherever possible 13 passenger lift to be provided, which
allows easy maneuverability of wheel chair user, also the lift should have Braille
marking on buttons inside and outside on the panels. It should have audio
announcement, the lift should have railing on all three sides. In case lifts are provided
with touch screen panel, there should be additional panel with physical button having
Braille marking.

(3) The maximum gradient of any ramp approach intended for the persons with
disabilities shall not exceed 1 in 12 (for details refer clause 7.2.2 of Harmonised

236
Regulation 16 substituted by Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 129–

Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Persons with
Disability and Elderly Persons) and shall be finished with non-slippery material. The
minimum clear width of ramp shall be 120 cm. and provided with handrails on both
sides at 80 cm. height. The slope of all such ramps shall be constant within a building
as far as possible. The ramp also should carry tactile tiles as prescribed in the said
Harmonised guidelines.
(4) Entrance Landing: Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the
minimum dimension 1800mm x 2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the top
end of a slope shall be provided with floor materials to attract the attention of visually
impaired person‘s (limited to coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is
conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or the material that
emits different sound to guide visually impaired persons. Finishes shall have a non-
slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Kerbs wherever provided
should blend to a common level.
(5) Corridor connecting the entrance/exit for persons with disabilities: The corridor
connecting the entrance/exit for persons with disabilities leading directly outdoors to a
place where information concerning the overall use of the specified building can be
provided to visually impaired persons either by a person or by signs, shall be provided
as follows:
(a) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or device that emits sound to guide
visually impaired persons should be installed.
(b) The minimum width shall be 1500mm.
(c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with
maximum slope of 1:12.
(d) Handrails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways on both the sides of stair-
ways.
(6) Stair-ways: One of the stair-ways – near the entrance/exit for the persons with
disabilities shall have the following provisions:
(a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm.
(b) Height of the riser shall not be more than 150 mm and width of the tread
300mm. The steps shall not have abrupt (square) nosing.
(c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.
(d) Handrails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend 300 mm on the top
and bottom of each flight of steps.

(7) Toilets General:

(7) (a) In all public buildings, one unisex accessible toilet should be provided in
each toilet block in each floor. Apart from this all toilet blocks must have one
cubicle suitable for use by persons with ambulatory disabilities.
 – 130–

Note: (1) For small office buildings where the floor area limits the provision of accessible
washrooms/toilets on each floor, one unisex accessible washroom on ground level shall be
provided to serve the entire building. The unisex accessible washroom/toilet should be
located adjacent to an accessible elevator.
Note: (2) Where an office building is sub-divided among various tenants, unisex accessible
washroom/toilet should be provided on each floor.
(7) (b) The unisex toilet should have:-
(i) The minimum size shall be 2200mm x 2000mm.
(ii) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall open
outward or have two way opening door or a sliding type with a
sliding/horizontal pull bar at least 600mm long.
(iii) The layout of the fixtures in the toilet should be such that there is a clear
maneuvering space of 1800mm x 1800mm in front of water closet and wash
basin in the accessible toilet unit.
(iv) Centre of WC shall be located at a distance of 460mm to 480mm from the
adjacent wall.
(v) There should be an adequate clear floor space of atleast 1350mm depth and
900mm width both in front and on the transfer side, adjacent to water closet.
(vi) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with atleast 50mm
clearance from wall shall be made in toilet.
(vii) The top of WC seat shall be 450-480mm from the floor.
(viii) At least one sink (washbasin) in each floor shall have a knee room of 70
cms high under the sink and
(ix) Locks if any, of such toilet doors shall be of a type that can be opened from
outside in case of emergency.
(7) (c) One special W.C. at each floor in a set of toilets shall be provided for the
use of persons with disabilities with essential provision of washbasin near the
entrance for the persons with disabilities.
(i) The minimum size shall be 900 x 2000 mm.
(ii) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall open
outward or have two way opening door or a sliding type with a sliding/
/horizontal pull bar at least 600mm long.
(iii) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with minimum 50mm
clearance from wall shall be made in the toilet.
(iv) The top of W.C. seat shall be 450-480mm from the floor.
 – 131–

(v) At least one sink (washbasin) in each floor shall have a knee room of 70 cms
high under the sink and 900mm width both in front and on the transfer side,
adjacent to water closet.
(vi) Locks if any, of such toilet doors shall be of a type that can be opened from
outside in case of emergency.
(8) Parking facilities:
(a) Two accessible parking lot should be provided for every 25 car parking
spaces or part thereof exclusively for persons with disabilities with maximum
travel distance of 30 meters from the building entrance.
(b) The width of such parking bay shall be minimum of 3.6 meters.
Specific sign boards should be available for notifying reserve parking for
persons with disabilities in all building structures/recreational spaces
specified in regulation 16.1.
(9) Walks and paths:
(a) Walks shall be smooth with hard level surface suitable for walking and
wheeling. Avoid grates and manholes in walks. If grates cannot be avoided,
then bearing bar shall be perpendicular to the travel path and opening
between bars shall not be greater than 12 mm. in width.
(b) The walkway shall not cross vehicular traffic.
(10) Other Special Treatments:
(a) All obstructions and projections up to a minimum of 2.1 metre height from
the finished floor level shall be avoided.
(b) Recoil doors shall be avoided, wherever there is access to the general public.
(c) Appropriate signages shall be provided at salient locations for facilitating the
persons with disabilities. Graphical and simple, prominent signage as per
standard requirements of colour and contrast should be provided.
(d) In the buildings meant for the predominant use of the children, it will be
necessary to suitably alter the height of the handrail and other fittings and
fixture etc.
Note: Whatever not specifically specified in these regulations shall be as per Harmonised
Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Environment for Persons with Disability
and Elderly Persons as issued by the Government of India and as amended from time to
time.].
17. Control on erection of hoardings along on roads/on roof of Buildings.—
17.1. Every person/persons who desire to erect an advertisement sign/hoarding shall
necessarily obtain permission from concerned Corporation/Municipal Council/
/Village Panchayat. Application for such permission shall be subject to these
Regulations along with the NOC from the plot owner/building owner where such
hoarding is to be erected.
 – 132–

17.2. Every hoarding shall be designed so as to withstand the wind, dead, seismic and
other loads.
17.3. Sizes of hoardings along various roads shall be governed by the following
TABLE-XXIV.
TABLE-XXIII
Set back from the
Road (Right of Way) Maximum Vertical size Maximum Horizontal
R/W line in
in meters of hoarding in meters size of hoarding
meters
More than 50 mts. 5.00 15.00 10.00

From 20 to 50 3.00 12.00 5.00

From 10 to 20 2.50 10.00 3.00

17.4. No hoarding shall be erected beyond the height of 10.00 mts. above the ground.
The lower side or the bottom of the hoarding shall be at a height of not less than
3.00 mts. from the highest point on the surface of ground below.

17.5. No hoarding shall be permitted on roads less than 10.00 meters.

17.6. No hoarding shall be permitted, within a distance of 100 mts. from the
intersection of the roads, this distance being measured from the intersection
obtained by joining two points on the adjacent edges of the Right of way of the
roads.

(Refer Sketch No. 5 at Chapter 28)

No hoarding shall be erected on road on a curve/bend of less than 135 degrees up

to 100 meters stretch of road on either side of the bend.

17.7 Any hoarding, containing the words ―STOP‖, ―LOOK‖, ―DANGER‖ or other
similar words that might mislead or confuse the traveller or which is likely to be
confused with an authorized traffic sign or signal shall not be permitted, unless
specifically authorized by concerned authorities.

17.8 Hoarding on roof –

(a) The size of hoarding on roof shall be 1.00 mts. x 2.50 mts. subject to
maximum of 2.50 mts. x 10.00 mts.
(b) No hoarding on roof shall project beyond the existing building line of the
building on which it is erected.
17.9. The applicant shall be required to obtain other permissions that may be required
from relevant authorities, as may be applicable.
17.10 The minimum distance between clusters of hoardings shall be 200.00 meters
however the minimum distance between two hoardings shall not be less than 5.00
meters and not more than five hoardings shall be permitted in a cluster.
 – 133–

Note : In Corporation/Municipal areas a separate set of guide lines for hoardings on buildings,
roads, waterfronts, traffic intersections needs to be developed in consultation with the
Conservation Committee constituted under these regulations.

18. Landscaping of open spaces/tree plantation along roads and in developed

plots.
18.1 The development in any plot of land shall be such as to preserve, as far as
practicable, existing trees. Where trees are required to be felled, two trees shall be
planted for every tree felled.
18.2 Every plot of land shall have at least one tree for every 100 m2 or part thereof, of
the plot area. Where the number of existing trees in the plot is less than the above
prescribed standards, additional trees shall be planted.
237
18.3 [For plots exceeding 4000 m2 in area taken up for development, the sub-
division regulations provide for reservation of 15% area of the plots as open
space. Landscaping of such open space along with avenue plantation along all the
sub division roads shall be taken up by the developer and such open space and
roads may be transferred to the local authority for maintenance. However, the
purchasers of the plots/premises shall be entitled to free access and use of the
open space.]
18.4 For plots taken up for development below 4000 m2 in area sub-division
regulations do not provide reservation of any open space. However avenue
plantation along the sub-division roads will be taken up by the developer and
hand over to the local authority the open space and the roads for maintenance.
18.5 For individual plots in a sub-division or otherwise when taken for development, a
minimum of 15% of the plot area is reserved for landscaping with plantation of
trees/palms/shrubs/ground covers/lawn/creepers/climbers etc., after meeting the
requirements of building coverage, parking areas, area for vehicular circulation/
/pedestrian access, services like septic tank with soak pit water sump, garbage
bins/compost pits transformer on poles rain water harvesting tanks/trenches/
/reservoirs etc.
19. Disaster management.
The Ministry of Urban Development and Poverty Alleviation has decided that those
States which are prone to occurrence of earthquakes and cyclones and specially fall
under Seismic Zones III, IV and V, should make suitable amendments/
/modifications/additions for improving safety aspects of buildings.
Goa is considered to fall in Seismic Zone II and III. Accordingly, buildings to be
constructed in future should incorporate the provisions of Indian Standards and
Guidelines for quake resistant technologies, as far as possible no buildings
structures shall be permitted in flood prone areas, landslide prone areas or other non
developable areas as identified in the State Disaster Management Plan and any other
Plans prepared by the Goa State Disaster Management Authority under its Act.

237
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 134–

20. Registration of 238[Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape

Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)].
20.1. Every 239[Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban
Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] to be able to sign plans and
documents related to the development permission/building permission shall be
required to be registered with the Registering Authority under the provisions of
these Regulations. 240[However, no registration shall be required for Structural
Engineers, Engineers and other professionals employed with Government
Departments and undertakings having the required qualification as per these
regulations in case of land development and building construction by the
Government, Government owned corporations, autonomous bodies and local
bodies.]
20.2. All 241[ ] Engineers/Town Planners presently authorized to sign shall also be
required to register again with the Registering Authority for the purpose of these
Regulations.
20.3. The qualifications for registration for 242[Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town
Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer Diploma/Supervisor/
(Civil)] shall be as given in the respective definition.
20.4. The Town and Country Planning Department shall be the Registering Authority
and shall register 243[Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape
Architect/Urban Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] for the purpose of
these Regulations. The application for registration shall be as per Appendix-A7.
Registration shall be valid for the period of five years and shall be renewable after
every five years.
20.5. A registration shall be liable to be revoked temporarily or permanently if the
registered person is found guilty of negligence or default in discharge of his
responsibilities and duties or of any breach of any of these Regulations:
Provided that he shall be given a show cause notice and afforded reasonable
opportunity of being heard by the Registering Authority for the purpose of these
Regulations.
20.6. Every 244[Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban
Designer/Engineer-Diploma/Supervisor (Civil)] seeking registration, shall submit
the application to the Chief Town Planner, TCPD, Government of Goa, who, after
scrutiny and on payment of 245[specified fees] shall register and allot a registration
number.
A Registration Certificate shall also be issued to the applicant as per Appendix-A8.
238
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
239
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
240
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
241
Omitted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
242
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
243
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
244
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
245
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 135–

20.7. The registration granted may be renewed on making an application as per

prescribed format in Appendix-A7 to the Chief Town Planner and paying the
246
[specified] fees.
20.8. The processing fees to be charged for registration as well as renewal, shall be fixed
by the Government.
247
[20.9. Notary Architect or Engineer empanelled, shall be registered by the designated
Chief Town Planner to issue Third Party Certification towards issuance of
Technical Clearance/Development Permission/Completion Order by the Town and
Country Planning Department/PDA, as the case may be, as per rules specified in
Annexure-X, 27.X.]
248
[Note: Architects at the time of submission of certificate of conformity with
regulations in Appendix–B2 should mention their Council of Architecture
registration number. Further, they shall also give a declaration in the Certificate of
conformity with Regulation Appendix-B2 that they are holding valid registration
with the Council of Architecture as per the provisions of the Architects Act, 1972
(Central Act No. 20 of 1972).]
21. Miscellaneous provisions.
21.1. Continuance of Non-Conforming Use:
In order to allow the continuance of non-conforming use, following regulations
read with section 42 of the Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974 (Goa Act
21 of 1975) shall apply:-

(a) Every person seeking to continue the non-conforming land use shall make an
application to PDA/TCPD/Local Authority in the form prescribed under these
regulations as per Appendix-A1-PDA/TCP.

(b) The PDA/TCPD/Local Authority may, on receipt of such an application, and

subject to the provisions of the Act, permit the continuance of the non-
conforming use for such time and such extent, provided that such continuance
will not cause any inconvenience or nuisance to the surrounding area.

(c) The PDA/TCPD/Local Authority shall charge a fee at the annual rate to per sq.
mt. as may be prescribed from time to time for continuation of non-confirming
uses.
21.2. Validity of Regulations/Approvals/Renewals:
In cases, where development permissions for sub-division of land or construction
of buildings have already been approved by a Competent Authority and
development has been completed or part completed in pursuance of such approval,
final approval or Completion Order or Occupancy Certificate shall be granted
based on the regulations on which the approval was granted, even though a
246
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
247
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
248
Added vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 136–

subsequent change is brought about because of new regulations, up to a period of

six years249[unless such permission is extended for a further period of maximum
six years on submission of a written request therefore giving appropriate grounds
for the same within the period of the validity of the licence.]
22. Relaxations and saving provisions.
22.1. Relaxation for Housing Development for Economically Weaker Section:
In case of development for Economically Weaker section, for sub-division as well
as building construction, by the Local Authorities, State or Central Govt.
Departments, Housing Board, Planning and Development Authorities or any
Private Developer, the Competent Authority may, for reasons to be recorded in
writing, relax the regulations to the extent that the minimum size of the plot may
be relaxed to 60 m2 and maximum coverage may be relaxed up to 60%.
22.2. Relaxation for additions/alterations to existing non-high rise buildings:
In case of applications for additions/alterations to non high rise buildings only, if
on considering the merits of the case, it becomes evident that the applicant may
face hardships in complying with the Regulations, as the applicant has already
completed/part completed the development prior to the coming into force of these
Regulations, the Competent Authority may, for reasons to be recorded in writing,
relax or waive any of the above Regulations except those regarding F.A.R. and
projections within setback lines.
22.3. Relaxation in case of existing Coverage 60% and above:
Relaxation as regards coverage in case the plot is already built upon or having an
existing structure before coming into force of these regulations, and the area
covered by such existing building/buildings having 60% or above coverage, the
coverage of the proposed building (or the composite coverage of the proposed and
existing building) may be relaxed up to 10%, over and above the coverage
permitted.
250
[22.4. Relaxation in case of Industrial Buildings and Buildings constructed by
Government:
(a) In case of Industrial buildings where there are specific requirements due to
processing or operational needs or for installation of plant and machinery, the
Competent Authority may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax the
regulations regarding maximum height and minimum setback.
(b) In case of buildings constructed by Government, Government owned bodies
(autonomous/corporations), local bodies and buildings constructed under specific
schemes of housing or other Government schemes, executed by or on behalf of
Government on PPP mode or any other mode of execution, the Government, may,
for reasons to be recorded in writing relax the regulations regarding maximum
height and minimum setbacks on its merit considering larger public interest to be
achieved by such projects.]

249
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
250
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation 2018 (September).
 – 137–

251
[22.4.(a). Regularization of unauthorized construction.— 252{a)} Regulari-
zation of unauthorized constructions may be done on recommendation of the Town
& Country Planning Department or the Planning & Development Authority, as the
case may be, by levying compounding fee for structures having an area of not more
than 500 square meters by the local authority, provided that—
(i) such constructions shall fully comply with these Regulations, and
(ii) compounding fee amounting to not less than 3 times of normal licence fee is
paid by the owner of such constructions.
253
{(b) Regularization of unauthorized construction having an area of more than
500 square metres, complying with these regulations and built before 31-12-2020
may be done on recommendation of Town and Country Planning Department or
the Planning & Development Authority by verifying that the construction is carried
out prior to the cutoff date i.e. 31-12-2020, period of construction shall be
ascertained based on documents like electricity bill, water supply bill, tax receipts
and other evidences. Compounding fee shall be six times the normal license fee
for regularization of these structures.}
254
{Note: Regularization of constructions may be considered in the conservation zones,
only with the recommendation of the Conservation Committee. Similarly, regularization in
Coastal Regulation Zone can be considered only after obtaining approval from the Goa
Coastal Zone Management Authority.}].

22.5. Compounding of deviations:

Any minor deviations which have occurred due to site conditions may be
regularized by the authority competent to issue approval/NOC; provided the said
deviations does not affect the FAR/Coverage and height of the building beyond
5% of the permissible limits. Such excess area shall be charged at double the cost
of construction or value of such excess FAR prevalent at the time of regularization
255
[, whichever is higher] and shall be compounded by the Competent Authority.
256
[Note: In case of increase in height of buildings upto 5% or overall shift of position of
the building without reducing the setback requirements by more than 5% and there is no
increase in additional floor area and is complying with regulation 13.1(b) then the levy of
compounding fee/charges as mentioned above shall not be applicable .]

23. Development undertaken on behalf of the Government.

All Government Departments and Government Undertakings, for construction of
buildings/land development including sub-division of land shall inform the
Competent Authority in writing of the intention to carry out any development and
submit all documents and plans as required under Regulation 3.2 and obtain
building licence from local bodies.
251
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
252
Numbered vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
253
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
254
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
255
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
256
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 138–

24. Development undertaken in GIDC estates.

As per Notification No. 15/14/92-IND published in Extraordinary Official Gazette
dt. 22-02-2001, provisions of any law related to local authorities providing for
control and erection of buildings has ceased to apply to Industrial Estates.
Permission for development in notified GIDC estates shall be obtained from
respective GIDC authorities and shall be governed by these regulations and the
GIDC shall follow these regulations while granting permission in Industrial Estates
existing as well as proposed Industrial Estates.
25. (A) Transfer of Development Rights (TDR).
In certain circumstances, the development potential of a plot of land may be
separated from the land itself and may be made available to the owner of the land
in the form of Transferable of Development Rights (TDR).
These rights may be made available by the Government and be subject to the
Regulations made at the appropriate time.
The said TDR regulations will be restricted to the following circumstances and
purposes:-
(a) In case of private property which is reserved for recreational purposes under
zone R in any Plan in force and is transferred to Government/Local
Authority/PDA without any monetary compensation, the FAR applicable to
the neighboring zone shall be allowed to be sold for the development of
properties of other developable zones in the specially designated areas.
(b) In case of private property which is affected by the road widening as per any
Plan in force and the affected area is transferred to Government/Local
Authority/PDA without any monetary compensation, than the FAR of the said
affected area shall be allowed to be sold for the development of properties of
other developable zones in the specially designated areas as under:-
(i) in case the FAR of the said affected area cannot be used fully utilized
within the plot, then the unutilized FAR shall be allowed to be sold for
the development of properties of other developable zones in the
specially designated areas.
(ii) in case the FAR of the said affected area is elected not to be used,
within the plot, then the said FAR shall be allowed to be sold for the
development of properties of other developable zones in the specially
designated areas, provided an undertaking is given towards the
permanent surrender of the use of such FAR within the plot.
(c) In case of Conservation zones where full development rights cannot be
utilized due to the restrictions as per Plan in force, then the unconsumed FAR
shall be allowed to be sold for the development of properties of other
developable zones in the specially designated receivable areas in the plans.
 – 139–

(B) Land Pooling, Accommodation, Reservation and Readjustment/Resettle-

ment Scheme.

Due to deficiency in urban amenities, utilities, services and facilities as well

as paucity of land and increasing rates of land that needs to be acquired it is
necessary to introduce concepts of innovative land assembly technique
wherein the participation of the land owner is sought for the purpose of
implementation of the planning proposals.

Similarly there is a need felt for relocation of certain undesirable activities

which find themselves located within the main city limits due to the growth of
cities.

In order to streamline the planning process and decongest the traffic, such
uses can be located along the periphery of the city.

Activities like warehouses, godowns, petrol pumps, service workshops, repair

garages, garbage treatment plants, crematoriums, cemetery, burial grounds
and scrap yards could be covered.

Accommodation Reservation allows the land owners to develop the sites

reserved for an amenity in a plan using full Floor Area Ratio on the plot
subject to agreeing to entrust and hand over such amenity to the local body
free of all encumbrances and accept the full Floor Area Ratio as
compensation in lieu thereof.

Land Pooling and Readjustment Scheme, allows pooling of land, by different

owners, formulation and approval of a planned layout showing the original as
well as the final plots, with participation of the owners and redistribution and
paying compensation for the land used for public purposes and transferred to
the local body.
26. FORMS/SCHEDULES

Appendix Title

A1-PDA Application for development Permission u/s 44 of the Goa Town Country
Planning Act, 1974 (Goa Act 21 of 1975) to PDA
A1-TCP Application for Technical clearance to TCP
A2 Application for Building Licence to Municipal Council
A3 Application for Building Licence to Village Panchayat
A4 Application for recommendation for Conversion sanad to PDA or TCP
A5 Application for Completion Order to PDA or TCP
 – 140–

A6 Application for Occupancy certificate to Municipal Council or Village

Panchayat
A7 Application for Registration/Renewal of Registration.
A8 Form of Registration Certificate
B1 Questionnaire
B2 Certificate of Conformity with regulations by Architect/Engineer/Structural
Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer
B3 Structural Liability Certificate by Engineer/Structural Engineer
B4 Affidavit by the Owner
B5 Structural Stability Certificate by Engineer
B6 Completion Certificate by Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town
Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer
C1 Development permission from PDA
C2 Technical clearance order from TCP
C3 Municipal Building Licence
C4 Village Panchayat Licence
C5 Completion Order by PDA
C6 Completion Order by TCP
C7 Occupancy Certificate by Municipal Council
C8 Occupancy Certificate by Village Panchayat
C9 Refusal of Development Permission by PDA
C10 Refusal of Technical Clearance by TCP
C11 Refusal of Building Licence by Municipal Council/Village Panchayat
D1 Intimation to Municipal Council/Village Panchayat-Stages of Construction
E1 Application to Application for Technical clearance to Notary Architect/Engineer
E2 Application for Completion Order to Notary Architect/Engineer
E3 Application for Registration/Renewal of Registration by Notary Architect/
/Engineer
E4 Form of Registration Certificate of Notary Architect/Engineer
E5 Certificate of Conformity with regulations by Notary Architect/Engineer
E6 Technical clearance order from Notary Architect/Engineer
E7 Completion Order by Notary Architect/Engineer
E8 Refusal of Technical Clearance by Notary Architect/Engineer
 – 141–

APPENDIX-A1/PDA
Application for Development Permission under Section 44 of the
Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: ______________
From:-
_______________________________________________________________________________
(Full name and address of the Owner/Owners of Land)
To,
The Member Secretary,
______________Planning and Development Authority,
______________, Goa.
Sir,
I/We intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site or plot of land bearing
Chalta No. _______ of P.T. Sheet No. ______/Survey No.______/Sub-divided Plot No._________
of _________________ City/Village on _____________________ road, in _____________ward.
Particulars of proposed development:- ________________________________
I/We forward herewith the following:- *strike out which is not applicable.
1. Drawings:
(a) Site Plan 5 copies ( )
(b) Detailed Plans, Elevations and Sections 5 sets ( )
(c) Location Plan 5 copies ( )
(d) *Parking Layout Plan 5 copies ( )
(e) *Contour Plans in case of sloping sites 3 copies ( )
2. Documents duly authenticated/signed as prescribed:
(a) Questionnaire 3 copies ( )
(b) *Survey Plan 1 copy ( )
(c) Copy of Index of Land (Form-III/I & XIV/Form-B/D) 1 copy ( )
(d) Document showing ownership of land 1 copy ( )
(e) Certificate from the Architect/Engineer who has planned the
project and has signed the drawings 1 copy ( )
(f) Structural Liability Certificate from the Engineer responsible
for the Structural Design of the Project 1 copy ( )
(g) Affidavit from the Owner 1 copy ( )
(h) *Power of Attorney (if applicable) 1 copy ( )
(i) Conversion Sanad/Application for recommendation for conversion 1 copy ( )
(j) *NOC from other agencies, if applicable:-
(i) ______________________
(ii) ______________________
(iii) ______________________ 1 copy ( )
I/We request that the proposed development may be approved and that development
permission may be accorded.
Yours faithfully,

Signature of the Architect/Engineer/Town Planner

Name & Signature of Owner (Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.)
 – 142–

APPENDIX-A1/TCP
Application for Technical Clearance
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: _________
From:- ______________________________
(Name and address of Owner)
To,
The Deputy/Town Planner,
Town & Country Planning Department.
____________, Goa.
Sir,
I/We intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site or plot of land bearing
Chalta No.____ of P.T. Sheet No. ___/Survey No.____/Sub-divided Plot No._________of
_________________ City/Village on_____________________ road, in _____________ward.
Particulars of proposed development:- _________________________________
I/We forward herewith the following:- * strike out which is not applicable.
1. Drawings:
(a) Site Plan 5 copies ( )
(b) Detailed Plans, Elevations and Sections 5 sets ( )
(c) Location Plan 5 copies ( )
(d) *Parking Layout Plan 5 copies ( )
(e) *Contour Plans in case of sloping sites 3 copies ( )
2. Documents duly authenticated/signed as prescribed:
(a) Questionnaire 3 copies ( )
(b) *Survey Plan 1 copy ( )
(c) Copy of Index of Land (Form-III/I & XIV/Form-B/D) 1 copy ( )
(d) Document showing ownership of land 1 copy ( )
(e) Certificate from the Architect/Engineer who has planned the
project and has signed the drawings 1 copy ( )
(f) Structural Liability Certificate from the Engineer responsible
for the Structural Design of the Project 1 copy ( )
(g) Affidavit from the Owner 1 copy ( )
(h) *Power of Attorney (if applicable) 1 copy ( )
(i) Conversion Sanad/Application for recommendation for conversion 1 copy ( )
(j) *NOC from other agencies, if applicable:-
(i) ______________________
(ii)______________________
(iii) ______________________ 1 copy ( )
I/We request that the proposed development may be approved and that development
permission may be accorded.

Yours faithfully,

Signature of the Architect/Engineer/

/Town Planner
Name & Signature of Owner (Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.)
 – 143–

APPENDIX-A2
Application to Municipal Council for Building Licence
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: __________
From:- ______________________________
(Name and address of Owner)
To,
The Chief Officer,
__________ Municipal Council,
_____________, Goa.
Sir,
I/We hereby give notice that I/We intend to erect/re-erect/add to/alter/execute the following
works in the site or plot of land bearing Chalta No.____ of P.T. Sheet No. ___/Survey
No.____/Sub-divided Plot No.__ of _____________ City/Village on____________________
road, in _________ward.
Description of construction:- __________________________________________
I/We forward herewith the following:- *strike out which is not applicable.
1. Drawings duly approved/technically cleared by PDA/TCPD:
(a) Site Plan 3 copies ( )
(b) Detailed Plans, Elevations and Sections 3 sets ( )
(c) Location Plan 3 copies ( )
(d) *Parking Layout Plan 3 copies ( )
(e) *Contour Plans in case of sloping sites 1 copy ( )
2. Documents duly authenticated/signed as prescribed:
(a) Questionnaire duly authenticated by PDA/TCPD 2 copies ( )
(b) *Survey Plan 1 copy ( )
(c) Copy of Index of Land (Form-III/I & XIV/Form-B/D) 1 copy ( )
(d) Document showing ownership of land 1 copy ( )
(e) Certificate from the Architect/Engineer who has planned the
project and has signed the drawings 1 copy ( )
(f) Structural Liability Certificate from the Engineer responsible
for the Structural Design of the Project 1 copy ( )
(g) Affidavit from the Owner 1 copy ( )
(h) *Power of Attorney (if applicable) 1 copy ( )
(i) Conversion Sanad/Application for recommendation for conversion. 1 copy ( )
(j) *NOC from other agencies, if applicable:-
(i) ______________________
(ii)______________________
(iii) ______________________ 1 copy ( )
I/We hereby declare that I/We am/are the owner/owners/authorized agent of the property to
be built upon.
Yours faithfully,
_________________________________
Signature of the Architect/Engineer/
________________________ /Town Planner
Name & Signature of Owner (Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.)
 – 144–

APPENDIX-A3
Application to Village Panchayat for Building Licence
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: ________
From:- ______________________________
(Name and address of Owner)
To,
The Sarpanch,
Village Panchayat of ___________,
________________, Goa.
Sir,
I/We hereby give notice that I/We intend to erect/re-erect/add to/alter/execute the following
works in the site or plot of land bearing Survey No.____/Sub-divided Plot No.____ of
_________________ Village on_____________________ road, in _____________ward.
Description of construction:- __________________________________________
I/We forward herewith the following:- *strike out which is not applicable.
1. Drawings duly approved/technically cleared by PDA/TCPD:
(a) Site Plan 3 copies ( )
(b) Detailed Plans, Elevations and Sections 3 sets ( )
(c) Location Plan 3 copies ( )
(d) *Parking Layout Plan 3 copies ( )
(e) *Contour Plans in case of sloping sites 1 copy ( )
2. Documents duly authenticated/signed as prescribed:
(a) Questionnaire duly authenticated by PDA/TCPD 2 copies ( )
(b) *Survey Plan 1 copy ( )
(c) Copy of Index of Land (Form-III/I & XIV/Form-B/D) 1 copy ( )
(d) Document showing ownership of land 1 copy ( )
(e) Certificate from the Architect/Engineer who has planned the
project and has signed the drawings 1 copy ( )
(f) Structural Liability Certificate from the Engineer responsible
for the Structural Design of the Project 1 copy ( )
(g) Affidavit from the Owner 1 copy ( )
(h) *Power of Attorney (if applicable) 1 copy ( )
(i) Conversion Sanad/Application for recommendation for conversion 1 copy ( )
(j) *NOC from other agencies, if applicable:-
(i) ______________________
(ii) ______________________
(iii) ______________________ 1 copy ( )
I/We hereby declare that I/We am/are the owner/owners/authorized agent of the property to
be built upon.
Yours faithfully,
_______________________________________
Signature of the Architect/Engineer/Town Planner/
/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer
________________________
Name & Signature of Owner (Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.)
 – 145–

APPENDIX-A4
Application for recommendation for conversion sanad
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: _____________
From:- ________________________________________
(Name and address of Owner)
To,
The Member Secretary,
____________________ Planning and Development Authority,
__________________, Goa.

OR
To,
________ Town Planner,
__________ Taluka Office, Town and Country Planning Dept.,
_______________, Goa.

Sir,
I/We intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site or plot of land bearing
Chalta No.____ of P.T. Sheet No. ___/Survey No.____/Sub-divided Plot No.____of
____________ City/Village on __________ road, in __________ward.
Particulars of proposed development:- _________________________________

I/We forward herewith the following:-

(a) Survey Plan indicating the area to be converted 5 copies ( )

(b) Location Plan 1 copy ( )
(c) Copy of Index of Land (Form-III/I & XIV/Form-B/D) 1 copy ( )
(d) Document showing ownership of land 1 copy ( )
(e) Power of Attorney (if applicable) 1 copy ( )

I/We request to issue ―Recommendation for Conversion‖ to enable me/us to apply for Conversion
Sanad from appropriate Revenue Authorities.

_________________________
Name & Signature of Owner
 – 146–

APPENDIX-A5
Application for Completion Order
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: __________
From:- _____________________________
(Name and address of Owner)
To,
Member Secretary,
_______________ Planning and Development Authority,

__________________, Goa.
OR
To,
__________ Town Planner,
_____________ Taluka Office, Town & Country Planning Dept.,
___________________, Goa.

Sir,

I/We hereby give notice that I/We have completed the development work situated at
______________ in Ward No. _________ in pursuance of the Development Permission/Technical
Clearance granted vide letter No. _____________ dated __________.

I/We am/are enclosing the following:-

(a) Completion Certificate issued by Architect/Engineer.

(b) Revised plans incorporating deviations made during the execution (if applicable).
(c) Structural Stability Certificate alongwith a full set of ―as built‖ structural drawings for
records.

Kindly issue the Completion Order to enable me/us to obtain Occupancy Certificate.

Yours faithfully,

________________________________________________
Signature, name and address of Owner or his authorized agent.
 – 147–

APPENDIX-A6
Application to Municipal Council/Village Panchayat 257[/Corporation]
for Occupancy Certificate
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: _________
From:- ______________________________
(Name and address of Owner)

To, To,

The Chief Officer, OR The Sarpanch,

__________ Municipal Council, Village Panchayat of
________,
___________, Goa. ____________, Goa.

Sir,
I/We hereby give notice that, I/We have completed the construction work situated at
______________ in ward No. _________ in pursuance of the sanction granted by the Municipal
Council/Village Panchayat 258[/Corporation] vide Licence No. _____________ dated __________.

I/We am/are enclosing the following:-

(a) Completion Order issued by PDA/TCPD.
(b) Completion Certificate issued by Architect/Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/
/Urban Designer.
(c) Revised plans incorporating deviations made during the execution (if applicable).
(d) Structural Stability Certificate alongwith a full set of ―as built‖ structural drawings for
records.

Kindly issue Occupancy Certificate at the earliest.

Yours faithfully,

________________________________________________
Signature, name and address of Owner or his authorized agent.

257
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
258
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 148–

APPENDIX-A7
Application for Registration/Renewal of *Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/
/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: __________
From:- _________________________________
(Name and address of the applicant)

To,
The Chief Town Planner,
Town and Country Planning Department,
Panaji, Goa.
Sir,
I, __________________________, desiring to be registered as required under the Goa Land
Development and Building Construction Regulations, 2010, hereby submit my application
alongwith the required processing fee:-

Name:-
Qualifications:-
Office address:- Office Tel:-
Residence address:- Residence Tel:-

I am enclosing the following documents in support of my qualifications:-

a)
b)
c)
OR
I am already registered under the Goa Land Development and Building Construction
Regulations, 2010, under Registration No. ________ dated ___________, validity of which is
expiring on __________.
Kindly issue Registration Certificate at the earliest/Renewal Order of my Registration
Certificate, to enable me to sign plans and documents as required under the Goa Land
Development and Building Construction Regulations, 2010.

Yours faithfully,

____________________
Signature of the applicant

* Strike out whichever not applicable

 – 149–

APPENDIX-A8
Registration/Renewal Certificate
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ref. No. ___________ Date: ____________

REGISTRATION/RENEWAL CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Mr./Ms. ___________________________________ has been
registered as a Professional Engineer/Structural Engineer/Architect/Town Planner/Landscape
Architect/Urban Designer, and he/she is eligible to practice the above referred profession within
the State of Goa, with effect from _____________ for a period of 5 (five) years.
His/Her Registration number is ___________________.
OR
This is to certify that the validity of the Registration No. ___________ dated __________
issued to Mr./Ms. ___________________________, to practice as Professional
Engineer/Structural Engineer/Architect/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer within
the State of Goa, is extended for the further period of 5 (five) years, expiring on _______, unless
renewed or revoked or suspended by competent authority.
Chief Town Planner
TCPD, Panaji, Goa.
Note:
1. You shall quote the Registration number on all the plans and documents to be submitted
to the competent authority for obtaining approvals.
2. This Registration lapses on the expiry of appointed date unless renewed by the holder.
3. This Registration is liable to be suspended/revoked subject to the provisions provided
under the Regulations.
_________

APPENDIX-B1
Format of Questionnaire
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QUESTIONNAIRE
(To be duly filled and enclosed to the application for
Development Permission/Technical Clearance/Building Licence)
PART-A
1. Full name and address of the owner:
2. Details of the property:-
(a) Chalta & PTS No./Survey No.
(b) Ward Name & No./Vaddo
(c) Town/Village
(d) Taluka & District
3. Is the property sub-divided? Yes/No
If ‗Yes‘, give details of the sub-division, supported by the document
4. Total area of the property _____sq. meters.
 – 150–

5. Zone of the property as per ODP/ZP/RP

6. Intended use proposed in the Development
7. If the Zone indicated at (5) above is the result of subsequent
change of Zone, give details of approval and enclose certified
copy of the approval
8. Is the property accessible? Yes/No
If ‗Yes‘, state –
(a) Width of the access _______ meters.
(b) Area of road widening:________ sq. meters
9. If the property is in the vicinity (within 100 meters) of the
Cemetery/Crematorium, give the distance from the boundary wall
of Cemetery/Crematorium ________ meters.
10. If the property is in the vicinity (within 100 meters) of the National
Highway/State bye-pass, give the distance from the centre line of
Highway/bye-pass _________ meters.
11. If the property is in the vicinity (within 50 meters) of the Railway
line, give the distance from the boundary of Railway property _________ meters.
12. If the property is in the vicinity of the High Tide Line
(within 1,000 meters) of the sea, give the distance from HTL _________ meters.
13. If the property is in the vicinity (within 100 meters) of the river
bank, give the distance from the river bank _______ meters.
14. If there are any underground, over ground, overhead telephones/
/electricity lines affecting or crossing the plot/property or within
15 meters distance of the plot/property, show on the plan and give:-
(a) Vertical clearance between the highest point of the Building and
the electric lines ________ meters.
(b) Horizontal clearance between the proposed building and existing
electric or any other lines ________ meters.
15. Whether any extra FAR is claimed on the basis of road widening/
/proposed road? Yes/No
If ‗Yes‘, state:-
(a) Area under road widening _______ sq. meters.
(b) Whether such road widening area or area under proposed road
has been gifted to the local body? Yes/No
(If yes, submit relevant document)
PART-B
(For buildings)
PLOT AREA
1. Area of the Plot _________ sq. meters.
2. Deduction for
(a) Area within road widening (proposed) _________ sq. meters.
(b) Area reserved for any other use _________ sq. meters.
Total of (a) + (b) _________ sq. meters.
 – 151–

3. Net effective area (1) – (2) _________ sq. meters.

4. Covered area occupied by the existing building, if any _________ sq. meters.
5. Plot coverage of the existing building (in %) _________ percentage
6. Covered area of the existing building that is proposed _________ sq. meters.
to be demolished
7. Plot coverage of the existing building that is proposed to _________ percentage
be demolished (in %)
8. Covered area of the proposed building _________ sq. meters.
9. Plot coverage of the proposed building (in %) _________ percentage
10. Combined covered area of the existing building to be maintained
and that of the proposed building _________ sq. meters.
11. Combined plot coverage of the existing building to be
maintained and that of the proposed building (in %) ________ percentage.
FLOOR AREA:
12. Balcony area and covered area over footways floorwise and ________ sq. meters.
total on all floors
13. Balcony area and covered area over footways, floorwise ________ sq. meters.
and total on all floors, consumed for FAR purpose
14. Addition of set-back area and/or proposed road for FAR purpose ________ sq. meters.
15. Addition of garage area for FAR purpose ________ sq. meters.
16. Floor area consumed on Ground Floor ________ sq. meters.
17. Floor area consumed on First Floor ________ sq. meters.
18. Floor area consumed on Second Floor ________ sq. meters.
19. Floor area consumed on Third Floor ________ sq. meters.
20. Floor area consumed on any other floor or floors and any
other area consumed for FAR purpose ________ sq. meters.
21. Existing floor area to be maintained ________ sq. meters.
22. Total floor area consumed:
(13+14+15+16+17+18+19+20+21) ________ sq. meters.
23. Floor area permissible ________ sq. meters.
24. FAR permissible ________ sq. meters.
25. FAR consumed ________ sq. meters.
26. Mezzanine area ________ sq. meters.
27. Loft area ________ sq. meters.
28. Basement area ________ sq. meters.
29. Garage area ________ sq. meters.
30. Details of areas and use, floorwise:

Floor (%) Use Total Built up Areas free from FAR Net Floor FAR
Reference Area m2 Area m2
Bal. Bas. Park.
 – 152–

31. Parking Details:

Floor Area Use No. of Car Parks/Parking area
Provided Required
32. Type of Zone to which the plot belongs to _________ Zone.

SETBACKS:

33. Front setback from the center line of the road _________ meters.
34. Side setbacks:
(a) _________ meters.
(b) _________ meters.
35. Distance between two or more buildings on the same
plot, if any _________ meters.

36. Height of the Plinth _________ meters.

37. Use to which the building is to be put to floor-wise:
Basement Floor:
Ground Floor:
First Floor:
Second Floor:
Third Floor:
Upper Floors:

38. Plot owned by with reference to the ownership certificate of land

39. Reference number and date of approval of sub-division of land,

if the plot in question is part of sub-division

40. Any other information

*PART C
(for sub-division of land)
1. Area of the Plot ________ sq. meters.
2. Deductions:
(a) Area reserved for road widening ________ sq. meters.
(b) Area reserved for any other purpose or un-developable ________ sq. meters.

3. Effective area of the Plot (1-2) ________ sq. meters.

4. Open Space required to be provided ________ sq. meters.

 – 153–

5. Open space provided

(a) ________ sq. meters.
(b) ________ sq. meters.

6. Plot details:
Plot No. Area (in sq. meters)

7. Hierarchy of the roads used in the sub-division:

Road nomenclature Width Length Area served

Note: The roads with above nomenclature are to be indicated on the plans.

8. Usewise areas for below mentioned purpose, if the plots are having area of five hectares and
above:

(a) Schools ________ sq. meters.

(b) Community Centers ________ sq. meters.

(c) Public Utility areas ________ sq. meters.

* Strike out whichever is not applicable.

We, hereby declare that the information furnished above is correct to the best of our
knowledge.

ARCHITECT/ENGINEER/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER/
/TOWN PLANNER/LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/
/URBAN DESIGNER
OWNER OR AUTHORISED REPRESENTATIVE

________________ ____________________

Signature Signature
Name: Name:
Address: Address:
Reg. No.

Date: Date:
 – 154–

APPENDIX-B2

Certificate of conformity with Regulations

———————————————————————————————————————
*CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY WITH REGULATIONS
I, __________________________________________________________________________,
(Name and Reg. No. of the Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/ Landscape Architect/Urban Designer)
having been appointed by _________________________________________________________
(Name of the Owner)
do hereby certify that I have designed the project of _____________________________________
(Name of the Project)
in Plot No. ____, Chalta No. _____ of P.T. Sheet No. _______/ Survey No. _______ in
______city/village and that the same is in conformity with the Goa Land Development and
Building Construction Regulations, 2010.

Place:-
Date:-
______________________________________
Signature of the Architect/Engineer/Structural
Engineer/ Town Planner/Landscape Architect/
/Urban Designer

Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.

* to be issued on Letter Head
_____

APPENDIX -B3
Structural Liability Certificate
———————————————————————————————————————
*STRUCTURAL LIABILITY CERTIFICATE

I, _________________________________________________________________having been
(Name, address and Registration No. of the Engineer)
duly appointed as Engineer by Shri _______________________ for carrying out structural design
(Name of the Owner)
and supervision of the proposed construction of _______________________________________.
(Name of the project)
The plans for which have prepared by___________________________________. (Name of
Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer) in
Plot No. __________/ Survey No. ___________/ Chalta No. __________ of P.T. Sheet No.
__________, within the jurisdiction of Municipal Council of ______________________ /Village
Panchayat of ____________________.
I do hereby certify as under:-
1. That I shall be responsible for the structural design and stability of the said building.
2. That the structural work shall be executed by the owner, as per the structural drawings
prepared by me and under my supervision.
3. The provisions of the following BIS codes are made in the proposals;
 – 155–

________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
This certificate is issued in respect of plans, one set of which is enclosed herewith, duly signed
by the Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer who has prepared the same.
Place:-
Date:-
______________________________
Signature of the Structural Engineer
Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.

* to be issued on Letter Head

I, Shri _______________________________________________________ hereby confirm that
(Name and address of Owner)

I have appointed the Engineer, Shri ________________________ to carry out the structural
design and supervision of above mentioned project.

I further undertake to intimate him at the appropriate stage of construction of my project

______________________ to enable him to perform his functions as given in the above certificate.
(Name of Project)

______________________________________________
(Signature of Owner or his authorized representative)

_________

APPENDIX-B4
Affidavit to be sworn by the owner of the property and to be sworn before the Notary Public

AFFIDAVIT
I, __________________________, son of ____________________, aged _____ years, Indian
National, marital status _______, occupation ________, resident of House No. _____,
____________________, Goa, do hereby state on oath as under:-
1. That I am the owner of the property bearing Plot No. ______, Chalta No. _____ of P.T.
Sheet No. ______, /Survey No. ________, situated at _________________, Goa.

2. That I intend to apply for development permission/technical clearance/building permission/

/sub-division permission in respect of the said property.

3. That the ownership documents submitted by me alongwith the application are true and
correct.

4. That I have appointed Shri _________________________________ as the Architect/

Engineer to plan and design the said development.
 – 156–

5. That I have also appointed Shri _______________________________ as Engineer to carry

out the structural design of the said development.

6. That I am aware that it is my responsibility to ensure that the development is properly

supervised by the Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape
Architect/Urban Designer who have signed the plans.

7. That I am also responsible to execute the development as per approved plans.

8. That in the event of the above mentioned Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town

Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer disassociates from the development, I shall
appoint another Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape
Architect/Urban Designer to be responsible for the development and intimate of such
change to the Competent Authority.

9. That I shall not carry out any development until such time that appointment of
Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban
Designer is made.

10. That what is stated above is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

DEPONENT
_________

APPENDIX-B5
Structural Stability Certificate
———————————————————————————————————————
*STRUCTURAL STABILITY CERTIFICATE
I ,____________________________________________________________________having
(Name, address and Registration No. of the Engineer)
been duly appointed as Engineer by Shri ___________________________________________ for
(Name of the Owner)
carrying out structural design and supervision of the construction of _______________________
(Name of the project)
in Plot No. _________ / Survey No. __________/Chalta No. _____ of P.T. Sheet No. ______,
within the jurisdiction of Municipal Council of __________________/Village Panchayat of
__________________________ and having given the Structural Liability Certificate at the time
of obtaining building permission, do hereby certify as under:-

1. That I have carried out the structural design of the above referred project with the
following BIS Codes;
_________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________

2. That the structural work has been executed by the owner, as per the structural drawings
prepared by me and under my supervision.
 – 157–

3. That the building is structurally safe and fit for occupation.

I am enclosing complete set of structural ―as built‖ drawings for your records.

Place:-
Date:- ___________________________
Signature of the Structural Engineer

Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.

* to be issued on Letter Head

_________

APPENDIX-B6
Completion Certificate
———————————————————————————————————————
*COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
I, __________________________________________________________, (Name and Reg.
No. of the Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer /Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban
Designer) having been appointed by _________________________________________________
(Name of the Owner)
and having designed the project of ___________________________________________________
(Name of the Project)
in Plot No. ____, Chalta No. _____ of P.T. Sheet No. _______/ Survey No. ______ in
____________city/village, do hereby certify that the said project has been supervised by me and
has been built in accordance with the Licence No. ___________ dated ____________ and the
same is complete and fit for occupation.

Place:-
Date:-

_____________________________________________
Signature of the Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/
Town Planner/Landscape Architect/Urban Designer
Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.

* to be issued on Letter Head.

 – 158–

APPENDIX-C1
Development Permission from PDA
———————————————————————————————————————
________________________ Planning and Development Authority, _________________, Goa.

Ref. No. _____________ Date: _____________

Development Permission under Section 44 of

the Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974
Development permission is hereby granted for carrying out the —
*(a) Land sub-division (Provisional/Final)
*(b) Construction of Building (Reconstruction/Extension/Alteration)
*(c) Construction of compound wall
*(d) Change of use of (building/land)_________/as per the enclosed approved plans in the
property zoned as ______ in ODP/CDP/Regional Plan and situated at___________
Village/Town bearing Survey No./Chalta No. _____ of PTS No. ________ Plot No.
_______ of approved sub-division reference No./development permission No._____
dated_________ with the following conditions:-
1. Construction shall be strictly as per the approved plans. No changes shall be effected
in the approved plans/approved built spaces without the prior permission of this
Authority.
2. The permission granted shall be revoked, if any information, plans, calculations,
documents and any other accompaniments of the application are found incorrect or
wrong at any stage after the grant of the permission and the applicant will not be
entitled for any compensation.
3. The permission shall be revoked if found expedient to such an action under the
provision of Section 50 of the Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974.
4. The development permission will not entitle the applicant for making/laying any
claim on water and any other connection from the Government of Goa.
5. The Developer/applicant should display a sign board of minimum size 1.00 mts. x
0.50 mts. with writing in black color on a white background at the site, as required
under the regulations.
6. The applicant shall obtain Conversion Sanad under The Goa Land Revenue Code,
1968 before the commencement of any development/construction as per the
permission granted by this order.
7. The soak pit should not be located within a distance of 15.00 meters from any other
existing well in the plot area/plan.
8. The commencement and the completion of the work shall be notified to the authority
in writing in appropriate forms.
9. Completion certificate has to be obtained from this Authority before applying for
Occupancy certificate from the licensing authority.
10. Storm water drain should be constructed along the boundary of the effected plot
abutting to the road.
11. Adequate Utility space for the dustbin, Transformer etc. should be reserved within the
plot area. In case of any cutting of sloppy land of filling of low-lying land, beyond
permissible limits, prior permission of the Chief Town Planner shall be obtained
 – 159–

before the commencement of the works per the provisions of Section 17(A) of The
Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974.
12. In case of compound wall, the gates shall open inwards only and traditional access, if
any passing through the property shall not be blocked.
13. The Ownership of the property shall be verified by the licensing body before the
issuing of the licence.
THIS PERMISSION IS ISSUED WITH REFERENCE TO THE APPLICATION DATED
_______ UNDER SECTION 44 OF THE GOA TOWN & COUNTRY PLANNING ACT, 1974,
FROM SHRI/SMT. _______________________.
259
[THIS PERMISSION IS VALID FOR THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF ISSUE OF
CONSTRUCTION LICENCE, PROVIDED THE CONSTRUCTION LICENCE IS ISSUED
WITHIN THE PERIOD OF THREE YEARS].
_________________
Member Secretary
To
Shri/Smt. _______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Copy to
(a)*____________Municipal Council
(b)*Village Panchayat of ____________

* strike out which is not applicable

_________
APPENDIX - C2
Technical Clearance Order from TCPD
Office of the Senior Town Planner/TP/Dy. TP*
Town and Country Planning Department,
___________________, Goa.
Ref. Date
TECHNICAL CLEARANCE ORDER
Technical Clearance is hereby granted for carrying out the
*(a) Land sub-division (Provisional/Final)
*(b) Construction of Building (Reconstruction/Extension/Alteration)
*(c) Construction of compound wall
*(d) Change of use of (building/Land)______/as per the enclosed approved plans in the
property zoned as_____ in ODP/CDP/Regional Plan and situated at ____Village/Town
bearing Survey No./Chalta No. _________ of PTS No. _____, Plot No._______________
________________ of ___________________________ approved sub-division reference
No./Development Permission No._______________ dated_________ with the following
conditions:-

259
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 160–

1. Construction shall be strictly as per the approved plans. No changes shall be

effected in the approved plans/approved built spaces without the prior permission of
this Authority.
2. The permission granted shall be revoked, if any information, plans, calculations,
documents and any other accompaniments of the application are found incorrect or
wrong at any stage after the grant of the permission and the applicant will not be
entitled for any compensation.
3. The permission shall be revoked if found expedient to such an action under the
provision of Section 50 of The Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974.
4. The development permission will not entitle the applicant for making/laying any
claim on water and any other connection from the Government of Goa.
5. The Developer/applicant should display a sign board of minimum size 1.00 mts. x
0.50 mts. with writing in black color on a white background at the site, as required
under the Regulations.
6. The applicant shall obtain Conversion Sanad under The Goa Land Revenue Code,
1968, before the commencement of any development/construction as per the
permission granted by this order.
7. The soak pit should not be located within a distance of 15.00 meters from any other
existing well in the plot area/plan.
8. The commencement and the completion of the work shall be notified to the
authority in writing in appropriate forms.
9. Completion Certificate has to be obtained from this Authority before applying for
Occupancy Certificate from the licensing authority.
10. Storm water drain should be constructed along the boundary of the effected plot
abutting to the road.
11. Adequate Utility space for the dustbin, transformer etc. should be reserved within
the plot area. In case of any cutting of sloppy land of filling of low-lying land,
beyond permissible limits, prior permission of the Chief Town Planner shall be
obtained before the commencement of the works per the provisions of Section
17(A) of The Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974.
12. In case of compound walls, the gates shall open inwards only and traditional access,
if any passing through the property shall not be blocked.
13. The Ownership of the property shall be verified by the licensing body before the
issuing of the licence.
THIS ORDER IS ISSUED WITH REFERENCE TO THE APPLICATION
DATED______________ FROM SHRI/SMT. ______________.
260
[THIS ORDER IS VALID FOR THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF ISSUE OF
CONSTRUCTION LICENCE, PROVIDED THE CONSTRUCTION LICENCE IS ISSUED
WITHIN THE PERIOD OF THREE YEARS]
____________________________
Senior Town Planner/Town Planner/
/Dy. Town Planner

260
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 161–

To
Shri/Smt. ___________________________
___________________________
___________________________

Copy to
(a)*____________Municipal Council

(b)*Village Panchayat of ____________

* strike out which is not applicable

__________

APPENDIX - C3
Municipal Building Licence
———————————————————————————————————————
______________________________ Municipal Council, ___________________________, Goa.

CONSTRUCTION LICENCE
No. ____________
Date: ____________
Licence is hereby granted for carrying out the —
*(a) Land sub-division (Provisional/Final)
*(b) Construction of Building (Reconstruction/Extension/Alteration)
*(c) Construction of compound wall.
*(d) Change of use of (Building/Land)_________/as per the enclosed approval plan/plans in
the property zoned as _______ in the ODP/CDP/Regional Plan and situated at
________Village/town bearing Survey No./Chalta No.____ of PTS No. _______/Plot No.
_____ of approved sub-division reference No./Development Permission Order No.
_________ with the following conditions:-
1. The applicant shall strictly comply all the conditions imposed in the Development
Permission/Technical Clearance Order No. ______ dated_________ issued by the
_______Planning and Development Authority/Town and Country Planning Department.
2. The applicant shall notify the Council for giving the alignment of the building.
3. The construction should maintain the minimum prescribed horizontal and vertical
clearances from any overhead electrical line passing adjacent to the construction.
4. All RCC/Structural works shall be designed and supervised by the Engineer who has
signed the Structural Liability Certificate submitted to the Municipal Council.
5. No material for construction or earth from excavation or any other construction material
shall be stacked on the public roads.
6. The building should not be occupied unless the occupancy certificate is obtained from the
Council.
 – 162–

7. The construction licence shall be revoked if the construction work is not executed as per
the approved plans and the statements therein and whenever there is any false statement
or misrepresentation of any material passed, approved or shown in the application on
which the permit was based.
8. The applicant should construct a separate soak pit in order to derivate in the sullage
water.
9. Any soak pit should be constructed at a minimum distance of 15 meters away from any well.
10. The ventilation pipe of the septic tank should be provided with a mosquito net.
11. The Applicant should connect the pipelines from their latrines/WC‘s to the sewerage line
at their own cost, when the sewerage line is commissioned.
12. The applicant should fix a board at a prominent place whenever the construction is
started, indicating the number, the date and the authority for which the licence for
development work has been granted.
13. All the building material and other rubbish should be cleared from the construction site
before applying for the Occupancy certificate.
14. Water storage tanks shall be provided with mosquito proof lids and over flow pipes. The
tanks should be provided with access ladders wherever necessary.
15. The drains surrounding the plot if any should be constructed with PCC and should be
covered with removable RCC slabs of sufficient thickness.
16. The applicant should gift the road widening area to the council before applying for the
Occupancy certificate, if the applicant has utilized the extra FAR in lieu of the road
widening affecting the plot.
17. The applicant should plaster and paint the building internally as well as externally before
applying for Occupancy certificate. Exposed brick/laterite/concrete/stone/ashlars masonry
finish to buildings will also be permitted.
18. The applicant should provide a dustbin at a convenient place accessible for the Municipal
vehicle for collection of garbage.
19. Road widening area shall be asphalted to the existing road level before applying for
occupancy certificate.
20. Garages and Parking areas shown in the approved plan shall be strictly used for parking
purposes only and should be easily accessible to vehicles. No commercial activities shall
be allowed in these areas.
21. Access up to the entrance of the building is to be paved and is provided with drainage
facilities.
22. Space for parking of vehicles is clearly demarcated on the ground.
23. No Restaurants/Bars will be permitted in the shops unless a separate soak pit is provided
besides confirming to the rules in force.
24. No commercial activities will be permitted in the shops unless a separate permission is
obtained from this council.
25. All temporary sheds/existing buildings shown to be demolished in the plan are
demolished before applying for Occupancy certificate.
26. Fire Escape staircases, if applicable shall be constructed as indicated in the approved
plans.
27. All internal courtyards should be provided with drainage outlet.
 – 163–

28. The applicant should maintain all existing natural drains in the plot and should not block
them at any stage.
29. No soak pit or other structures should come in the road widening area.
30. The plot boundary should be cordoned off by continuous sheet fencing either of wood or
metal during the construction period.
31. The construction of compound wall should not obstruct any pathway or any public
access. The applicant shall make necessary arrangements for smooth flow of rain water
by keeping adequate openings in the compound wall for the purpose.
32. No gates shall open outwards on to the road.
33. The construction of the compound wall should be as per the approved plan. The applicant
shall inform this council after the completion of the compound wall.
34. Drinking water well should be 15 meters away from any soak pit.
THIS LICENCE IS VALID FOR A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF
ISSUE OF THIS LICENCE. RENEWAL IF REQUIRED SHALL BE APPLIED WITHIN THE
PERIOD OF THE VALIDITY OF THE LICENCE.

Chief Officer
____________Municipal Council

To,
Shri/Smt. ____________________________

Copy to
*(a) Member Secretary, _____________ Planning and Development Authority
*(b) Senior Town Planner TCP __________________

* Strike out which is not applicable.

______

APPENDIX C-4

Village Panchayat Building Licence

____________________________________________________________________________

Village Panchayat of _____________________________________,

____________________________, Goa.

CONSTRUCTION LICENCE
No. ____________ Date: ___________
Licence is hereby granted for carrying out the —
*(a) Land sub-division (Provisional/Final)
*(b) Construction of Building (Reconstruction/Extension/Alteration)
*(c) Construction of compound wall.
 – 164–

*(d) Change of use of (Building/Land)_________/as per the enclosed approval plan/plans in

the property zoned as _______ in the ODP/CDP/Regional Plan and situated at
________Village/Town bearing Survey No./Chalta No.____ of PTS No. _______/Plot
No. _____ of approved sub-division reference No./Development Permission Order No.
_________ with the following conditions:-
1. The applicant shall strictly comply all the conditions imposed in the Development
Permission/Order No. _________ dated____________ issued by the _______Planning
and Development Authority/Technical Clearance Order issued by the Town and Country
Planning Department, _____________.
2. The applicant shall notify the Panchayat for giving the alignment of the building.
3. The construction should maintain the minimum prescribed horizontal and vertical
clearances from any overhead electrical line passing adjacent to the construction.
4. All RCC/Structural works shall be designed and supervised by the Engineer who has
signed the Structural Liability Certificate submitted to the Panchayat.
5. No material for construction or earth from excavation or any other construction material
shall be stacked on the Public roads.
6. The Building should not be occupied unless the occupancy certificate is obtained from the
Panchayat.
7. The construction licence shall be revoked if the construction work is not executed as per
the approved plans and the statements therein and whenever there is any false statement
or misrepresentation of any material passed, approved or shown in the application on
which the permit was based.
8. The applicant should construct a separate soak pit in order to derivate in the sullage
water.
9. Any soak pit should be constructed at a minimum distance of 15 meters away from any
well.
10. The ventilation pipe of the septic tank should be provided with a mosquito net.
11. The Applicant should connect the pipelines from their latrines/WC‘s to the sewerage line
at their own cost, when the sewerage line is commissioned.
12. The applicant should fix a board at a prominent place whenever the construction is
started, indicating the number, the date and the authority for which the licence for
development work has been granted.
13. All the building material and other rubbish should be cleared from the construction site
before applying for the Occupancy certificate.
14. Water storage tanks shall be provided with mosquito proof lids and over flow pipes. The
tanks should be provided with access ladders wherever necessary.
15. The drains surrounding the plot if any should be constructed with PCC and should be
covered with removable RCC slabs of sufficient thickness.
16. The applicant should gift the road widening area to the Village Panchayat before applying
for the Occupancy certificate, if the applicant has utilized the extra FAR in lieu of the
road widening affecting the plot.
17. The applicant should plaster and paint the building internally as well as externally before
applying for Occupancy certificate. Exposed brick/laterite/concrete/stone/ashlars masonry
finish to buildings will also be permitted.
 – 165–

18. The applicant should provide a dustbin at a convenient place accessible for the Municipal
vehicle for collection of garbage.
19. Road widening area shall be asphalted to the existing road level before applying for
occupancy certificate.
20. Garages and Parking areas shown in the approved plan shall be strictly used for parking
purposes only and should be easily accessible to vehicles. No commercial activities shall
be allowed in these areas.
21. Access up to the entrance of the building is to be paved and is provided with drainage
facilities.
22. Space for parking of vehicles is clearly demarcated on the ground.
23. No Restaurants/Bars will be permitted in the shops unless a separate soak pit is provided
besides confirming to the rules in force.
24. No commercial activities will be permitted in the shops unless a separate permission is
obtained from this Panchayat.
25. All Temporary sheds/Existing buildings shown to be demolished in the plan are
demolished before applying for Occupancy certificate.
26. Fire Escape staircases, if applicable shall be constructed as indicated in the approved
plans.
27. All internal courtyards should be provided with drainage outlet.
28. The applicant should maintain all existing natural drains in the plot and should not block
them at any stage.
29. No soak pit or other structures should come in the road widening area.
30. The plot boundary should be cordoned off by continuous sheet fencing either of wood or
metal during the construction period.
31. The construction of compound wall should not obstruct any pathway or any public
access. The applicant shall make necessary arrangements for smooth flow of rain water
by keeping adequate openings in the compound wall for the purpose.
32. No gates shall open outwards on to the road.
33. The construction of the compound wall should be as per the approved plan. The applicant
shall inform this Panchayat after the completion of the compound wall.
34. Drinking water well should be 15 meters away from any soak pit.
THIS LICENCE IS VALID FOR A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF
ISSUE OF THIS LICENCE. RENEWAL IF REQUIRED SHALL BE APPLIED WITHIN THE
PERIOD OF THE VALIDITY OF THE LICENCE.
Sarpanch/Secretary
Village Panchayat of ________
To,

Shri/Smt. ____________________________________________
Copy to

*(a) Member Secretary, _____________Planning and Development Authority

*(b) Senior Town Planner TCP __________________

* Strike out which is not applicable

 – 166–

APPENDIX-C5
Completion Order by PDA
———————————————————————————————————————

_____________________________ Planning and Development Authority,

____________________, Goa.

Ref. No. ________________ Date: ______________

COMPLETION ORDER

Completion is hereby certified for:—

1. *Construction of building (Reconstruction/Extension/Alteration)

2. *Compound wall

Constructed as per technical clearance granted by this department vide Order No.
_____________ dated _____, in Survey No.____________ of Village_______
Taluka_________ Goa subject to the following conditions.

1. The use of the building should be strictly as per the approval.

2. All parking spaces/garages should be used for parking of vehicles only and should not
be converted for any other use.

3. No attachment/alteration to the building shall be carried out and the building shall not
be occupied unless the occupancy certificate is obtained from the concerned Municipal
Council/Village Panchayat 261[/Corporation] on presentation of this order.

_______________
Member Secretary

To

Shri/Smt.__________________________

Copy for information to

*(a) The Chief Officer, __________________ Muncipal Council, __________________, Goa.

*(b) The Sarpanch, Village Panchayat of ________________, __________________, Goa.

*Strike out which is not applicable

261
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 167–

APPENDIX-C6
Completion Order by TCPD

Office of the Senior Town Planner/TP/Dy. TP*

Town & Country Planning Department
_________________, Goa.

Ref. No. ___________________ Date: _______________

COMPLETION ORDER
Completion is hereby certified for:—

1. Construction of building (Reconstruction/Extension/Alteration)

2. Compound wall
Constructed as per Technical Clearance granted by this department vide Order No. ___
dated _____, in Survey No.____________ of Village_______Taluka_________ Goa
subject to the following conditions:

1. The use of the building should be strictly as per the approval.

2. All parking spaces/garages should be used for parking of vehicles only and should not
be converted for any other use.
3. No attachment/alteration to the building shall be carried out and the building shall not
be occupied unless the occupancy certificate is obtained from the concerned Municipal
Council/Village Panchayat 262[/Corporation] on presentation of this order.
__________________________
Senior Town Planner/TP/Dy. TP*

To

Shri/Smt.____________________________________________________________

Copy for information to

*(a) The Chief Officer, ______ Muncipal Council, _________, Goa.
*(b) The Sarpanch, Village Panchayat of ___________, _________, Goa.

*Strike out which is not applicable

262
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 168–

APPENDIX-C7
Occupancy Certificate by Municipal Council

______________________________ Municipal Council, ____________________________, Goa

Ref. No. ______________ Date: ______________

OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE

Occupancy certificate is hereby granted for the building approved vide Licence No. _________
dated _______, in Survey No.____________ of Village ________ Taluka_________ Goa subject
to the following conditions:-

1. All conditions stipulated in the completion Order of PDA/Technical clearance Order from
PDA/TCP should be strictly adhered to.

2. This certificate shall be treated as NOC for obtaining water and power connection.

_________________________
Chief Officer,

_________________ Municipal Council, ____________, Goa.

Copy for information to:-

1. Shri/Smt.________________________________________(Applicant).
2. Town and Country Planning Department*, ___________, Goa.
3. _________PDA,*___________, Goa.
4. Asst Engineer, PWD, _________, Goa.
5. Asst Engineer, Electricity Department, ____________, Goa.

* strike out which is not applicable.

 – 169–

APPENDIX-C8
Occupancy Certificate by Village Panchayat

Village Panchayat of _____________, _____________, Goa.

Ref. No. _________________ Date: __________
OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE

Occupancy certificate is hereby granted for the building approved vide Licence No. _________
dated ______, in Survey No.____________ of Village_______Taluka_________ Goa subject to
the following conditions:-

1. All conditions stipulated in the completion Order of PDA/Technical Clearance Order from
PDA/TCP should be strictly adhered to.

2. This Certificate shall be treated as NOC for obtaining water and power connection.

_______________
Sarpanch/Secretary

Village Panchayat of __________________, ________________, Goa.

Copy for information to:-

1. Shri/Smt.______________(Applicant)

2. Town and Country Planning Department*, ___________, Goa.

3. _________PDA,*___________, Goa.

4. Asst. Engineer, PWD, _________, Goa.

5. Asst. Engineer, Electricity Department, ____________, Goa.

*Strike out which is not applicable.

 – 170–

APPENDIX-C9
Refusal of Development Permission by PDA

_____________________________ Planning and Development Authority, ____________, Goa.

Ref. No. _____________ Date:___________
ORDER
With reference to your application dated ________ for grant of development permission for
the erection/re-erection of building/execution situated at _____, in Ward No. _____ in Plot No.
_____/Chalta No. _____ of PTS No. _____/Survey No. ______, I have to inform you that the
permission has been refused for the following reasons:-
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. Specify any other.
______________
Member Secretary
__________
APPENDIX-C10
Refusal of Technical Clearance by TCPD

Office of the Senior Town Planner/TP*

Town and Country Planning Department

Ref. No. _______________ Date: __________

To,
Dear Sir/Madam,
With reference to your application dated ________ for Technical clearance for the erection/
/re-erection of building/execution of works situated at _________, in Ward No. _____ in Plot No.
_____/Chalta No. _____ of P.T. Sheet No. _____ /Survey No. ______, I have to inform you that
the technical clearance has been refused for the following reasons:-
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. Specify any other.
Yours faithfully,

Senior Town Planner/TP/Dy.TP*

* Strike out whichever is not applicable.

 – 171–

APPENDIX-C11
Refusal of Building Licence by Municipal Council/Village Panchayat 263[/Corporation]

____________ Municipal Council*/*Village Panchayat 264[/Corporation] of ________________

Ref. No. _____________ Date:_____________

To,
REFUSAL OF SANCTION
Dear Sir/Madam,

With reference to your application dated ________ for grant of sanction for the erection/
re-erection of building/execution of works situated at _________, in Ward No. _____ in Plot No.
_____ /Chalta No. _____ of P.T. Sheet No. _____ /Survey No. _____, I have to inform you that
the sanction has been refused for the following reasons:-

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7. Specify any other reasons.

Yours faithfully,

________________________________

*Chief Officer, ____________Municipal Council

*Sarpanch/Secretary, Village Panchayat of ___________

Copy for information to

1.*Member Secretary, __________PDA,__________, Goa.

2.*Senior Town Planner, TCPD, _________, Goa.

* Strike out which is not applicable.

263
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
264
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 172–

APPENDIX-D1
Intimation to Municipal Council/Village Panchayat 265[/Corporation]
about stages of construction

Date: ___________
From:- ____________________________________________________
(Applicant‘s name and address)
To,

The Chief Officer,

____________ Municipal Council,
_____________, Goa.
OR
To,

The Sarpanch,

Village Panchayat of ___________________________________,

______________, Goa.

Notice of commencement of the work

Sir,
I/We hereby give notice that I/We intend to commence the work in Survey No.
____________ in accordance with the plans, elevations and sections, sanctioned vide Construction
Licence No. _______ dated _______.
I/We request you to, therefore, to give necessary alignment.

Yours faithfully,

Signature of the Owner/Owners or

their authorized agent/agents.
__________

APPENDIX-E 1
Application for the Technical Clearance to be made to Notary Architect/Engineer 266[for
buildings and/or compound wall in plot area upto 500 sq. mts. and height of building limited to
G+2 storeys including stilt floor in plots formed by way of finally approved subdivision layout
plan approved earlier by competent authorities in both Planning and Development Authority
areas/Non Planning and Development Authority areas in the State of Goa]

Date: _____________
From:- _____________________________________
(Name and address of Owner)

265
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
266
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2022.
 – 173–

To,
The Notary *Architect/Engineer,
________________________,
____________, Goa.

Sir,

I/We intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site or plot of land bearing
Chalta No.__________ of P.T. Sheet No. _______/Survey No._________/Sub-divided Plot
No.___________ of_______________ City/Village on____________________________ road, in
_____________ward.
Particulars of proposed development:- __________________________ I/We forward
herewith the following:- * Strike out which is not applicable.

1. Drawings:
(a) Site Plan 5 copies ( )
(b) Detailed Plans, Elevations and Sections 5 sets ( )
(c) Location Plan 5 copies ( )
(d) *Parking Layout Plan 5 copies ( )
(e) *Contour Plans in case of sloping sites 3 copies ( )
2. Documents duly authenticated/signed as prescribed:
(a) Questionnaire 3 copies ( )
(b) *Survey Plan 1 copy ( )
(c) Copy of Index of Land (Form-III/I & XIV/Form-B/D) 1 copy ( )
(d) Document showing ownership of land 1 copy ( )
(e) Certificate from the Architect/Engineer who has planned the project
and has signed the drawings 1 copy ( )
(f) Structural Liability Certificate from the Engineer responsible for
the Structural Design of the Project 1 copy ( )
(g) Affidavit from the Owner 1 copy ( )
(h) *Power of Attorney (if applicable) 1 copy ( )
(i) Conversion Sanad/Application for recommendation for conversion 1 copy ( )
(j) *NOC from other agencies, if applicable:-
(i) ______________________
(ii) ______________________
(iii) ______________________ 1 copy ( )
I/We request that the proposed development may be approved and that the Technical
Clearance may be issued.

Yours faithfully,

___________________________
_______________________ Signature of the Architect/Engineer
Name & Signature of Owner (Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.)
 – 174–

APPENDIX-E2

Application for Completion Order to be made to the Notary *Architect/Engineer 267[for

buildings and/or compound wall in plot area upto 500 sq. mts. and height of building limited to
G+2 storeys including stilt floor in plots formed by way of finally approved sub division layout
plan approved earlier by competent authorities in both Planning and Development Authority
areas/Non Planning and Development Authority areas in the State of Goa]

Date: __________
From:- _____________________________
(Name and address of Owner)
To,

The Notary Architect/Engineer,

________________________,
____________________, Goa.

Sir,
I/We hereby give notice that I/We have completed the development work situated at
______________ in Ward No. _________ in pursuance of the deemed NOC from planning point
of view vide letter No. _____________ dated __________.

I/We am/are enclosing the following:-

(a) Completion Certificate issued by Architect/Engineer.

(b) Revised plans incorporating deviations made during the execution (if applicable).
(c) Structural Stability Certificate along with a full set of ―as built‖ structural drawings for
records.

Kindly issue the Completion Order to enable me/us to obtain Occupancy Certificate.

Yours faithfully,

________________________________________________
Signature, name and address of Owner or his authorized agent.

* Strike out whichever is not applicable.

267
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2022.
 – 175–

APPENDIX-E3
Application for Registration/Renewal of *Notary Architect/Engineer to issue the technical
clearance 268[for buildings and/or compound wall in plot area upto 500 sq. mts. and height of
building limited to G+2 storeys including stilt floor in plots formed by way of finally approved
subdivision layout plan approved earlier by competent authorities in both Planning and
Development Authority areas/Non Planning and Development Authority areas in the State of Goa]

Date: __________
From:- _______________________________
Name and address of the applicant
To,
The Chief Town Planner,
Town and Country Planning Department,
Panaji, Goa.
Sir,
I, __________________________, desiring to be registered as Notary Architect/Engineer to
issue the technical clearance over single family dwelling unit in approved sub-divided PLOT or a
natural PLOT in Settlement Zone of up to 2,000 m2 in area; with total contagious coverage on
ground not exceeding an area of 250 m2, in Non PDA areas in the State of Goa, hereby submit my
application for the same to enable me to sign plans and documents as Notary Architect/Engineer:-
Name:-
Qualifications:-

Office address:- Office Tel.:-

Residence address:- Residence Tel.:-

I am enclosing the following documents in support of my qualifications:-

a)
b)
c)
OR
I am already registered as Notary Architect/Engineer, under Registration No. ________
dated __________, validity of which is expiring on __________.
Kindly issue Registration Certificate as Notary Architect/Engineer to issue the technical
clearance over single family dwelling unit in approved sub-divided PLOT or a natural PLOT in
Settlement Zone of up to 2,000 m2 in area; with total contagious coverage on ground not
exceeding an area of 250 m2, in Non PDA areas in the State of Goa at the earliest/Renewal Order
of my Registration Certificate, to enable me to sign plans and documents as Notary
Architect/Engineer.
Yours faithfully,
____________________
Signature of the applicant

* Strike out whichever not applicable.

268
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2022.
 – 176–

APPENDIX-E4
Registration/Renewal Certificate of *Notary Architect/Engineer to issue the technical clearance
269
[for buildings and/or compound wall in plot area upto 500 sq. mts. and height of building
limited to G+2 storeys including stilt floor in plots formed by way of finally approved subdivision
layout plan approved earlier by competent authorities in both Planning and Development
Authority areas/Non Planning and Development Authority areas in the State of Goa]

Ref. No. _________ Date: ___________

REGISTRATION/RENEWAL CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Mr./Ms. ___________________________________ has been
registered as a *Notary Architect/Engineer, and he/she is eligible to issue the technical clearance
over single family dwelling unit in approved sub-divided PLOT or a natural PLOT in Settlement
Zone of up to 2,000 M2 in area with total contagious coverage on ground not exceeding an area of
250 m2, in Non PDA areas within the State of Goa, with effect from _____________ for a period
of 5 (five) years.

His/Her Registration number is ___________________.

OR
This is to certify that the validity of the Registration No. ___________ dated __________
issued to Mr./Ms. ________________________, to the technical clearance over single family
dwelling unit in approved sub-divided PLOT or a natural PLOT in Settlement Zone of up to 2,000
m2 in area with total contagious coverage on ground not exceeding an area of 250 m2, in Non
PDA areas as Notary Architect/Engineer within the State of Goa, is extended for the further period
of 5 (five) years, expiring on _______, unless renewed or revoked or suspended by competent
authority.

Chief Town Planner

TCPD, Panaji, Goa.
Note:

1. You shall quote the Registration number on all the plans and documents to be submitted
to the competent authority for obtaining approvals.
2. This Registration lapses on the expiry of appointed date unless renewed by the holder.
3. This Registration is liable to be suspended/revoked subject to the provisions provided
under the Regulations.

* Strike out whichever is not applicable.

269
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2022.
 – 177–

APPENDIX-E5
Certificate of conformity with Regulations to be issued along with the technical clearance by
the Notary Architect/Engineer 270[for buildings and/or compound wall in plot area upto 500 sq.
mts. and height of building limited to G+2 storeys including stilt floor in plots formed by way of
finally approved subdivision layout plan approved earlier by competent authorities in both
Planning and Development Authority areas/Non Planning and Development Authority areas in the
State of Goa]

*CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY WITH REGULATIONS

I, ____________________________________________, having studied the proposal submitted
(Name and Reg. No. of the Notary Architect/Engineer)
to me by ___________________________________________ do hereby certify the project of
(Name of the Owner)
_________________________ in Plot No. ____, Chalta No. _____ of P. T. Sheet No. _______/
(Name of the Project)
/Survey No. _______ in ___________city/village and that the same is in conformity with the Goa
Land Development and Building Construction Regulations, 2010.

This certificate is issued in respect of plans, one set of which is enclosed herewith, duly
signed by the Architect/Engineer who has prepared the same.

Place:-
Date:-
Signature of the Notary Architect/Engineer
Seal with Name, Address, Reg. No.
* to be issued on Letter Head.
____________

APPENDIX-E6
Technical clearance to be issued by the Notary Architect/Engineer 271[for buildings and/or
compound wall in plot area upto 500 sq. mts. and height of building limited to G+2 storeys
including stilt floor in plots formed by way of finally approved sub division layout plan approved
earlier by competent authorities in both Planning and Development Authority areas/Non Planning
and Development Authority areas in the State of Goa]

Notary Architect/Engineer
___________________________,
___________________, Goa.

Registration No._____________
Ref. Date:
Technical Clearance
Technical clearance is hereby granted for carrying out the
270
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2022.
271
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2022.
 – 178–

*(a) Construction of Building (Reconstruction/Extension/Alteration)

*(c) Construction of compound wall
As per the enclosed approved plans in the property zoned as..........in ODP/CDP/Regional
Plan and situated at_____________ Village/Town bearing Survey No./Chalta No. ______of
PTS No. _____, Plot No._______________ of approved sub-division reference
No./Development Permission No._________ dated_________ with the following
conditions:-
1. Construction shall be strictly as per the approved plans. No changes shall be effected in the
approved plans/approved built spaces without the prior permission of this Authority.
2. The permission granted shall be revoked, if any information, plans, calculations, documents
and any other accompaniments of the application are found incorrect or wrong at any stage
after the grant of the permission and the applicant will not be entitled for any compensation.
3. The permission shall be revoked if found expedient to such an action under the provision of
section 50 of The Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974.
4. The development permission will not entitle the applicant for making/laying any claim on
water and any other connection from the Government of Goa.
5. The Developer/applicant should display a sign board of minimum size 1.00 mts. x 0.50 mts.
with writing in black color on a white background at the site, as required under the
Regulations.
6. The applicant shall obtain Conversion Sanad under The Goa Land Revenue Code, 1968,
before the commencement of any development/construction as per the permission granted
by this order.
7. The soak pit should not be located within a distance of 15.00 meters from any other existing
well in the plot area/plan.
8. The commencement and the completion of the work shall be notified to the authority in
writing in appropriate forms.
9. Completion Certificate has to be obtained from this Authority before applying for
Occupancy Certificate from the licensing authority.
10. Storm water drain should be constructed along the boundary of the effected plot abutting to
the road.
11. Adequate Utility space for the dustbin, transformer, etc. should be reserved within the plot
area. In case of any cutting of sloppy land of filling of low-lying land, beyond permissible
limits, prior permission of the Chief Town Planner shall be obtained before the
commencement of the works per the provisions of section 17(A) of the Goa Town and
Country Planning Act, 1974.
12. In case of compound walls, the gates shall open inwards only and traditional access, if any,
passing through the property shall not be blocked.
13. The Ownership of the property shall be verified by the licensing body before the issuing of
the license.
THIS TECHNICAL CLEARANCE IS ISSUED WITH REFERENCE TO THE
APPLICATION DATED_____________ FROM SHRI/SMT. ____________________________.
THIS Technical clearance IS VALID FOR THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF ISSUE.

NOTARY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
 – 179–

Registration No. ________________

To,
Shri/Smt. _____________________
_____________________
_____________________
Copy to
(a) The Senior Town Planner, T&CPD North*/South Goa DO, Mapusa*/Margao Goa.
(b) *____________Municipal Council.
(c) *Village Panchayat of ____________.
* Strike out which is not applicable.
__________

APPENDIX-E7
Completion Order by Notary Architect/Engineer 272[for buildings and/or compound wall in plot
area upto 500 sq. mts. and height of building limited to G+2 storeys including stilt floor in plots
formed by way of finally approved sub division layout plan approved earlier by competent
authorities in both Planning and Development Authority areas/Non Planning and Development
Authority areas in the State of Goa]

Office of the Notary Architect/Engineer*

____________________________
_______________________, Goa.
Ref. No. ____________________ Date: __________
COMPLETION ORDER
Completion is hereby certified for:-
1. Construction of building (Reconstruction/Extension/Alteration).
2. Compound wall.
Constructed as per technical clearance granted by this Notary Architect/Engineer* vide
Deemed NOC No. _____________ dated _____, in Survey No.__________ of Village_______
Taluka_________ Goa subject to the following conditions:

1. The use of the building should be strictly as per the approval.

2. All parking spaces/garages should be used for parking of vehicles only and should not be
converted for any other use.
3. No attachment/alteration to the building shall be carried out and the building shall not be
occupied unless the occupancy certificate is obtained from the concerned Municipal
Council/Village Panchayat 273[/Corporation] on presentation of this order.
_______________________
Notary Architect/Engineer*

272
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation 2022.
273
Inserted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 180–

To,
Shri/Smt._____________________
Copy for information to
(a) The Senior Town Planner, T&CPD North*/South Goa DO, Mapusa*/Margao Goa.
*(b) The Chief Officer, ______ Muncipal Council, _________, Goa.
*(c) The Sarpanch, Village Panchayat of ___________, _________, Goa.
*Strike out which is not applicable.
_____________

APPENDIX-E8
Refusal of deemed NOC from planning point of view/technical clearance by Notary Architect/
/Engineer 274[for buildings and/or compound wall in plot area upto 500 sq. mts. and height of
building limited to G+2 storeys including stilt floor in plots formed by way of finally approved
subdivision layout plan approved earlier by competent authorities in both Planning and
Development Authority areas/Non Planning and Development Authority areas in the State of Goa]

Office of the Notary Architect/Engineer*

__________________________________,
____________________,Goa
Registration No.__________
Ref. No. _______________ Date: __________

To
Dear Sir/Madam,
With reference to your application dated ________ for technical clearance for the erection/
/re-erection of building/compound wall and execution of works situated at _________, in Ward
No. _____ in Plot No. _____/Chalta No. _____ of P. T. Sheet No. _____ /Survey No. _________,
I have to inform you that the technical clearance has been refused for the following reasons:-
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. Specify any other.

Yours faithfully,

_____________________
Notary Architect/Engineer*

* Strike out whichever is not applicable.

274
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2022.
 – 181–

ANNEXURE-I
275
[27.I. Notifications on Environment and CRZ Regulations as notified from time to time by the
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India, shall be applicable to
all permissions under these regulations.]
_____________

ANNEXURE-II
276
27.II. [Procedure for obtaining conversion sanad and guidelines for calculating conversion fees
shall be as per the provisions of The Goa Land Revenue Code, 1968.]
__________
277
[ANNEXURE-III
27.III.
1. Lift:
The requirements for lift shall be as per provisions of section 5 of Part 8 of the National Building
Code of India, 2016.
2. Fire Lift:
The requirements for fire lift shall be as per provisions of section 5 of Part 8 of the National
Building Code of India, 2016.
3. Basement: As provided under Annexure-VI at 27.VI.

3.1 Requirements:
(a) Basement exits shall be sufficient to provide for the capacity of the basement as determined in
accordance with 15.9.3. In no case there shall be less than two independent basement exits.
(b) Basements having incidental occupancies to main occupancy shall be planned with exit
requirements of the basements for the actual occupancy within the basement.
(c) Where basement is used for car parking and also there is direct approach from any occupancy
above to the basement, door openings leading to the basement shall need to be protected with
fire doors with 120 min fire rating, except for exit discharge doors from the basement.
(d) The basement shall be partitioned and in no case compartment shall be more than 500 sq. m.
and less than 50 sq. m. area except parking. Each compartment shall have ventilation
standards as laid down in Regulations separately and independently. The partition shall be
made in consultation with the Director, Directorate of Fire and Emergency Services.
(e) The first basement (immediately below ground level) can be used for services/parking/other
permissible services. Lower basement, if provided, shall exclusively be used for car parking
only.
(f) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area (aggregate) not
less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the perimeter of the basement shall
be provided in the form of grills or breakable starboard lights or pavement lights or by way of
shafts. Alternatively a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke

275
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
276
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
277
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 182–

outlets at basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with
starboard or pavement lights as before. But ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor
level have to be laid. Starboard and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible to
the firemen and clearly marked ―SMOKE OUTLET‖ or ―AIR INLET‖ with an indication of
area served at or near the opening.
(g) The staircase of basement shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance of not less than two
hours and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at ground level only
from the open air and in such positions that smoke from any fire in the basement shall not
obstruct any exit serving the ground and upper storeys of the building and shall communicate
with basement through a lobby provided with fire resisting self closing door of one hour
rating. In case of basement being used as car parking only, the travel distance shall be 45
meters.
(h) In multi-storeyed basements, intake duct may serve all basements levels, but each basement
and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Mechanical
extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall also be provided. The
system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation of smoke, heat sensitive
detectors/sprinklers, if installed, and shall have a considerably superior performance
compared to the standard units. It shall also have an arrangement to start it manually.
(i) Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement so that extractors shall
continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically with the actuation of fire
detectors. Mechanical extractors shall be designed to permit 12 air changes per hour in case of
fire or distress call. However, for normal operation, only 12 air changes or any other
convenient factor can be maintained. (i) Mechanical extractors shall have an alternate source
of power supply.
(j) Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick masonry or RCC
as far as possible and when this duct crosses the transformer area of electrical switchboard,
fire dampers shall be provided.
(k) Kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted in basement/sub-basement.
(l) If cutouts are provided from basement to the upper floors or to the atmosphere, all side cutout
openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler heads at closed spacing so as to
form a water curtain in the event of a fire.
(m) Dewatering pump shall be provided in all basements.
(n) Additional provisions shall apply to parking structures of the closed or open type, within
buildings above or below grade as per Annex H of Part 4 of the National Building Code of
India, 2016.
4. All high-rise buildings having height above 200 meters shall have provision for a Helipad on
the terrace for specific requirements like landing of fire equipment and support facilities or
other emergencies. The same shall be subject to approval of the Airport Authority and Structural
Safety from Indian Institute of Technology/National Institute of Technology.
5. Service Ducts/Refuse Chute:
Service Ducts/Refuse Chute shall be as per Clauses 3.4.5.4 and 3.4.5.5 of Part 4 of the National
Building Code of India, 2016.
6. Electrical Services:
Electrical Services shall be as per Clause 3.4.6 to Clause 3.4.6.2 of Part 4 of the National Building
Code of India.
 – 183–

7. Staircase and Corridor Lights:

The staircase and corridor lighting shall be as per Clause 3.4.7 to 3.4.7.2 of Part 4 of the National
Building Code of India, 2016.

8. Air-Conditioning:
Air-conditioning shall be as per Clause 3.4.8 to 3.4.9 of Part 4 of the National Building Code of
India, 2016.

9. Fire Dampers:
Fire Dampers shall be as per Clause 3.4.8.4of Part 4 of the National Building Code of India, 2016.

10. Boiler Rooms:

Boiler Rooms shall be as per Clause 3.4.9.2 of Part 4 of the National Building Code of India, 2016.

11. Alternate Source of Electric Supply:

Alternate Source of Electric Supply shall be as per Clause 3.4.6.4 of Part 4 of the National
Building Code of India, 2016.

12. Safety Measures in Electric Sub-Station:

Safety Measures in Electric Sub-Station shall be as per Clause 3.4.6.3 to 3.4.6.3.2 of Part 4 of the
National Building Code of India, 2016.

13. Control room:

Control room/Fire Command Centre shall be as per Clause 3.4.12of Part 4 of the National Building
Code of India, 2016.].
________
278
[Omitted]

279
[ANNEXURE - V
27.V.— ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS TO PROVIDE FOR RAIN WATER
HARVESTING IN BUILDING FROM ROOF TOP FOR STORAGE/RE-USE OR LAND
BASED CATCHMENT AREA FOR RECHARGING OF GROUND
WATER/STORAGE/RE-USE:
1. Definitions:— (a) ―Harvesting Structure‖ means a system of structures built in the building
site to collect, filter and channel the rain water from roof tops/terrace or any paved or unpaved
surface within the building site and to store collected rain water for percolation or recharge or
storage in underground or over ground tank and re-use in non-monsoon seasons. Harvesting
Structure has broad meaning and shall include ground water recharge system for percolation of
water into the ground to augment the ground water stock or/to recharge the aquifers and to avoid
flooding.
(b) ―Harvesting Tank‖ means a water tight underground tank to collect and store rain water
collected from roof tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site after
screening through filter beds/mediums for re-use in non-monsoon seasons.

278
Annexure IV omitted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
279
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 184–

(c) ―Harvesting Reservoir‖ means a water tight open to sky reservoir to collect and store rain
water collected from roof tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site
after screening through filter beds/mediums for re-use in non-monsoon seasons.
(d) ―Permeable Trench‖ means a trench dug along the compound wall/contours filled with
gravel/sand mixture for recharging the ground water with rain water collected from roof
tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site after screening through filter
beds/mediums. Permeable Trench/Pit may also include trench dug on any other appropriate spot
within the building sites or recharging of the ground water.
(e) ―Recharge Well‖ means a well with filter bed structure built around existing well/
/abandoned bore well to recharge the ground water with rain water collected from roof
tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site after screening through filter
beds/mediums for re-use in non-monsoon seasons. In the case of hard rock strata, boreholes are to
be made with filter arrangement to percolate water into the ground.
2. Structures for Rain Water Harvesting.— (a) Rain water harvesting shall be either in form
of collection of rain water from roof tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved surface within the
building site through pipes/gutters into a filter bed, built around a bore well or a well for ground
water recharge or through a filter bed into a underground harvesting tank or open to sky reservoir
for storage and use in non-monsoon periods.
(b) Any structures proposed for installation of Rain Water Harvesting (Built underground tank
or Reservoir or filter beds or bore well or permeable trench) for storage for re-use shall be
permitted free of FAR, Coverage, and height rules and shall be exempt from the setback rules
provided these structures shall not come in way of circulation nor interfere with the parking space
as per the statute. All the storage structures created for rain water harvesting has to abide by the
provisions of the design and specifications as laid down in Goa Public Health Act, 1985 for
prevention of Vector Borne Diseases.
3. Rain Water Harvesting System.— (a) Rain water harvesting is a system of collection,
transportation and storage of rain water collected from roof tops/terraces or any paved or unpaved
surface within the building site which otherwise goes as waste as run off to the natural
drain/river/sea. This resource can be harvested to recharge and replenish the ground water and or is
stored in harvesting tanks (Closed underground/over ground containers or built open to sky
reservoir) for use after treatment in the non-monsoon periods. The on line pollution of the
rainwater shall be prevented by appropriate filter beds/mediums.
(b) The harvesting tank over ground or underground shall be water tight, properly covered over
and shall be constructed of RCC, GI, Steel, PVC/FRP, stone, masonry or bricks in cement mortar
and shall be rendered inside with cement plaster. All building complexes especially group housing
societies having a minimum discharge of 10,000 liters and above per day shall install and
incorporate waste water recycling system. The recycled water shall be used for horticultural
purposes only. The plans submitted to the authority shall indicate the harvesting system along with
points of collection of rain water in surface reservoirs or in recharge wells or in underground tanks.
All the storage structures created for rain water harvesting has to abide by the provisions of the
design and specifications as laid down in Goa Public Health Act, 1985 for prevention of Vector
Borne Diseases.
(c) In case of underground tank, the design shall be such so as to provide drainage of tank when
necessary and water shall not be allowed to collect around the harvesting tank. The tank shall be
provided with a draw off that shall be so located and fitted to prevent the entry of any
animal/insects and shall have an open end to permit the overflow pipe to serve as warning pipe.
All the storage structures created for rain water harvesting has to abide by the provisions of the
design and specifications as laid down in Goa Public Health Act, 1985 for prevention of Vector
Borne Diseases.
 – 185–

(d) The harvesting tank shall be provided with mosquito proof lids and all the vents shall be
covered with mosquito proof nylon mesh. All the collection pipes for rainwater collection system
shall be thoroughly and efficiently disinfected before being put to use at the beginning of the rainy
season and after every season/major repairs. All the storage structures created for rain water
harvesting has to abide by the provisions of the design and specifications as laid down in Goa
Public Health Act, 1985, for prevention of Vector Borne Diseases.
(e) The extent of the rain water to be collected and stored in the harvesting tank shall be
proportionate to the number of users; the following design criteria are recommended:—
(i) Length/breadth: The length shall be twice the breadth.
(ii) Depth: Minimum 1.5 meters.
(iii) Air space: There should be a minimum air space of 30 centimeters between water level
and the under surface of the cover.
(iv) Capacity: A capacity of 200 liters per person is recommended, the minimum capacity of
harvesting tank shall be 10 cubic meters.
4. Harvesting Reservoirs.— (a) The Harvesting Reservoir shall be open to sky with an out
flow weir, the overflow shall be directed to existing natural drainage channel/nallah. The reservoir
shall be made water tight to prevent percolation. The reservoir tank shall be fenced to prevent any
misuse by stray animals/people and prevent drowning accidents.
(b) The harvesting reservoir shall not be used for any other purposes other than storage of water
and re-use for irrigation/augmenting supply of water for residential/commercial/industrial use in
non-monsoon periods.
5. Applicability.— As per Water Resources Department, Government of Goa‘s Policy notified
in 2008; only Roof Top Rain Water Harvesting i.e; rain water falling on roof tops, terrace or any
paved or unpaved surface on the top of the building shall be used for storage and re-use purpose.
Roof Top Rain Water Harvesting Tank for storage and re-use purpose shall be mandatory for
private buildings in case the plot area is more than 4000 m2 and having 40 units and more for
secondary use such as flushing of WC, landscaping, car washing, etc. through a separate parallel
line in the plot premises. Similarly, Public/Institutional Buildings/Complexes in plots above 4000
m2 and having a floor area of more than 2000 m2 and all commercial/industrial development in
plots more than 4000 m2 shall provide roof top rain water harvesting tank for storage and re-use.
In all other constructions, it shall be recommendatory. For availing subsidies, the provisions of
rain water harvesting policy notified by the Water Resources Department shall be complied with.
However, users of this Group who incorporate Sewerage Treatment Plant (STP) or Waste
Water recycling processes in their plot/premises shall be exempted from the mandatory provision
of roof top rain water harvesting structures in their buildings. It is advisable that waste water
available from waste water recycling process is used for secondary uses such as flushing of WC,
gardening/landscaping car washing etc. through a separate parallel line in the plot/premises.
The payment of subsidy on reimbursement basis to the owners of the building on the
expenditure incurred for cost of structures constructed for roof top rainwater harvesting structures
shall be done by the Water Resources Department as per their Notified Policy for Roof Top Rain
Water Harvesting Scheme.
Rain Water Harvesting for storage and re-use purpose shall be recommendatory for all the
other buildings who are encouraged to incorporate such a system. It is advisable that water
available from such storage facility is used for secondary uses such as flushing of WC,
gardening/landscaping car washing etc. through a separate parallel line in the plot/premises.
However, Rain Water Harvesting for recharging of ground water especially deep aquifers shall
be permitted in areas identified and designated for the purpose in the State of Goa by the Water
Resource Department, Government of Goa.]
 – 186–

ANNEXURE-VI
27.VI.

Additional Regulations to provide for Multi-Level Basement Floors in Buildings

for Parking, Building Services, etc.
1. Basement floor:

The construction of the basement floor shall be allowed by the Authority in accordance with
the land use and other provisions specified under the ODP/Zoning Plan for the following
uses:

(a) Basement floors shall not be used for purposes other than parking and for locating
machines for services and utilities for the building. When used for parking, convenient
entry and exit shall be provided to the basement floors from road with a minimum
width of 10 meters. Access to the basement floors when used for other uses other than
parking purposes can be from inside the building.
(b) Strong rooms in case of banks shall be allowed.

(c) Installation of Radiology and X-Ray equipments only in case of hospital buildings
having capacity of more than 50 beds can be allowed. The area to be used for this
purpose shall not be reckoned for FAR purpose.

(d) Installation and running of machines for services and utilities for the building. The area
to be used for this purpose shall not be reckoned for FAR purpose.

(e) When used as office space, sufficient number of exit ways and access ways shall be
provided with a travel distance not more than 15.0 m. The travel distance in case of
dead-end shall be 7.5 m. The basement floor may be partitioned and in no case
compartment shall be more than 500 sq. m. and less than 50 sq. m. area except when
used for parking. Each compartment shall have ventilation standards as laid down in
Regulations separately and independently. The partition shall be made in consultation
with Chief Fire Officer. The area to be used for this purpose shall be reckoned for FAR
purpose.

2. The basement floors shall have the following requirement:

(a) Every basement floor shall be in every part at least 2.5 m. in height from the floor to
underside of the roof slab or ceiling and with maximum height not more than 4.5 m.
(b) In case of high rise building/3 Star/5 Star hotel buildings where extra height is
necessary for installation and running of the machinery or for purpose of double
storied parking lot where mechanical lifts are used for car parking at least for one level,
the basement floor may be lowered so as to increase the height upto 4.5 meters. The
increase in height shall be limited to the area actually required for the machinery for
 – 187–

car parking lifts. NOC from fire services shall be furnished by the applicant for
permitting such increase in height.

(c) Adequate artificial light and ventilation shall be provided for the each of the basement
floor. The standard of artificial light and ventilation shall be the same as required by
the particular occupancy according to these Regulations. Any deficiency in ventilation
may be met by providing adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers,
exhaust fans (one exhaust fan for 50.00 square meters basement area), air-conditioning
system, etc.

(d) The minimum height of the ceiling of any basement floor shall be 0.90 meters and
maximum of 1.20 meters above the average road level on the front side of the building.

(e) Adequate arrangement shall be made such that surface drainage does not enter
the basement floors. De-watering pumps are installed on each basement floor to
prevent flooding.

(f) The walls and floors of the basement floors shall be watertight and be so designed that
the effect of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken into account in design
and adequate damp proofing treatment is done.

(g) The access to the basement floors shall be either from the main or alternate staircase
providing access to the building. No direct entry from the road shall be permitted to
the basement except when used for parking purposes, convenient entry and exit ramps
shall be provided to the basement floors from road with a minimum width of 10.00
meters.

(h) Basement floor in an individual plot touching the adjacent property shall be allowed
subject to following:

(i) In all cases the owners shall have to indemnify the local body against any damage
caused by her/him/them to the adjacent property.

(ii) In case the portion of the basement floor projecting out of the building line that
shall flush with the ground.

(i) In case partition in the basement floors are allowed by the Authority, no compartment
shall be less than 50.00 square meters in area and each compartment shall have
ventilation standards as laid down in sub-clause (c) above, separately and
independently. The basement floor partition shall however, confirm to the norms laid
down by Fire Services.
280
[(j) Fire and Safety requirements as applicable to each basement floor shall be as per
Annexure-III, regulation 27.III.];
281
[]

280
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
281
Omitted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 188–

ANNEXURE-VII

27.VII.

ADDITIONAL GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS. From the National Building

Code 2005
is placed in these Regulations for reference and information only

1. General:
This part sets out the standard space requirements of various parts of a building and those of
light and ventilation. Some of these items depend on the number of persons who would
normally occupy the building, for which the occupant load should be worked out from table
hereunder:
TABLE-VII.1 - Occupant Load

Sl. No. Type of Occupancy Occupant Load per 100 sq. m.

of Plinth or Covered Area

1 Residential 8.0
2 Educational 25.0
3 Institutional 6.60
4 Assembly
(a) with fixed or loose seats and dance floor 166.6
(b) without seating facilities including dining rooms 66.6
5 Mercantile
(a) street floor and sales basement 33.3
(b) upper sale floor 16.6
6 Business and industrial 10.0
7 Storage 3.3
8 Hazardous 10.0

 The occupant load in dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages or mental
hospitals etc. where sleeping accommodation is provided shall be calculated at not less than
13.3 persons per 100 sq. m.
 The plinth or covered area shall include, in addition to the main assembly room or space,
any occupied connecting room or space in the same storey or in the storeys above or below
where entrance is common to such rooms and space and the area available for use by the
occupants of the assembly place. No deduction shall be made in the plinth/covered area for
corridors, closets and other sub-divisions; that area shall include all space serving the
particular assembly occupancy.
2. Space requirement for different parts of building:
2.1 Main Building:
The plinth or any part of a building or outhouse shall be so located with respect to average
road level from site so that adequate drainage of the site is assured but with a height not less
than 45 cm.
2.2 Interior Courtyards, Covered Parking Spaces and Garages:
These shall be raised at least 15 cm. above the surrounding ground level and shall
satisfactorily drained.
2.3 Habitable Rooms Size and Width:
 – 189–

The minimum size and width shall be as given in Table VII.2

TABLE-VII.2 - Minimum Size and Width of Different Components of Residential Premises.
Sl. Component of Building Minimum requirement for Minimum requirement for
No. dwelling up to 50 sq. mts. dwelling above 50 sq. mts
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Habitable Room Area 7.50 sq. m Area 9.50 sq.m
Width 2.10 m Width 2.40 m.
Height 2.75 m. Height 2.75 m.
2. Kitchen Area 3.30 sq. m. Area 4.50 sq.m
Width 1.50 m. Width 1.50 m.
Height 2.75 m. Height 2.75 m.
3. Pantry Area N.A. Area 3.00 sq. m.
Width N.A. Width 1.40 m.
Height N.A. Height 2.75 m
4. Bath Room Area 1.20 sq. m. Area 1.80 sq.m
Width 1.00 m. Width 1.20 m.
Height 2.20 m. Height 2.20 m.
5. W. C. Area 1.00 sq. m. Area 1.10 sq.m
Width 0.90 m. Width 0.90 m.
Height 2.20 m. Height 2.20 m.
6. Combined Bath & W.C. Area 1.80 sq. m. Area 2.80 sq.m
(Toilet)
Width 1.00 m. Width 1.20 m.
Height 2.20 m. Height 2.20 m.
7. Store Area No restriction Area No
restriction
Width No restriction Width No
restriction
Height 2.20 m Height 2.20 m
8. Projections Permitted within the setbacks Permitted within the
up to 0.75 m. width setbacks up to 0.75 m. width
9. Canopy See Clause 4.9.6 See Clause 4.9.6.
10 Garage — Area 14.85 sq. m.
Width 2.75 m.
Length 5.40 m.
Height 2.40 m.
11 Passages — Width 1.00 m.
12. Doorways Habitable rooms Width 0.80 m. Width 0.90 m.
Height 2.00 m. Height 2.20 m.
13. For kitchen, bath, W.C. etc. Width 0.75 m. Width 0.75 m.
Height 2.00 m. Height 2.00 m.
14. Staircase Width 0.75 m Width 0.90 m.
No restriction for internal ladder —-
Note:
(1) Provided that the minimum clear head way under any beam shall be not less than 2.4 m.
(2) Maximum height permissible for all the components of the building mentioned above is 4 m.
 – 190–

3. Group Housing:
(a) Building requirement in respect of dwelling units up to 45 square meters in size will
correspond to Table VII.2 and as applicable to column-3 of the said Table.
(b) Building requirement in respect of dwelling units above 45 sq. m. may be referred from
the Table VII.2 and as applicable to column-4 of the said Table.
(c) Projection into setbacks without counting towards FAR:
(i) All open spaces provided either in interior or exterior shall be kept free from any
erections thereon and shall open to the sky. Nothing except cornice, chhajja or
weather shade (not more than 0.75 m. wide) shall overhang or project over the said
open space so as to reduce the width to less than minimum required.

Note: Such projections shall not be allowed at height less than 2.2 m. from the corresponding finished
floor level:
(ii) One canopy per block on the ground floor not exceeding 4.5 m. in length and 2.4 m.
in width.
(iii) Balcony at roof slab level of 1.5 m. width and area not exceeding 3.5 sq. m. per
bedroom but not exceeding 3 in number per flat.
(iv) Balcony having entrance from the toilet/bathroom and width as 1.5 m. for drying
clothes.

4. Non-Residential Buildings:
The minimum area for office room/shop or any other space to be used as workspace shall
not be less than 6.0 sq. m. with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

5. Other General Requirements:

5.1 Kitchen:
Every room to be used as a kitchen shall have—
(a) Unless separately provided in a pantry, means for washing of kitchen utensils, which
shall lead directly or through a sink to a grated and trapped connection to the waste
pipe.
(b) An impermeable floor.
(c) At least a window not less than 1 sq. m. in area open directly to an interior or exterior
open space, but not into a shaft, and
(d) In residential building 15 m. or more in height, refuse chutes.

5.2 Bathroom and W.C.C.:

Every bathroom or water closet compartment shall—
(a) Be so situated that atleast one of its walls shall open to external air and shall have a
minimum opening in the form of window or ventilation to the extent of 0.37 sq. m.
(b) Not be directly over any room other than another latrine, washing place, bath or terrace
unless it has a watertight floor.
(c) Have the platform or seat made of watertight non-absorbent material.
 – 191–

(d) Be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall partition shall be
finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1.0 m. above the
floor of such a room.
(e) Be provided with an impervious floor covering, sloping towards the drain with a
suitable grade and not towards verandah or any other room.
(f) No room containing water closet compartments shall be used for any purpose except as
a lavatory.
(g) Every water closet compartment and/or a set of urinals shall have flushing cistern of
adequate capacity attached to it.
(h) A toilet on terrace having a maximum of 2.2 mt. height shall be permitted subject to
condition that the area of toilet be counted in FAR.
(i) All the sewage outlets shall be connected to the Municipal Sewerage system. Where no
such system exists, a septic tank with soak pit shall be provided within the plot
conforming to the requirements of the Health Department.
5.3 Loft:
Lofts shall be permitted in residential building and shops only. Area of such loft shall be
restricted to 25% of the covered area or respective floor. Minimum height between loft and
ceiling shall be 1.75 m. and the clear height below the loft shall be as stipulated in these
Regulations for the space below it.
5.4 Mezzanine Floor:
Mezzanine floor may be permitted with the minimum height of 2.75 m. between any two
floors above ground in all types of building provided the same is counted as part of total
permissible floor area ratio and height of the building.
5.5 Garage:
(a) The plinth of garage located at ground level shall not be less than 15 cm. above the
surrounding ground level.
(b) The garages shall be setback behind the building line of the street/road on to which the
plot abuts and shall not be located affecting the access ways to the building. If the
garage is not setback as aforesaid, the Authority may require the owner or occupier of
the garage to discontinue its use as such or to carry out such structural alterations to the
premises or to take such other measures as the Authority may consider necessary in
order to prevent danger or obstruction to traffic along the street.
6. Requirement in respect of building sites:
6.1 Damp Sites:
Wherever the dampness of a site or the nature of the soil renders such precautions necessary,
the ground surface of the site between the walls of any building erected thereon shall be
rendered damp-proof to the satisfaction of the Authority.
6.2 Distance from Electric Line:
The distance in accordance with the current electricity rules and its amendments from time
to time is to be provided between the building and overhead electric supply line.
 – 192–

TABLE-VII. 3

Vertically Horizontally
a) Low and medium voltage lines and service 2.50 m. 1.20 m.
lines
b) High voltage lines up to and including 3.70 m. 1.20 m.
11,000 volts
c) High voltage lines above 11,000 volts and 3.70 m. 2.00 m.
up to and including 33,000 volts
d) Extra high voltage lines additional 33,000 Plus 0.3 mt. for every Plus 0.3 m. for
volts additional 33,000 V every additional
or part thereof 33,000 V or part
thereof

6.3 Minimum size of site:

The minimum size of sites for the construction of different types of building or different use
groups shall be in accordance with provisions of the Plan and any land development Rules
and Regulations.
7. Means of Access:
7.1 No Building shall be erected as to deprive any other building of its means of access.
7.2 Every person who erects a building shall not at any time erect or cause or permit to erect or
re-erect any building, which in any way encroaches upon or diminishes the area set apart as
means of access.
7.3 For buildings identified in these Regulations-9, the following provisions of means of
access shall be applicable.
(a) The width of the main street on which the building abuts shall not be less than 12.0m.
(b) If there are any bends or curves in the approach road, sufficient width shall be
permitted at the curve to enable the fire tenders to turn, the turning circle shall be at
least of 9.0 m. radius.
(c) The approach to the building and open spaces on its all sides up to 6.0 m. width and
the layout for the same shall be done in consultation with the 282[Director, Directorate
of Fire and Emergency Services] and the same shall be of hard surface capable of
taking the weight of fire tender, weighing up to 22 tones for low rise building and 45
tones for building 15 m., and above in height. The said open space shall be kept free
of obstructions and shall be motorable.
(d) Main entrance to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to the
fire tender and in no case it shall measure less than 5 m. The entrance gate shall fold
back against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way
within the plot free for movement of the fire service vehicles. If-archway is provided
over the main entrance, the height of the archway shall not be of height less than
5.0m.

282
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 193–

(e) For multi-storeyed group housing schemes on one plot, the approach road shall be
20.0 m. or as per Master Plan/Development Plan provisions and between individual
buildings, there shall be 6.0 m. space around.
(f) In case of basement extending beyond the building line, it shall be capable of taking
load of 45 tones for a building of height 15.0 m. and above and 22 tones for building
height less than 15.0 m.
(g) The external window shall not be blocked by louvers etc. In such case provisions shall
be made so that one can enter the building to be rescued through the window by using
hydraulic platform etc.
8. Exit Requirements:
8.1 General: The following general requirement shall apply to exits:
(a) Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with exits sufficient to
permit safe escape of occupants in case of fire or other emergency.
(b) In every building exit shall comply with the minimum requirement of this part, except
those not accessible for general public use.
(c) All exists shall be free of obstructions.
(d) No buildings shall be altered so as to reduce the number, width or portion of exits to
less than required.
(e) Exits shall be clearly visible and the routes to reach exits shall be clearly marked and
signs posted to guide the occupants of floor concerned.
(f) All exit ways shall be properly illuminated.
(g) Fire fighting equipment where provided along exits shall be suitably located and clearly
marked but must not obstruct the exit way and there should be clear indication about its
location from either side of the exit way.
(h) Alarm devices shall be installed to ensure prompt evacuation of the occupants
concerned through the exits, wherever required.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an
exterior open space leading to a street.
(j) Exits shall be so arranged that they may be reached without passing through another
occupied unit, except in the case of residential buildings.
9. Projections into set-back areas:
(a) Every interior or exterior open space shall be kept, free from any erection thereon and
shall be open to the sky. Nothing except cornice, chajja or weather shade (not more
than 0.75 m. wide) shall overhang or project over the said open spaces so as to reduce
the width to less than the minimum required.
Note: Such projections shall not be allowed at a height less than 2.20 m. from the corresponding finished
floor level.
(b) A canopy or canopies each not exceeding 4.50 m. in length and 2.40 m. in width in the
form of cantilever or cantilevers, over the main entrance/entrances, providing a
minimum clear height of 2.50 m. below the canopy.
In single storeyed residential building, only one such canopy shall be permitted for
each individual detached block. In more than one storeyed residential building, two
canopies shall be permitted over ground floor/higher floor entrances. In buildings of
other occupancies, the permissibility of canopy, canopies shall be as decided by the
Authority on its merits.
 – 194–

(c) In case of residential building only, a balcony or balconies at roof level of a width of
1.50 meters overhanging in set backs within one‘s own land and courtyards provided
the minimum area required shall not be reduced by more than 30% of such set back
areas.
(d) The projections (cantilever) of cupboards and shelves shall be permitted and are
exempted from covered area and FAR calculations in case of residential buildings only.
Such projection shall be up to 0.75 m. depth provided.
(i) That no cupboard shall project in the side set back on the ground floor.
(ii) That outer length of cupboard overhanging in the set backs shall not exceed 2.0 m.
per habitable room. In addition to this, cupboard under the above and windows
can be provided.
Note: Cupboard means a space used for storage of household goods/clothes, having shelves/partitions not
more than 1.5 m. apart.
(iii) Only one pergola on each floor shall be permitted in a residential building if
constructed in the exterior open spaces or terrace. Such pergola shall not exceed 3.50
sq. m. in area on which 40% shall be void and shall have a clear height 2.20 m.

10. In addition to above, the following shall not be included in covered area and FAR
calculations:—
(a) Machine room for lift on top floor as required for the lift machine installation.
Note: The shaft provided for lift shall be taken for covered area calculations only on one floor.
(b) Rockery, well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if
uncovered), platform round a tree, tank, fountain, bench, chabutara with open top
and/or unenclosed sides by walls, open ramps, compound wall, gate, slide swing door,
uncovered staircase (uncovered and unclosed on three sides except for a 0.90 m. high
railing/wall, overhead water tank on top of building/open shafts.
(c) A mumty over staircase on top floor.
(d) Culvert on Municipal drains.
11. Height Limit:
The height and number of storeys shall be related to provisions of Zoning given in
Regulation 6A.4 and the provisions of set-back given in these Regulations, subject to the
following:
(a) The height of building shall depend upon the Zone and as given in Regulation 6A.4.

(b) If a building abuts on two or more streets of different width, the building shall be
deemed to face upon the street that has the greater width and the height of the building
shall be regulated by the width of that street. Height shall however, not exceed the
maximum height as provided in the Master Plan.

(c) For buildings in the vicinity of the aerodromes the maximum height of such buildings
shall be subject to clearance from the Civil Aviation Authorities from time to time and
to this effect a no objection certificate issued by that Authority shall be submitted by
the applicant along with plans to the sanctioning Authority.

Note: The location of slaughter house/butcher house and other areas for activities like depositing of
garbage dumps which would attract high flying birds like eagles/hawks etc. shall not be permitted
within a radius of 10 km. from aerodrome reference point.
 – 195–

12. Height Exemptions:

The following structures shall not be included in the height of building covered under
these Regulations.
Roof tanks and their supports not exceeding 1.0 m. in height, ventilating, air conditioning
and lift rooms and similar service equipments, stair covered with Mumty not exceeding
3.00 m. in height. Chimneys and parapet wall and architectural features.
13. Lighting and Ventilation of Rooms:
13.1 All habitable rooms shall have for the admission of light and air, one or more apertures,
such as window, glazed door and fan lights, opening directly to the external air or into a
open verandah not more than 2.40 meters in width. In case light and ventilation to
habitable space area are through an internal courtyard, the minimum dimensions of such
courtyard shall not be less than 3.00 mts. x 3.00 mts. for buildings up to 12.50 meters in
height. For buildings with higher heights, the minimum dimensions of the internal
courtyard shall be as per these Regulations.
13.2 Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting and
natural ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and mechanical
ventilation as given in part-VII building services Section-1 lighting and Ventilation of
National Building Code of India published by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The latest
version of the National Building Code of India shall be taken into account at the time of
enforcement of the Building Regulations.
Notwithstanding the above, the minimum aggregate area of openings of habitable rooms
and kitchens excluding doors shall be not less than 1/10 of the floor area.
No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than 7.50 m. from the
opening assumed for lighting that portion.
13.3 Ventilation Shaft:
For ventilating the spaces for water closets and bathrooms, if not opening on the front
side, rear and interior open spaces, shall open on the ventilation shaft, the size, of which
shall not be less than the values given below:
TABLE-VII.4:

Height of Building in meters Size of ventilation shaft in sq. meters Minimum size of shaft in meters

9.0 1.5 1.0

12.5 3.0 1.2

15 and above 4.0 1.5

*For commercial buildings, mechanical ventilation system shall be installed besides the
provision of minimum ventilation shaft.
14. Parapet:—
Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terrace, balcony etc. should not
be less than 1.0 m. and more than 1.5 m. in height.

Note: The above shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible by a staircase.
 – 196–

ANNEXURE-VIII
27. VIII

ADDITIONAL SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OCCUPANCY/LAND DEVELOPMENT

(From the National Building Code of India, 2005 placed in these Regulations for reference
and information only)

1. Industrial Buildings (Factories, Workshops etc.).—

(a) The relevant provisions contained in the Factory Act, 1948 shall apply for the
construction of factory buildings. The minimum internal height of workrooms shall not
be less than 4.5 m. measured from the floor level to the lowest point in the ceiling
provided that this bye-law shall not apply to room intended for storage, go-downs and
the like purposes but only in rooms occupied by workers for purposes of manufacture.
In case of small factories, employing less than 50 workers for purposes of
manufacturing and carrying on a class of manufacturing covered under the flatted
factories and service industries, as given in the Master Plan/Development Plan, the
Authority may allow minimum height up to 3.66 m.
(b) Parking space provisions as provided in development code of Master
Plan/Development Plan.
(c) Requirements of water supply, drainage and sanitary installation shall be as per the
National Building Code of India Part-4 Fire & Life Safety, but in no case less than 1
W.C. and one urinal shall be permitted.
(d) (i) Notwithstanding the provision of exits requirements as per the National Building
Code of India Part-4 Fire & Life Safety, each working room shall be provided with
adequate number of exits not less than two in number.
(ii) No exit shall be less than 1.2 m. in width and 2.1 m. in height and doors of such
exit shall be so arranged that it can be opened easily from inside.
No staircase, lobby corridors or passage shall be less than 1.20 meters in width. In
addition to the requirement in this part, provisions contained in National Building Code
of India shall be followed.
(e) There shall be provided at all time for each person employed in any room of factory at
least 3.50 square meters of floor space exclusive to that occupied by the machinery and
a breathing space of at least 15 cum. (Further the provision of Part-8 Section-1 lighting
and ventilation of National Building Code of India shall be followed).
(f) The effluent from industries (industrial and biological in nature) shall be treated and
shall be of quality to the satisfaction of the concerned local bodies before letting out
the same into a watercourse or municipal drain.
2. Educational Building (School/Colleges).—
(a) No basement or cellar room shall be designed, constructed, altered, converted or used
for the purpose of study or instruction.
(b) Every such building, exceeding two storeys in height shall be constructed of fire
resisting material throughout.
(c) The minimum size of a cellar room, study room or room used for purposes of
instruction shall be 5.50 mts. x 4.50 mts. and no part of such room shall be distant more
than 7.50 meters from an external wall abutting on the requisite open space. Every such
room shall have minimum ventilation to the extent of 1/5th of its floor area.
 – 197–

(d) A minimum of 1.0 sq. m. of net floor space per student shall be provided. A central hall
will not be counted in the accommodation, nor will a class room for cookery, laundry,
manual instruction, drawing or science. The number of students in such building shall
be calculated on this basis for the purpose of this clause.
(e) Every assembly room, gymnasium shall have a clear height of 3.60 meters except under
a girder which may project 0.60 meters below the required ceiling height.
A clear internal height under balcony or a girder shall not be less than 3.00 meters.
A minimum room height for classroom in all schools and other institutions shall not be
less than 3.00 meters. The minimum head room under beams shall be 2.75 meters.
(f) Exit requirements shall conform to these Regulations 15.5 (a) (vi). No door shall be
less than 1.20 meters in width and 2.20 meters in height.
(g) Requirement of water supply, drainage and sanitary installation shall conform to
Building Services at 14.
(h) Playground shall be provided as per norms.
3. Assembly Building (Cinema, Theatres, etc.).—
(a) The relevant provisions of the Cinematographic Rules/Acts of the particular States and
IS: 4878 code for construction of Cinema Building shall apply for planning, design and
construction of Cinema Building.
(b) Parking spaces wherever not specifically given shall conform to the Regulation 10.
(c) Requirements of water supply, drainage and sanitation shall conform to Building
Services at 14.
(d) Buildings for religious worship shall not be erected on a site, which has not been
previously approved by the Authority.
4. Burial and Cremation Grounds.—
The Authority shall under the provisions of their Regulations/Acts, regulate the location
and area limits of the burial and cremation grounds, including cemetery. Further, the
Authority shall prohibit certain burial and cremation grounds to be located in certain area,
which in their opinion is dangerous or likely to be dangerous to the health and well being
of the persons living in the neighborhood or to be offensive to such persons.
5. Building in mining area.—
Building in mining area shall not be constructed to a height more than one storey without
the special prior approval of the Authority.
6. Poultry Farms (wherever allowed as per Plan).—
6.1. The coverage for poultry farms shall be as allowed in case of farmhouses.
6.2. Setback: The setback for farm building from the right of way shall be as under:
TABLE: 8.1
Road(R/W) Front Setback
National Highway (90 m.) 60 m.
State Highway (60 m.) 37 m.
Major District Road (30 m.) 22 m.
Village Road (18 m.) 13 m.
 – 198–

6.3 Space Planning:

(a) There should be a minimum distance of 6.0 mt. between sheds in the farm.
(b) The minimum distance of any farm building from the property line should be 4.5 m.
(c) The minimum distance of any farm shed or farm building from the dwelling unit should
be 7.5 m.
6.4 Farm Shed:
See REGULATIONS FOR FARM HOUSE AND OTHER AUXILIARY STRUCTURES
FOR POULTRY OR ANIMAL SHEDS IN Agricultural lands at Annexure XI.
6.5. Farm House:
See REGULATIONS FOR FARM HOUSE AND OTHER AUXILIARY STRUCTURES
FOR POULTRY OR ANIMAL SHEDS IN Agricultural lands at Annexure XI.
___________
ANNEXURE-IX
27. IX
Regulation for Conservation
1. Definitions.— In this part, unless the context otherwise requires,
(a) ―Conservation Zone‖ shall mean an area, precinct or group of buildings, site, artifact,
boulevard, promenade, or any such super imposed area on any zone as earmarked in the
statutory plans which has architectural, cultural, social, archaeological, historic,
landscape, aesthetic value or has value as an open space, skyline, roofscape, point of
view or vista for the community or is associated with a person prevent of local,
regional, national importance as may be decided by the Government with the approval
of the Conservation Committee.
(b) ―Government‖ means Government of Goa.
(c) ―Conservation Committee‖ means the Conservation Committee constituted by the
Government.
(d) ―Heritage building‖ means an individual or religious or institutional building, structure,
artifact, site, promenade, boulevard, piece of street, furniture or specific ornamentation
or portion thereof that is considered to be of architectural, cultural, social,
archaeological, historic, landscape, aesthetic or has value as open space, skyline,
roofscape point of view or vista, promenade, boulevard for the community or being
associated with a person or event of local, regional, national importance as may be
decided by the Government with the approval of the Conservation Committee
constituted by the Government.
(e) ―Heritage Precinct‖ means any group of buildings or an area or site/s, roofs capes,
skylines, street line, point of view or vista for the community or portion thereof that is
considered to be of architectural, cultural, social, archaeological, historic, aesthetic and
landscape value or being associated with a person or event of local, regional, national
importance as may be decided by the Government with the approval of the
Conservation Committee.
(f) ―Chairperson‖ means Chairperson appointed by the Government having prescribed
qualifications and status as defined in the Rules.
(g) ―Member‖ means Member appointed by the Government having prescribed
qualifications and status as defined in the Rules.
(h) ―Member Secretary‖ means Member Secretary appointed by the Government.
 – 199–

2. General Instructions.—
1) Applicability:— These instructions will apply to those buildings, artifacts, areas,
precincts, zones, promenades, boulevards, etc. (herein and thereafter referred to as ―listed
buildings‖ or ―listed precincts‖ or ―conservation zones‖) of architectural, cultural, social,
archaeological, historic, aesthetic, natural value or of value as open spaces, skylines, roof
scapes/precincts, view or vista for the community or being associated with a person or event of
local, regional, national importance which will be listed in a notification to be issued by the
Government. These regulations will also be applied to those buildings/precincts which are not
listed/not falling within the Conservation areas but where the Conservation Committee feels that
these buildings/precincts have intrinsic heritage value.
2) Restriction on Development/Redevelopment/Repairs:— No development or
redevelopment or engineering operation or additions, alterations renovations including the painting
of buildings, replacement of special features or demolition of the whole or any part thereof or
plastering of said listed buildings or listed precincts or conservation zone/zones shall be allowed
except with the prior written permission of the Chairperson, Conservation Committee. This will
also be applicable to those buildings/precincts which are not listed/not falling within the
Conservation areas but where the Conservation Committee feels that these buildings/precincts
have intrinsic heritage value.
The Chairperson shall act on the advice of or in consultation with the Conservation
Committee as appointed by the Government (herein and thereafter called the ―Conservation
Committee‖).
2(a) Procedures for obtaining permission shall be as per 6B.1.7 of Goa Land Development
and Building Construction Regulations, 2010. The guidelines for design to be followed are given
at 6B 1.8 of the same regulations.

2(b) For Archaeological sites/monuments declared protected sites and monuments in GOA
and within a minimum area up to 300 meters from the Protected monuments notified under the
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 (Central Act 24 of 1958) -a
NOC from the designated authority of the Director General, Archaeological Survey of India, New
Delhi is required in addition to 2(a).

2(c) For Archaeological sites/monuments under the Goa, Daman and Diu Ancient
Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1978 a NOC from the Director of
Archives/Archaeology, Panaji-Goa, are required in addition to 2(a).

3) In relation to religious buildings in the said list, the changes, repairs, additions,
alterations and renovations required on religious grounds mentioned in the sacred texts, as part of
holy practices laid down in specific religious codes shall be treated as permissible, subject to their
being in accordance and in consonance with the original structure and architecture; designs,
aesthetics and other special features thereof. This will also be applicable to religious buildings
outside the said list/conservation areas where the Conservation Committee feels that these
religious buildings/precincts have intrinsic heritage value.

4) Preparation of list of heritage buildings and heritage precincts/conservation

areas/zones:— The said list of individual buildings, artifacts, areas, precincts, zones, promenades,
boulevards, etc. (hereinafter referred to as ―listed buildings‖ or ―listed precincts‖ or ―Conservation
zones‖ of architectural, cultural, social, archaeological, historic, landscape, aesthetic value or of
value as open spaces, skylines, roof scapes, view or vistas for the community or being associated
with a person for the community or being associated with a person or event of local, regional,
national importance to which this part apply shall form part of these Regulations read with the
Goa Town and Country Planning Act, 1974.
 – 200–

This list may be supplemented, altered, deleted or modified from time to time by
Government on receipt of proposals from the Chairperson or from the said Conservation
Committee or by Government suo motto, provided that before the said list is supplemented,
altered, deleted or modified, objections and suggestions are invited from the public and duly
considered by the Chairperson, Conservation Committee and by Government.

5) Power to alter, modify or relax the Conservation Committee Regulations:— After

consultation with the said Conservation Committee, the Government shall have the power to alter,
modify or relax the provisions of other Regulations if that is required for the protection,
preservation and/or conservation of the historic, cultural, landscape, aesthetic, recreational,
architectural, archaeological, social quality of any listed building/buildings or listed precinct/
/precincts or areas/areas or zone/zones.

6) Hearing to persons likely to be affected:— Provided that in case any alterations,

modifications or relaxation of any of the provisions of the Goa Land Development and Building
Construction Regulations, 2010 will cause undue losses to the owners/leases of heritage
buildings/precincts/conservation‘s zones, the Chairperson shall give an opportunity of hearing to
the said owner/owners/leases and to the public.

7) Grant of Transferable Development Rights in cases of loss of Development Rights:-— If

any application for development is refused under this part or conditions imposed while permitting
such development, which deprive the owner/lessee of any unconsumed FAR (Floor Area Ratio),
the said owner/lessee shall be compensated by a grant of a Development Rights Certificate
(hereinafter referred to as ―TDR‖/―TRC‖) of the nature set out in the Appendix and as may be
prescribed by Government from time to time. The extent of ―TDR‖/―TRC‖ certificates to be
granted may be determined in consultation with the Conservation Committee and will not be
awarded unless sanctioned by the Government.

8) Maintaining Skyline/Roof scape:— Buildings included in listed Heritage Precincts or

Conservation Zones shall maintain their skyline or roof scape in the precinct. No high rise
development which in the opinion of the Conservation Committee will be detrimental to the
skyline or roof scape or land scape in the heritage precinct or conservation zone shall be allowed
as may be existing in the surrounding area, so as not to diminish or destroy the value and beauty of
the said listed heritage building or precinct or conservation zone. Development within the precinct
shall be in accordance with the guidelines framed by the Conservation Committee.

9) Provision of repeals of other Acts/Rules in force and Restrictive Covenants:—

Restrictions existing as on the date of this notification imposed under covenants, terms and
conditions on plots held either by the State Government or by the Mormugao Port Trust or by any
of the Corporation of City of Panaji/Municipal Councils shall continue to be imposed in addition
to the Goa Land Development and Building Construction Regulations, 2010. However, in case
there is any conflict with the heritage protection, preservation or conservation interest, then the
Conservation Committee Regulations will prevail.

10) Repair Fund:— All buildings, artifacts, structures and sites shall be repaired by the
owners/lessees of these properties themselves. A fund may be created; however, to be kept at the
Chairperson‘s disposal who may make disbursements from these funds in consultation with the
Conservation Committee to carry out the repairs if needed in public interest.

4. Grading of listed buildings, precincts or Conservation Zones in State of Goa by the

Conservation Committee :

It would be considered mandatory to indicate a grade for every listed building or listed
precinct or conservation zone. Grade I, Grade II A, Grade II B or Grade III would be the standard
 – 201–

accepted norm for grading of all listed buildings and/or precincts and/or Conservation zones. The
meanings of these Grades and basic guidelines for development permissions are as follows:

Grade I:
1. Definition: Grade I comprises of buildings and precincts of national or historic importance
embodying excellence in architectural style, design, technology and material usage; they may be
associated with a great historic event, personality movement or institution. They may have been or
currently are Urban or Rural landmarks.

2. Objective: Grade I deserves careful preservation.

3. Scope for changes: No interventions would be permitted on the exterior or the interior
unless it is necessary in the interest of strengthening and prolonging the life of a building or
precinct or any parts or features thereof. For this purpose, absolutely essential and minimal
changes would be allowed which must be in accordance with the originality of the structure.

4. Procedure: Development permissions for changes would be given by the Statutory

Authority on the advice of the Conservation Committee to be appointed by the GOA Government.

5. Vistas and Surrounds: All development in areas surrounding Grade-I buildings and
precincts shall be regulated and controlled, ensuring that this development does not mar the
grandeur of or views from the Grade I building or precinct.

Grade II A & Grade II B:

1. Definition: Grade II A and II B comprise of buildings of regional or local importance,
possessing special architectural or aesthetic merit, cultural or historic values although of a lower
scale than Grade I. These are local landmarks, contributing to the image and identity of the region.
They may be the work of master craftsman or may be models of proportion and ornamentation or
designed specially to suit a particular climate.
2. Objective: Grade II A & II B deserves intelligent conservation.
3. Scope for change:

Grade II A
Internal changes and adaptive re-use will be generally allowed but external changes will be
subject to scrutiny. Care will be taken to ensure the conservation of all the aspects for which the
building or precinct is on the list and graded as Grade II A.
Grade II B
In addition to the above extension of additional buildings in the same plot could, in certain
circumstances, be allowed provided that the extension/additional building is in harmony with and
does not detract from the existing building or buildings or precincts especially in terms of façade,
scale and height.

4. Procedure: Development permission for the changes would be given by the Statutory Authority
in consultation with the Conservation Committee.

Grade III:
1. Definition: Grade III comprises of buildings and precinct of importance from the point of
view of their being part of a townscape. They might evoke an architectural, aesthetic or
sociological interest although not as much as Grade I and Grade II A or II B. These contribute to
determine the character of the locality and can be representative of a lifestyle of a particular
 – 202–

community or region. They may also be distinguished by a setting on a street line or special
character of their façade and uniformity of height and scale.

2. Objective: Grade III deserves protection of unique features and attributes.

3. Scope for changes: External and internal changes and adaptive re-use would generally be
allowed. Changes can include extensions additional buildings in the same plot or compound
provided that these extensions or additional buildings are in harmony with and do not detract from
the existing heritage building or precinct especially in terms of height and/or façade.

Reconstruction may be allowed when the building is structurally weak or unsafe or when it
has been affected by accidental fire or any other natural calamity or if reconstruction is required in
order to consume the permissible FAR and no option other than reconstruction is available.
However, unless absolutely necessary, nothing should spoil or destroy any special features or
attributes for which it has.

4. The composition of Conservation Committee:

There shall be a Conservation Committee under these Regulations, consisting of following
13 (Thirteen) members as follows:

1. Minister (Town and Country Planning) - Chairman

Secretariat, Porvorim, Goa
2. Chief Secretary - Vice
Secretariat, Porvorim, Goa Chairman
3. Secretary (Town and Country Planning) - Member
Secretariat, Porvorim, Goa
4. Chief Architect, PWD, Altinho, Panaji, Goa - Member
5. Superintending Archaeologist, A.S.I, GOA Circle, Old Goa - Member
6. Director of Archives & Archaeology, Panaji, Goa - Member
7. Nominee of Indian Institute of Architects (Goa Chapter) - Member
8. Nominee of Institute of Engineers - India (Goa Local Center) - Member
9. Nominee of Institute of Town Planners - India
(Goa Regional Chapter) - Member
10. Nominee of CREDAI Goa - Member
11. Architect nominated by Government - Member
12. Civil Engineer nominated by Government - Member
13. The Chief Town Planner T&CPD, Panaji, Goa - Member
Secretary

5. Conduct of the Conservation Committee:

a) Special powers:—
i) The Committee shall have the powers to co-opt up to 2 (two) additional members
who may have special knowledge of the subject, and who may be Experts of repute
on Heritage/Conservation/History/Landscape/Natural History and other related
fields to seek expertise on a specific proposal before the Commission if required.
 – 203–

ii) The Committee shall have office in GOA with necessary administrative/technical
staff as per staff pattern recruitment rules and account code as may be defined by the
Government.

iii) The Committee shall have powers to invite special invitees based on location of
the proposals under its consideration from the concerned Local self Governments/
/Authorities viz; City Corporation/Municipal Council/Village Panchayats, Planning
and Development Authority, Taluka/District level Town and Country Planning
Department Offices and/or MLA of the area where the project is proposed in their
constituency.

iv) The Committee shall have powers to notify/publish and direct Executive Officer of
the local authority/body/local self Government not below the rank of Collector to
execute orders on behalf of the Committee to remove/demolish unauthorized
constructions in the Conservation zone in public interest.

v) The Committee shall have powers to make and seek financial provisions for funds in
form of grant in aid/soft loan from the Government of Goa or other National or
International Agency to manage the finances, audit and accounts of the Committee.

b) Term of office and Tenure of Members:—

i) Save as otherwise provided in these rules the Chairperson and the Members of the
Committee shall hold office for a period of three years from the date of their
appointment by notification unless the term of office is terminated earlier by the
Government. The State Government has powers to supersede and reconstitute the
Committee by a general or special order and any such direction shall be complied
with by any or all.
ii) The tenure of the members in the category, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11 and 12, above shall change
after three years provided however that the same person is eligible for
reappointment as member. In case of Chairperson who is nominated by the
Government the tenure of the membership is three years and that the same person is
eligible for reappointment for another term of three years period with maximum
tenure of six years only.
c) Membership roll:— The Chairperson or Committee or Member Secretary of the
Committee shall keep a record of the names of the members and their addresses.
d) Change of address:— If a member changes his address, he shall notify his new address
to the Member Secretary, who shall thereupon enter his new address in the official
records (but if he fails to notify his new address the address in the official records shall
for all purposes be treated as his correct address).
e) Honorarium, allowance payable to members of the Committee:—
i) The Chairperson in case of non-official as per definition shall be paid a fixed
monthly honorarium of Rupees one thousand only. The other terms and conditions
of service of the Chairperson, including allowances payable shall be as may be
specified in the order of appointment and in absence of being so specified, such
terms and conditions shall be as far as may be, the same as are applicable to Senior
Class I Officer of the GOA Government.
ii) Non-official member of the Conservation Committee who attend the meeting/
/inspection shall be paid a sitting allowance of Rupees 500/- per sitting for each day
of the actual meeting/site inspection carried out by them. No other TA/DA will be
payable.
 – 204–

iii) An official member of the Conservation Committee shall be paid daily and
travelling allowance as permissible under the relevant rules of their respective
Government under whom he is serving according to his grade under the
Supplementary and Fundamental Rules.

f) Notice of Meetings:—
i) The meeting of the Committee shall ordinarily be held in GOA on such dates as may
be fixed by the Chairperson; provided that it shall meet at least once in every three
months.
ii) The Chairperson shall, upon the written notice of not less than 7 (seven) members of
the Committee shall call a special meeting.
iii) 15 (fifteen) clear day‘s notice of an ordinary meeting and 5 (five) clear day‘s notice
of an special meeting specifying the time and the place at which such meeting is to
be held and the business to be transacted thereof shall be given by the Member
Secretary to the Members.
iv) Notice of the meeting shall be given to the members by delivering the same by a
messenger/or by courier or by sending it by post/Fax/E-mail or telephonic message
to his last known place of residence or business in any such manners the
Chairperson may in the circumstances think fit.
g) Conduct of meeting:—
i) No member shall be entitled to bring forward for the consideration of the meeting
any matter of which he has not given 10 (ten) clear day‘s notice to the Member
Secretary, unless the Chairperson, in his discretion permits him to do so.

ii) The Committee may adjourn its meeting from day to day or any particular day;
where the meeting of Committee is adjourned from day to day, notice of such
adjourned meeting shall be given to the members available at the place where the
meeting is adjourned, if held and it shall not be necessary to give notice of the
adjourned meeting to the other members.

iii) Where the meeting of the Committee is adjourned not from day to day but from the
date on which the meeting is to be held to another day, notice of such meeting shall
be given to the members as provided in the sub-rule (f) of the rule.

h) Presiding officer:— The Chairperson shall preside at every meeting and in his absence
the Member Secretary shall hold the meeting or in absence of both the members
present shall elect any one of the members to preside at the meeting.

i) Quorum:—
i) One-half of the total members as per the notification of the Committee shall form
the quorum for any meeting.
ii) If at any time fixed for the meeting or during the course of any meeting less than one
half of the total number of members are present, the Chairperson may adjourn the
meeting to such date and time on the following or on some other future date and
time as he may fix.
iii) No quorum shall be necessary for the adjourned meeting.
 – 205–

iv) No matter which has not been on the agenda of the ordinary or the special meeting,
as the case may be, shall be discussed at the adjourned meeting.
v) where the meeting of the Conservation Committee is adjourned under sub-rule (ii)
above for want of quorum to the following day, notice of such adjourned meeting
shall be given to the members available at the place where the meeting which is
adjourned is held by messenger and it shall not be necessary to give the notice of the
adjourned meeting to other members.
vi) Where the meeting of the Conservation Committee is adjourned under sub-rule (ii)
above for want of quorum not to the following day and time but to with sufficient
gap, notice of such adjourned meeting shall be given to all members as provided in
the sub-rule (iv) of (f) above.
j) Minutes:—
i) Record shall be kept of the names of the members who attended the meeting and the
proceedings of the meeting in a book to be maintained for the purpose by the
Member Secretary.
ii) The minutes of the previous meeting shall be read at the beginning of every
succeeding meeting and shall be confirmed and signed by the Chairperson/Presiding
Officer at such meeting.
iii) The proceedings shall be open to inspection by any member at the office of the
Member Secretary during office hours.
k) Maintaining order at the meeting:—The Presiding Officer shall maintain order at the
meeting.
l) Business to be transacted at the meeting:—
i) Except with the permission the Presiding Officer, no business which is not entered
in the agenda or for which notice has not been given under rule (v) of (f) shall be
transacted at any meeting.
ii) At any meeting, business shall be transacted an order in which it is entered in the
agenda unless otherwise resolved in the meeting with the permission of the
Presiding Officer.
iii) Either at the beginning the meeting or after the conclusion of the debate on a motion
during the meeting, the Presiding Officer or a member may suggest a change in the
order of the business as entered in the agenda and if the Chairperson agrees, such a
change shall take place.
m) Decision by Majority:— All questions other than those not covered in the set of
Regulations/or not in tune with the rules framed under the regulations or have peculiar
situation or speak for interpretations when considered at a meeting of the Conservation
Committee shall be decided by a majority of votes of the members present and voting
and in event of equality of votes, the Chairperson or in absence of the Chairperson, the
member presiding at the meeting as the case may be, shall have a second or a casting
vote as per (h) above.

n) Disqualification of Member/Barring of member from proceedings:—

A member shall cease to be member of the Committee if he—
i) is declared to be of unsound mind by a competent Court; or
ii) is adjudged insolvent; or
 – 206–

iii) has been convicted by any Court in India of any offence, and sentenced to
imprisonment for not less than two years; or
iv) is absent without the permission of the Committee in writing from three consecutive
meetings thereof or from all the meetings of the Committee for six consecutive
meetings;
v) A member, who is directly or indirectly concerned or interested in any proposal
before the Committee, or is professionally interested on behalf of a principal or
other person in any manner concerning the Committee, or is engaged at the time in
any proceedings against the Committee, shall at the earliest possible opportunity,
disclose the nature of his interest to the Committee and the disclosure shall be
recorded in the minutes of the Committee. The said member shall not be present at
any meeting of the Committee when such a proposal is discussed, unless his
presence is required by the other members for purpose of eliciting information, but
no member so required to be present shall vote on such proposal.
o) Filling of vacancies:— In event of a vacancy in the office of any member of the
Committee, the vacancy shall be filled by the Government and the person so appointed
shall hold office so long as the member in whose place he is appointed would have held
office, if the vacancy had not occurred.
p) No proceeding to be invalid due to vacancy or any defect:— No proceeding of the
Committee shall be invalid by reasons of existence of any vacancy in or any defect in
the constitution of the Committee.

q) Staff and office setup of the Conservation Committee:—

i) The number of officers and staff to be appointed by the Committee shall be as such
as may be approved by the Government in this behalf.
ii) The designation, qualifications, pay, allowances and the methods of recruitment of
the officers and staff of the Committee shall be such as may be approved by the
Government in this behalf and the terms and conditions of service shall be such as
applicable to a GOA Government servant. The Committee shall draw budgetary
provision under the Town and Country Planning Budget head with account code,
pattern of assistance defined staff pattern with recruitment rules thereof as may be
defined by the Government.
r) Power and duties of the Chairperson of the Committee:—
i) The Chairperson shall have overall control over day to day activities of the
Commission.
ii) The Chairperson may undertake tours within Goa and outside Goa after obtaining
permission of the Committee, provided that the Chairperson may order delegate any
of his powers or functions under these rules to the Member Secretary subject to
such restrictions and conditions as may be specified in the order, provided further
that whenever the chairperson is unable to discharge his function owing to absence,
illness or any other cause or in event of any vacancy in his office by reason of death,
resignation, disqualification or otherwise, the Member Secretary shall exercise the
powers and perform the functions of the Chairperson under these rules until the date
on which the Chairperson resumes his duties or a new Chairperson assumes office.
 – 207–

s) Power and duties of the Member Secretary:— The Member Secretary shall be
subordinate to the Chairperson and shall, subject to the control of the Chairperson,
exercise the following powers.
i) The Member Secretary shall be in charge of all confidential papers of the Committee
and shall be responsible for preserving them,
ii) The Member Secretary shall produce such papers whenever so directed by the
Chairperson and shall make available such papers to any member of the Committee,
iii) The Member Secretary shall be entitled to call for the services of any officer or
employee of the Committee and files, papers and documents for study as also to
carry out inspections with other Members of the Commission at anytime including
checking of accounts, vouchers, bills and other records and stores pertaining to the
Committee,
iv) The Member Secretary shall make all arrangements for holding the meetings,
inspections of the Committee and meetings of sub-committees constituted by the
Committee,
v) All orders or instructions to be issued by the Committee shall be over the signature
of the Member Secretary who shall authorize, sanction pass all payments against all
allotments made or estimates sanctioned by the Committee,
vi) The Member Secretary shall exercise such other powers and perform such other
functions as may be delegated to him from time to time by the Commission or by
the Chairperson, Conservation Committee.
6. The terms of reference of the Conservation Committee (CC) shall be, inter alia.—
1) To recommend to the Local Authority whether development/building/demolition
permission/sanction should be granted under the Heritage Regulations and conditions thereof in
Heritage Precincts/Buildings/Conservation areas as shown in the Statutory plans or for
buildings/group of buildings outside the Conservation areas but having explicit heritage value as
deemed by the Committee. The permission/sanction shall be valid for a period of three years and
renewals shall be issued on one year basis. To direct to remove/demolish unauthorized
construction in Conservation Zone.

2) To prepare or oversee the preparation of a list (therein and thereafter referred to as ―the
list‖) of individual buildings, areas, precincts or groups of buildings, sites, artifacts, boulevards,
promenades, or any such area earmarked in the Statutory Plans (herein and thereafter referred to as
―listed buildings/precincts/conservation zones‖) which has architectural, cultural, social,
archaeological, historic, landscape, aesthetic value or as an open space, skyline, roof scape, view
or vista for the community or is associated with a person or event of local, regional, national
importance to which the Heritage Regulations could apply. In this regard the Committee shall
have powers to appoint Consultants/Sub-committee of Members of the Committee to oversee and
prepare the list within a specified time frame.

3) To advise on the delisting/redefinition and reuse of listed structures in Conservation Zone

in event of fire/collapse with approval of the Government. To take over individual buildings, areas,
precincts or groups of buildings, sites, artifacts, boulevards, promenades, or any such area
earmarked in the Statutory Plans (herein and thereafter referred to as ―listed buildings/
/precincts/conservation zones‖) which has architectural, cultural, social, archaeological, historic,
landscape, aesthetic value or as an open space, skyline, roof scape, view or vista for the
 – 208–

community or is associated with a person or event of local, regional, national importance in

event of inability of the owner to maintain the building with the approval of the Government.

4) To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration or variance of any of the Goa
Land Development and Building Construction Regulations, 2010 is called for under the
Conservation Committee Regulations, case by case or general as a whole.

5) To advise in the operation of the above mentioned Heritage Conservation Regulations to

regulate, eliminate/remove and demolish outdoor advertisements/hoarding/signage on the Façade
of a listed building individual buildings, areas, precincts or groups of buildings, sites, artifacts,
boulevards, promenades, or any such area earmarked in the Statutory Plans (herein and thereafter
referred to as ―listed buildings/precincts/conservation zones‖) which has architectural, cultural,
social, archaeological, historic, landscape, aesthetic value or as an open space, skyline, roof scape,
view or vista for the community or is associated with a person or event of local, regional,
national importance and to recommend guidelines to be adopted by private parties who sponsor
beautification programs under Sponsorship Scheme in Conservation Zone and give approval for
such proposals.

6) To advise whether to allow the consumption of the Transfer of Development Rights

Certificate in a Heritage precinct/area/Conservation zone to designated receiving areas in the
statutory plans as per the laws to be framed by the Government and identify such receivable areas
for TDR, from time to time.

7) To advise in cost of repairs to be given to owners of existing building should need to arise
to help a listed building owner to bring his listed building back to its original shape. For this
purpose the Conservation Committee may also try to keep raise funds through private sources/by
way of soft loans for completion of works with terms and conditions as specified in Special
Vehicle Schemes of the Government.

8) To prepare or oversee the preparation of design guidelines for listed buildings/precincts/

/conservation zones from the point of view of height control, maintenance of essential façade
characteristics and other design elements, of style and to suggest suitable designs adopting new
materials for replacements keeping the old form intact as far as possible and with universally
accepted conservation principles in special sensitive areas identified by the Committee.

9) To advise on any other issue as may be required from time during the course of scrutiny of
proposals that may come before the Conservation Committee and in the overall interest of
protection, preservation and conservation of the state heritage.

10) To appear before Government either independently or collectively or through or on behalf

of the Chairperson in cases of proposals for listed buildings/precincts/conservation areas or zones
been placed on the heritage list.

7. Procedure for obtaining Development permission.—

Development permission would be given by the Statutory Authority itself but in consonance
with guidelines that are laid down by Government in consultation with the Conservation
Committee.
The guiding factors for Drawing/Designing of any structure in Conservation areas shall be:
a) Overall Architectural features in the area.
b) Architectural elements used in the Buildings in that street.
c) Overall façade pattern of the generally/universally appreciated buildings in that area.
 – 209–

d) Socio cultural profile of the area; and

e) The on-going commercial activities with special reference of traditionally followed
trade in terms of mixed land-use or single land-use.
It is expected that the Designer will attempt to enhance the aesthetical beauty of the
area or at least attempt to retain the same in terms of architectural, socio-cultural and
historic forms and values. It is also expected that when a design is conceived the same
is not inconsistent in character with the rest of the area. It is also expected that the sky
line and the important elements of design used in the façade of the buildings are picked
up from the generally adopted elements in the said areas especially when designing the
masonry work as well as the wood work (thresholds, window frames, etc.). It is also
highly desirable to consider the landform for achieving better results in site planning of
the structures and cutting and filling of land is avoided. The vegetation in the backdrop
of the proposed buildings with special reference to the trees is also to be taken into
consideration while designing the roofscape of the building. It is also worthwhile to
consider the color scheme for the building in advance to blend with the ambience of the
said area and street.
_________

283
[ANNEXURE-X
Rules for Notary Architect and Notary Engineer for risk based
classification of approvals
(1) Notary Architect and Notary Engineer registered shall be authorized to issue third party
certification for low risk buildings in plots formed by way of finally approved sub-division layout
and partitioned plot forming part of finally approved subdivision layout approved by competent
authorities for residential buildings in plot area upto 500 sq.mts. having maximum built up area of
500 sq. mts. and height limited to G+2 storeys including stilt floor.
(2) Procedure for empanelment and registration shall be as specified.
284
{(3) Duties and responsibilities of Notary Architect and Notary Engineer:— (a) For issue of
Third Party or self Technical Clearance/Development Permission/ Completion Order, the Notary
Architect/ Notary Engineer shall,—
(i) obtain all documents including certificate of conformity with these
Regulations/Affidavits, Structural liability/Stability Certificate as the case may be; conduct site
inspection as may be necessary and 285{remit the Infrastructure Tax} to the Government
treasury.
(ii) sign the formats and building plan/Completion order of low risk buildings for issue of
building license by respective Village Panchayat/Municipal Council/Corporation.
(iii) maintain register of applications received towards Technical Clearance/Development
Permission/Completion Order and also retain a set of all the documents for his record and for
inspection of the designated officer of the Town and Country Planning Department/Planning
and Development Authority.
(iv) in case of any complaints and Court cases arising out of the Technical
Clearance/Development Permission/Completion Order, it shall be the responsibility of the
Notary Architect or Notary Engineer to defend himself and the Town and Country Planning
283
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2019.
284
Substituted vide Amendment Regulation, 2022.
285
Corrected vide Corrigendum No. 21/1/TCP/2022/GLDBCR/840 dated 31-05-2022.
 – 210–

Department or Planning and Development Authority shall not be responsible/liable in any

manner whatsoever.
(v) the Town and Country Planning Department or Planning and Development Authority
shall not be responsible for any disputes arising between the Notary Architect or Notary
Engineer and/or the Architect or Engineer who has prepared the Plan and/or the owner/project
proponent.

(b) For issue of Third Party or self Certification to enable the Town and Country Planning
Department or Planning and Development Authority to issue Technical Clearance/Development
Permission/Completion Order, the Notary Architect or Notary Engineer shall,—

(i) to scrutinize the applications received for issue of Third Party or self Certification under
these rules and in accordance with the Regulations by conducting site inspection as may be
necessary.

(ii) sign the formats and building plan of low risk buildings as required under the
Regulations by obtaining all documents including certificate of conformity with Regulations,
Affidavits, Structural liability/Stability Certificate, as the case may be; and submit it to the
Town and Country Planning Department/Planning and Development Authority, as the case
may be.

(iii) maintain register of applications received for Third Party or self Certification towards
issue of Technical Clearance/Development Permission/Completion Order and also retain a set
of all documents for his record and for inspection of the designated officer of the Town and
Country Planning Department/Planning and Development Authority, as the case may be.

(iv) in case of any complaints and Court cases arising out of the Technical
Clearance/Development Permission/Completion Order, it shall be the responsibility of Notary
Architect or Notary Engineer to defend himself and the Town and Country Planning
Department or Planning and Development Authority shall not be responsible/liable in any
manner whatsoever.

(v) the Town and Country Planning Department or Planning and Development Authority
shall not be responsible for any disputes arising between the Notary Architect or Notary
Engineer and/or the Architect or Engineer who has prepared the Plan and/or the owner/project
proponent.}

(4) Power of designated Chief Town Planner to act against Notary Architect/Notary Engineer
in case of default/complaint.

If any Notary Architect or Engineer, as the case may be, fails to discharge his duties and
responsibilities, the Chief Town Planner, may after giving him/her a reasonable opportunity of
being heard in the manner as such as may be prescribed, and by an order remove his name from
the Records of NOTARY Architect or Engineer authorized to issue third party certification.

The Licencing Authority i.e. Corporation/Municipal Council in Municipal areas and Village
Panchayat in respective panchayat areas shall take note of the discharged Notary Architect or
Engineer and shall not honour any third party certification issued by them, thereafter.]
 – 211–

ANNEXURE-XI

27. XI
Regulations for Farm House and other Auxiliary Structures for Residence of Farmer,
Poultry or Animal Sheds in Agricultural lands

1. Minimum area of plot : 4,000 m2.

286
2. Maximum permissible Coverage : [10% subject to a maximum built up
area of 1000m2 per holding. The
maximum built up area permissible for a
farm house irrespective of the area of plot
will be 287{1000m2}]
288
3. Maximum permissible FAR. : [10 where area of plot exceeds 10,000
m2 with maximum built-up area of 1,000
m2].
4. Maximum permissible height : 7.60 meters from the ground level to the
eaves of the roof, including stilts if any.
* Relaxation in height can be considered
for specific requirements in case of smoke
houses and the like.
5. Access : Farm house shall be accessible by a road
of width not less than 6.0 meters (R/W) or
a katcha carriageway of not less than 3.0
meters width. The access to the farm
house shall not have the gradient of above
1:6.
6. Compound Wall : The compound wall for Farm House to be
limited to the height of 1.50 meters [0.90
meter (solid type) and 0.60 meter above
to be of wire mesh type] on the side
abutting the road and may be solid for
other sides.
289
[7. Setbacks : Front 30 meters or 3/4th depth of the plot
whichever is less from the right of way
line, if abutting a main road, i.e.
MDR/SH/NH and main village road. All
other setbacks should be minimum 5.00
meters with no projections in setback
areas. For plots abutting SH/NH,
prescribed setbacks as applicable shall
have to be maintained.
*The front setback can however be
relaxed in case depth of the plot is not
sufficient to maintain the 30 meters or ¾
depth of the plot guideline].

286
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
287
Corrected vide Corrigendum No. 21/1/TCP/2021-23/Steering Committee/113 dated 11-08-2023.
288
Corrected vide Corrigendum No. 21/1/TCP/2021-23/Steering Committee/113 dated 11-08-2023.
289
Substituted vide notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part file/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 212–

NOTE:

 Farm house shall be used as residence of the owner and farm workers, for storage of
agricultural produce, storage of agricultural equipments, manure, pesticides for the use of
farming, smoke houses, parking of owners tractors and vehicles and other uses allied to
agriculture. In case of single Farm House proposal in a property, the minimum access
(R/W) required may be 6.0 meters (R/W) only. It shall not be used as a godown or for other
any commercial purpose like club/hotel/casinos etc.

 Farm houses are not permitted in low lying agricultural lands recorded as rice in the survey
records or Forest lands as per Forest Act. However, pump houses of maximum area of 6
sq. meters and of height 1.8 meters may be permitted in such areas.

 No hill cutting shall be allowed for construction of Farm house. Farm houses are not
permitted in sloping land having slope above 25%. Farm houses shall be located and
constructed in the flatter portion of the land not having slope of more than 25% slope and
cutting shall be restricted to only for the plinth, foundation and for footing only.

 Only one farm house per holding will be permitted. However for holdings above 20,000
m2 of area, additional auxiliary structures of non-habitable nature will be permitted not
exceeding the maximum permissible coverage of 5%.

 The design of the farm house should be in harmony with the surroundings and
compulsorily have sloping roof with Mangalore tile cladding. However for farm sheds,
poultry sheds/animal sheds etc., asbestos sheet and other kind of roofing materials would
be permitted. As far as possible local materials should be made use for the construction.

 The development in form of access, structures, retaining walls and compound wall should
not cause blockage of the natural drainage system.

____________
290
[ANNEXURE – XI-A
For Agro Based Activities in Cultivable/Agriculture Zone/Orchards, etc.
Sr. Schemes of the Agriculture Minimum Type of structure Proposed
No. Department area of the FAR in
structure percentage to
net plot area
(1) Protected cultivation for 500. mts. (1)Tubular structure 50
growing flowers and (steel or plastic)
vegetables. The farmer gets (2)Wooden Structure
100% assistance against (3) Plastic tunnels
standard construction costs.
Back ended programmer with
a ceiling of maximum
assistance for plot area of
4000 sq. mts. per individual
green houses, shade, net
houses, plastic tunnel
(2) Grading and packing house — Temporary/Permanent 5
(As per project) structure

290
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2015.
 – 213–

(3) Pre-cooling/primary 200 sq. mts. Temporary/Permanent 5

proceeding unit (as per structure
project)
(4) Cold storage As per project Temporary/Permanent 15
structure
(5) Mushroom production unit As per project Temporary/Permanent 30
structure
(6) Pump house with storage for 30 sq. mts. Temporary/Permanent 30 sq. mts.
tools and inputs structure permitted
(7) Water storage tank -10 cu. — Temporary/Permanent ____
meter storage structure
(8) Dairy/Poultry/Piggery 300 sq. mts. Temporary/Permanent 20
structure

Note: 291{(1) For all above activities, minimum size of land/plot has to be 4000 sq.mts. except
in case of pump houses and dairy farming. In case of dairy farming the minimum plot requirement
can be relaxed provided that a minimum plot size of 1000 sq.mts. shall be maintained and the area
of structure on such plot shall be restricted to 100 sq.mts., provided further that the plot is
surrounded by agriculture areas and preferably away from dense human habitation.}

(2) Prior approval of Director of Agriculture/Director of Animal Husbandry (as the case may
be) shall be obtained and accompanied by a project report.

(3) The activities listed at Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 8 may not be permitted in wet cultivated paddy
fields.

(4) The activities listed at No. 1 and 5 may be permitted in wet cultivated paddy fields provided
the structures are of temporary nature only.

(5) Front set-back for such activities is relaxable to 10.00 mts. from the right of way line and all
other set-backs shall remain the same as per farm house guidelines.

(6) A residence for staff/labourers, having a ground floor only and not exceeding 6.00 mts.
height upto ridge may be permitted but only as auxiliary to the main use. However, the same shall
not be permitted in wet cultivated paddy fields. Also, toilet facilities may be permitted for the
activities listed at Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 8.

(7) The area under the residential use for the staff/labourers shall be restricted to 50.00 sq. mts.
maximum of the total built up area proposed in the plot.

(8) The structure permitted for the activities listed at Nos. 1 to 8, shall be in addition to any
other structure as permitted under Goa Land Development and Building Construction Regulations,
2010, in the same plot.]

291
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2019.
 – 214–

292
[ANNEXURE-XII
27.XII
The requirement of minimum width of road for various residential buildings, commercial
buildings (Resort/hotels) and Industrial buildings with restrictions shall be as follows:
Minimum width of road and extent of units/floor area in respect of residential buildings
Minimum width of existing road required in No. of units Total Maximum
meters.** floor area of
entire/all building
3 mts. or more, but public road 1 (single dwelling) 500 m2
PUBLIC ROADS
> 3 upto 4 mts. 2 units 400 m2
> 4 upto 5 mts. 4 units 600 m2
> 5 upto 6 mts. 8 units 1000 m2
6 mts. or greater 180 units 20,000 m2
8 mts. or greater More than 180 units > 20,000 m2

** The project proponents shall leave the road widening area as prescribed in the Regional
Plan/Outline Development Plan, and other roads not less than 6.0 mts. Most restrictive criteria
among no. of units and floor area shall be considered for fixing the minimum width of access.
Minimum width of road and extent of rooms/floor area in respect of Resorts/hotel buildings
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Sl. Type of Total floor area of the Number of **Minimum width of
No. Occupancy building in sq. mts. rooms existing road required
in meters.
1 Resorts/Hotel Up to 2000 40 6
Above 2000 More than 40 8

** The project proponents shall leave the road widening area as prescribed in the Regional
Plan/Outline Development Plan and the Resorts/Hotels shall be allowed on proposed road widths
of atleast 8.0mts. Most restrictive criteria among no. of rooms and floor area shall be considered
for fixing the minimum width of access.
Minimum width of access and extent of floor area and number of storeys in respect of
Industrial buildings
Sl. Type of Total floor area of the Number of storeys **Minimum
No. Occupancy building in sq. mts. width of
existing road
required in
meters
(1) Small Industry 1000 2 6
(2) Small Industry 2000 2 8
(3) others Any area As per permissible 10
height in Regulations

292
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 215–

** The project proponents shall leave the road widening area as prescribed in the Regional Plan/Outline
Development Plan and small industry buildings shall be allowed on proposed road widths of atleast 10.0 mts.
Most restrictive criteria among Number of storeys and floor area shall be considered for fixing the minimum
width of access.

Note: Small scale industrial unit means an industrial unit carrying on small scale industry classified by
Government from time to time for this purpose, but does not include an industry included in first schedule of
the Factories Act, 1948.].
________
293
[ANNEXURE - XIII
294
For granting additional FAR of [30%] for 4 and 5 star hotels in the State of Goa.
(1) Any existing hotel or hotel under construction or new proposals of 4 star and 5 star
categories of hotels are eligible to avail this benefit.
(2) The project proponent has to submit details to the office of the Chief Town Planner, Town
and Country Planning Department, Panaji, Goa, comprising of the following:
(i) A Copy of approved plans of the project (applicable to existing hotels).
(ii) A copy of construction licence from the local body (applicable to existing hotels).
(iii) A copy of conversion Sanad.
(iv) A letter confirming star category of hotel, issued by the Ministry of Tourism,
Government of India.
(v) The detail report pertaining to infrastructure to be made available such as sewerage
treatment plant, solid waste disposal details by taking into consideration additional area being
added.
(vi) Plans indicating additional FAR, complying with other prevailing regulations of
parking, set-back, access, etc.
(vii) A certificate from consultant that building confirms to the guidelines of 4 and 5 star
rating hotels, both for new hotels and for the hotels under constructions.
(viii) A bank guarantee as specified by the Government from time to time shall be issued by
the project proponent, guaranting compliance of requirement of 4 and 5 star rating criteria. In
case the project proponent fails to submit star category certificate from the specified
Competent Authority within 2 years of completion of the hotel, the bank guarantee is liable to
be forfeited in favour of the Government.
(ix) The maximum permissible height of the building shall be relaxed for one additional
floor only and shall not exceed the building height of 24.00 mts. The building height may be
relaxed by the Government to 28.00 mts. in commercial (C-1) zone, on merit of the case,
subject to fulfilling the requirement of parking, fire safety measures, etc.
(x) In case of existing buildings, relaxation of 5% additional coverage may be considered by
the Government.
(xi) The calculation of 295[30%] additional FAR shall be on total net effective plot area.
296
[(xii) The payment of Rs. 20,000/- per square meter for additional FAR shall be deposited
within 30 days of issue of demand note for payment]

293
Inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2015.
294
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
295
Substituted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
296
Substituted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2015/Steering Comm/16/5145 dated 21-12-2016.
 – 216–

(xiii) Adequate additional parking provision to commensurate with the additional built-up
area permitted depending on categories of land use and size of development, as specified at
Regulation No. 10 (parking) of the Goa Land Development and Building Construction
Regulations, 2010.
(xiv) The requirement of access road shall be as per the width specified under the Goa Land
Development and Building Construction Regulations, 2010.
(xv) For the buildings above 15.00 mts. height, Fire Department Clearance shall be required
as provided under the Goa Land Development and Building Construction Regulations, 2010.
(xvi) Affidavit/Certificate from the Consultant Engineers shall be insisted regarding safety
aspect, including structural safety and earthquake resistance, while considering the
applications.
________
ANNEXURE XIV
For allowing additional FAR to the education institutions
(1) The educational institutions recognized by Education Department/Goa
University/University Grant Commission/All India Institute of Technical Education/Directorate of
Higher Education/ Directorate of Technical Education and Government of Goa are eligible to avail
additional FAR for this facility. However, they shall obtain prior no objection certificate for the
additional FAR from the concerned Department of the Government of Goa.
(2) Such educational institutes shall have minimum plot area of 2,000 sq. mts.
(3) Such educational institutions are eligible for additional FAR of upto 20% of the standard
FAR permissible.
(4) The additional FAR shall not involve any relaxation in other planning parameters except
height requirement subject to approval of the Government on a case to case basis.
(5) Only one additional floor is allowed.
(6) The benefit cannot be availed for any leased or rented premises. However, leased land with
building owned by the school will be permitted provided the lease is in force for at least 10 years
from the date of application.
(7) The proposal shall be submitted to the respective Senior Town Planner‘s office for scrutiny
and submission.
(8) All proposals have to be approved by the Government.
(9) New buildings shall be permitted only on the recommendations of the Department of
Education/Higher Education.
(10) An undertaking will need to be issued by the applicant to the effect that the benefit of
additional FAR availed shall be strictly for the permitted institutional use only.
(11) A penalty as specified by the Government from time to time shall be levied on the
defaulters for, failing to comply with condition No. 10 above.
(12) The Fire Department Clearance shall be insisted for all the cases wherever benefit of
additional FAR is availed, irrespective of any height of the building.
(13) Affidavit/Certificate from the Consultant Engineers shall be insisted regarding safety
aspect, including structural safety and earthquake resistance, while considering the applications.
 – 217–

ANNEXURE XV
For allowing construction, etc. under “Atal Asra Yojana”
(1) The construction/re-construction/repair of tribal houses shall as far as possible confirm to
the land use i.e. Settlement Zone in Regional Plan of Goa 2021.

(2) No new construction shall be permitted in Eco-I category of land uses as per Regional Plan
of Goa 2021. However, in case of repairs, renovations and reconstruction of existing houses
located in forest lands or in 1 kms buffer zone, the re-construction/renovations/repair may be
permitted after obtaining no objection certificate from the Forest Department.

(3) In case the existing houses does not have minimum required access roads, set-backs, the
same may be relaxed in case of repair and renovations.

(4) Re-construction and new construction shall still need to have at least 1.50 mts. of access
road and 1.00 mts. side set-back, only in such cases where the set-backs are not possible due to
ground condition or plot size.

(5) All constructions shall be restricted up to 100 sq. mts. plinth and ground plus one floor and
total built-up area shall not exceed 150 sq. mts.

(6) No conversion Sanad, license copy of existing structures shall be insisted for repair,
renovations and re-construction proposals.

(7) In case of new construction/re-construction, technical clearance can be granted subject to

condition that Sanad is obtained from Competent Authority, unless it is exempted under the Goa
Land Revenue Code, 1968.

(8) In case the existing houses are not reflected in survey plan, the Town Planning Officer of
the concerned branch office shall inspect the site and submit his report with a sketch plan to the
Senior Town Planner by confirming the existence of the structure.

(9) Relaxations in minimum required set-backs as required under the regulations shall be
granted subject to obtaining necessary no objection certificates from the immediate plot owner on
the affected site.

(10) The applicant should be the owner of the land on which he plans to construct the house,
failing which, an irrevocable no objection certificate should be obtained from the owner.
Alternatively, the applicant should possess any document to prove that he is a Mundkar or he
should be in receipt of a license issued by a Competent Authority. In the absence of the above, any
other document could be submitted which proves that applicant can construct the house on a land
to the satisfaction of Senior Town Planner.

(11) Minimum plot area, in case of new constructions shall not be less than 60 sq. mts. and the
coverage of re-construction shall not exceed 60% of effective plot area.

(12) Infrastructure tax shall not be applicable for the construction under the Atal Asra Yojana.

(13) No other fees shall be applicable for the construction under the Atal Asra Yojana.

(14) These provisions for construction/re-construction/repair of tribal houses under these

Regulations shall not be applicable to municipal areas, coastal villages except the villages of Cola,
Agonda and Velim and for the planning areas under the jurisdiction of respective Planning and
Development Authorities.]
 – 218–

Chapter 28 Sketches for clarification

Sketch No. 1 Definition (113) & Regulation 12.1 R/W section with components.
 – 219–

297
[***]
Sketch No. 3 Regulation 4.3Restriction on Development within line of

sight

297
Omitted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2011/Part File/3252 dated 1-8-2011.
 – 220–

Sketch No. 4 Regulation 13.1(a) Minimum selling height of room

 – 221–

Sketch No. 5 Regulation 17.6 Location of Hording along road.

 – 222–

Sketch No. 6. Definition (15) Attic

storey/Floor
 – 223–

298
[Sketch No.-7 Regulation 12.4(b) Regarding Open Space

299
[Sketch No. 8.A Door Location at Landing in Fire Exits
(See Regulation 15.9.2 (h))

Minimum Required Unobstructed Clearance with Door Leaf Encroaching on Landing

In Institutional and Assembly Buildings

298
Inserted vide Notification No. 21/1/TCP/2015/Steering Comm/16/5145 dated 21-12-2016.
299
Sketch No. 8 to 14 inserted vide Amendment Regulations, 2023.
 – 224–

Sketch No. 8B. Door location at Landing in Fire Exists (See Regulation 15.9.2 (h))

Minimum Required Unobstructed Clearance with Door Leaf Encroaching On

Landing

Sketch No. 9. Minimum Head Room Measurement

(See Regulation 15.9.2 (j))
 – 225–

Sketch No. 10. Display Board Regarding Maximum Occupancy

(See Regulation 15.8.4)
 – 226–

Sketch No. 11. Dead End Corridor

(See Regulation 15.9.4 (c)

Sketch No. 12. Unacceptable Arrangement for Enclosing a Stair Serving

as Required Exit

(See Regulation 15.9.7 (a))

 – 227–

Sketch No. 13. Minimum Clear Door Width

(See Regulation 15.9.7 (b))

Sketch No. 14. Floor indication Board

(See Regulation 15.11)
 – 228–

14a. Example of a Stairway Marking Sign (Floor Indication Board)

14b. Stair Sign Placement

By order and in the name of the Governor of Goa.

Morad Ahmad, Chief Town Planner & ex officio Jt. Secretary.
Panaji, 6th September, 2010.
 – 6–

PRINTED AT THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING PRESS, PANAJI-GOA—AR-17/700—05/2024.